EPA/625/R-94/005
                                             January 1995
              Manual

  Ground-Water and Leachate
       Treatment Systems
Center for Environmental Research Information
    Office of Research and Development
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
         Cincinnati, Ohio 45268

-------
                                       Notice
The information in this manual has been funded wholly or in part by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA). It has been subjected to the Agency's peer and administrative review and
approved for publication as an EPA document. Mention of trade names or commercial products
does not constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.

-------
                                              Contents
                                                                                                Page

 Chapter 1  Introduction	                1
            1.1  Background	               1
            1.2  Purpose of This Manual	   1
            1.3  Reference	                        2

 Chapter 2  Characteristics of Contaminated Ground Water and Leachate	   3
            2.1  Introduction	                        3
            2.2  Ground-Water and Leachate Characteristics	   3
            2.3  Sampling and Analytical Considerations	              3
            2.4  References	                        c

 Chapter 3  Design Considerations for Treating Contaminated Ground Water and Leachate	   7
            3.1   Introduction	                7
            3.2  Variable Flows and Variable Concentrations	  7
            3.3  Unit Process Design Approach	      g
            3.4  Mass Balances	              9
            3.5  Unit Process Treatment Interferences	 -JO
            3.6  Life Cycle Design	        n
            3.7  Staging/Phased Treatment	 15
            3.8   Residuals Management	            15
            3.9   Availability of Package Plants	 18
            3.10  Materials of Construction and Materials Compatibility	 23
            3.11  References	 28

Chapter 4   Treatment Technology Screening Guidance	 29
            4.1   Introduction	               29
            4.2   Literature	  29
            4.3   Best Engineering Judgment Using Contaminant Characteristics	  29
            4.4  Treatability Studies	  62
            4.5   References	    57

Chapter 5  Case Studies	  69
           5.1   Case Study 1: Ground-Water and Landfill Leachate Treatment— Physical/Chemical
                Treatment To Remove Metals, VOCs, and Ammonia	  69
           5.2  Case Study 2: Ground-Water Treatment—Biological Fluidized  Bed Reactor To
                Remove Organics	  71
           5.3  Case Study 3: Landfill Leachate Treatment—Chemical Pretreatment and Biological
                Treatment To Remove Metals and Organics	  75
                                                 in

-------
                                      Contents (Continued)
                                                                                              Page
           5.4  Case Study 4: Ground-Water Treatment—High-Temperature Air Stripping
                To Remove VOCs	  77

Appendix A  Compendium of Ground-Water and Leachate Treatment Technologies	  79
           Biological
           A.1  Activated Sludge System	• •	• • •	• • •	•	  80
           A.2  Sequencing Batch Reactor		• • •	  82
           A.3  Powdered Activated Carbon, Biological (Biophysical)		•	  85
           A.4  Rotating Biological Contactor	• • • • •	  89
           A.5  Aerobic Fluidized Bed Biological Reactor	•	  91
           Physical/Chemical
           A.6  Air Stripping	• • •	•	  94
           A.7  Activated Carbon	• •	• • •	•  • • •  98
           A.8  Ion Exchange	  10°
           A.9  Reverse Osmosis	  102
           A.10 Chemical Precipitation of Metals	  104
           A.11 Chemical Oxidation	  109
           A.12 Chemically Assisted Clarification (Polymer Only),	  112
           A.13 Filtration	•	  114
           Radiation
           A.14 Ultraviolet Radiation			  117
                                                  IV

-------
                                                Figures
 Figure
Page
 3-1    Operating costs as a function of time for the three treatment processes	  14
 3-2    Annual costs versus time for an initial investment of $50,000	  15
 3-3    Sludge volume produced as a function of treatment pH	  16
 5-1    Case studies in Chapter 5	  69
 5-2    Layout of temporary system	  72
 5-3    The integrated physical/chemical and biological treatment system	  72
 5-4    Carbon FBR pilot system	  73
 5-5    Full-scale system using the conventional activated sludge process		76
 5-6    Ground-water treatment system, McClellan Air Force Base	  78
 A-1    Compendium of ground-water and leachate treatment technologies	  79
 A-2    Activated sludge system	  81
 A-3    Sequencing batch  reactor	  83
 A-4    Powdered activated carbon system general process	  86
 A-5    Typical staged rotating biological contactor configuration	  90
 A-6    Aerobic fluidized bed biological reactor	  92
 A-7    Fluid bed sizing curve, ground-water aerobic application	  92
 A-8    Granular activated carbon/fluid bed budgetary price, ground-water aerobic application	  93
 A-9    Granular activated carbon/fluid bed energy requirement, influent flow versus operational energy	  93
 A-10  Air stripping system	  95
 A-11   Low-profile tray-type air stripper	,.	  97
 A-12  Capital cost curve  for 99-percent removal of several VOCs and radon using packed tower
       aeration, in 1989 dollars	  97
 A-13  O&M cost curve for 99-percent removal of several VOCs and radon using packed tower aeration,
       in 1989 dollars	          97
 A-14  Liquid-phase granular activated carbon process	  98
 A-15  Typical cocurrent ion exchange system	  100
 A-16  Reverse osmosis process	  103
 A-17  Physical chemical treatment process	  105
 A-18  Representative configuration employing precipitation, flocculation, and sedimentation	  105
 A-19  Construction cost curves for package complete treatment plants, in 1978 dollars	  106
 A-20  O&M cost curves for package complete treatment plants, in 1978 dollars	  106
 A-21   Solubilities of metal hydroxides at various pHs	  108
 A-22  Simple oxidation process	  110
 A-23  Construction cost curve for ozone generation systems,  updated to 1992 dollars	  111
A-24  O&M cost curve for ozone generation systems, updated to 1992 dollars	  111
A-25  Polymer mixing and feed system	  112
A-26  Fixed bed filter	  115
A-27  Moving bed filter	  115
A-28  perox-pure UV oxidation treatment system	 118

-------
                                        Figures (Continued)
Figure
                                                                                               Page
A-29  Capital cost curve for UV/hydrogen peroxide/ozone technology, in 1990 dollars	 119
A-30  O&M cost curve for UV/hydrogen peroxide/ozone technology, in 1990 dollars	 119
A-31  Construction cost curve for perox-pure technology, in 1993 dollars	 119
A-32  O&M cost curve for perox-pure technology, in 1993 dollars	 119
                                                  VI

-------
                                                 Tables
 Table
Page
 2-1    Contaminants That Occur Frequently at Hazardous Waste Sites	    3
 2-2    Summary of Leachate Characteristics Reported in Literature	    4
 2-3    Summary of Leachate Organic Chemical Occurrence Data	    4
 3-1    Variability of Leachate Concentrations Within the Lipari Landfill	    8
 3-2    Estimated Capital and First-Year Operating Costs for Selected Technologies	   13
 3-3    Present Worth Analysis Results	   14
 3-4    Available Package Plants	   19
 3-5    Guidelines for Selecting Proper Materials of Construction	   24
 3-6    Materials of Construction and Coatings Compatibility for Ground-Water/Leachate
       Treatment Systems	   26
 3-7    Materials of Construction and Coatings Compatibility for Selected Chemicals/Compounds	   27
 4-1    BOAT Treatment Standards for Multisource Leachate	   30
 4-2    Demonstrated Treatment Technologies for Selected Organics	   32
 4-3    Treatability Data for Arsenic	   33
 4-4    Treatability Data for Benzene	   34
 4-5    Treatability Data for Cadmium	   35
 4-6    Treatability Data for Chloroform	   36
 4-7    Treatability Data for Chromium	   37
 4-8    Treatability Data for Copper	   38
 4-9    Treatability Data for 1,1-Dichloroethane	   39
 4-10  Treatability Data for 1,1-Dichloroethylene	   40
 4-11   Treatability Data for 1,2-Trans-Dichloroethylene	   41
 4-12  Treatability Data for Ethylbenzene	   42
 4-13  Treatability Data for Lead	   43
 4-14  Treatability Data for Methylene Chloride	   44
 4-15  Treatability Data for PCBs	   45
 4-16  Treatability Data for Perchloroethylene		   46
 4-17  Treatability Data for Phenol	   47
 4-18  Treatability Data for Toluene	   48
 4-19  Treatability Data for 1,1,1-Trichloroethane	   49
 4-20  Treatability Data for Trichlorethylene	   50
 4-21   Treatability Data for Xylenes	   51
 4-21a  Treatability Data for m-Xylene	   52
 4-21b  Treatability Data for a-Xylene	   53
 4-21c  Treatability Data for p-Xylene	   54
 4-22  Treatability Data for Zinc	   55
 4-23  Water Solubility, Vapor Pressure, Henry's Law Constant, K00,  and Kow Data for
       Selected Chemicals	   56
4-24  Henry's Law Constant (H|) Groupings	   63
                                                   VII

-------
                                        Tables (Continued)
Table                                                                                         Pa9e

4-25  Classes of Organic Compounds Adsorbed on Carbon . .....................................   64
4-26  Summary of Carbon Adsorption Capacities ...............................................   65
5-1   Comparison of Temporary System Effluent With Consent Agreement Discharge Limits ............   70
5-2   Results of Pilot-Scale Tests .............................................. - ............   74
5-3   Comparison of Conventional Activated Sludge and Powdered Activated Carbon
      Reactor Performance [[[  76
5-4   Full-Scale Operating Data [[[   77
A-1   Significant Treatment Parameters for Design of Air Stripping Units ................... . ........   95
A-2   Typical Air Stripping Design Parameters for Removal of 12 Commonly Occurring Volatile
      Organic Chemicals [[[   96
A-3   Applications of Packed Tower Aeration ..................................................   96
A-4   Design Elements for Precipitation Treatment . ............................................  104
A-5   Example Precipitation Treatment Methods for Metal Contaminants ............................  106
A-6   Significant Treatment Variables for Precipitation ...........................................  107

-------
                                          Abbreviations
AirS        air stripping
AFF        anaerobic fixed film
ASG        aerobic suspended growth
AS/PC      activated sludge/powdered carbon
ASTM       American Society for Testing and
            Materials
BOAT       best demonstrable available technology
BEJ        best engineering judgment
BOD        biochemical oxygen demand
BTEX       benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and
            xylenes
CaO        calcium oxide (lime)
ChOx       chemical oxidation; parentheses show
            oxidation chemical i.e., ChOx(CI) is
            chlorine, ChOx(Oz) is ozone, and
            ChOx(Sur) is surfactant
ChPt        chemical precipitation
COD        chemical oxygen demand
DAF        dissolved air flotation
DCB        dichlorobenzidine
DCE        1,1-dichloroethane
DCM        dichloromethane
DNAPL      dense nonaqueous-phase liquid
DO         dissolved oxygen
DOC        dissolved organic content
EBCT       empty bed contact time
EDTA       ethylene diamine triacetic acid
ENR index   Engineering News Record Construction
            Cost Index
EPA        U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
EPT/EPDM  ethylene-polypropylene diene-terpolymer
FBR        fluidized  bed reactor
FeCI2        ferric chloride
Fil          filtration
F/M         food/microorganism
GAC       granular activated carbon
GC         gas chromatography
H2O2       hydrogen peroxide
HPLC      high-performance liquid chromatography
HRT       hydraulic residence time
IE          ion exchange
LNAPL     light nonaqueous-phase liquid
MCC       motor control center
MEK       methyl ethyl ketone
MIK        methyl isoamyl ketone
MLSS      mixed liquor suspended solids
MLVSS     mixed liquor volatile suspended solids
MSDS      material safety data sheet
NH4-N      amnonium nitrogen
NTU       nephelometric turbidity units
OCA       orthochloroaniline
OLR       organic loading rate
O&M       operation and maintenance
O&G       oil and grease
PAC        powdered activated carbon
PCE       perchloroethylene (tetrachloroethylene)
PLC        programmable logic controller
POTW      publicly owned treatment works
PQL        practical quantitation limit
PVC       polyvinyl chloride
PVDF      polyvinyl idene fluoride
RA         resin adsorption
RAS        return activated sludge
RBC       rotating biological contactor
RCRA      Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
RO         reverse osmosis
SBOD      soluble biochemical  oxygen demand
SBR        sequencing batch reactor
                                                ix

-------
                                   Abbreviations (Continued)
SCOD      soluble chemical oxygen demand
SRT       solids retention time
SVOC      semivolatile organic compound
TBOD      total biochemical oxygen demand
TCA       trichloroethane
TOE       trichloroethylene
IDS       total dissolved solids
ThOD      theoretical oxygen demand
TKN        total Kjeldahl nitrogen
TOC        total organic carbon
TSS        total suspended solids
UV         ultraviolet
VOA        volatile organic acids
VOC        volatile organic compound
WOx        wet oxidation
WQBEL     water quality based effluent limits

-------
                                   Acknowledgments
 Many people contributed their expertise to the preparation and review of this publication. Overall
 technical guidance was provided by Ed Barth, Center for Environmental Research Information,
 Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency (EPA),  Cincinnati,
 Ohio. Jennifer Helmick, Sandra Cummings, and Nick Kanaracus of Eastern Research Group, Inc.,
 Lexington, Massachusetts, provided project management, editing, and document preparation.

 The following individuals were the primary authors of this manual:

 « James Patterson, Patterson Associates, Inc., Chicago, Illinois (Section 3.2, Variable  Flows and
  Variable Concentrations; Section 3.5, Unit Process Treatment Interferences; Section 3.8, Residu-
  als Management; Case Study 4; Technology Summaries for Air Stripping, Chemical Precipitation
  of Metals, Chemical Oxidation,  and Ultraviolet Radiation).

 • S. Joh Kang, McNamee, Porter & Seeley,  Inc., Ann Arbor,  Michigan (Section 2.3.2, Analytical
  Considerations;  Section 3.4, Mass Balances; Section  3.7, Staging/Phased  Treatment; Case
  Studies 2 and 3; Technology Summaries for Activated Sludge System, Sequencing Batch Reactor,
  Powdered Activated Carbon, Rotating Biological Contactor, and Aerobic Fluidized Bed Biological
  Reactor).,

 • Richard Osantowski, Radian Corporation, Milwaukee, Wisconsin (Section 3.6, Life Cycle Design;
  Section 3.9, Availability of Package Plants; Section 3.10, Materials of Construction and Materials
  Compatibility; Section 4.4, Treatability Studies [including contaminant removal tables]; Case Study
  1; Technology Summaries for Powdered Activated Carbon, Ion Exchange, Reverse Osmosis,
  Chemically Assisted Clarification [Polymer Only], and Filtration).

 • Ed Barth, Center for Environmental Research Information, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
  (ERA), Cincinnati, Ohio  (Chapter 1, Introduction; Section 2.2, Ground-Water and Leachate Char-
  acteristics; Section 2.3.1, Sampling Considerations; Section 3.3, Unit Process Design Approach;
  and Sections 4.1 to 4.3, Treatment Technology Screening Guidance).

 Other manual contributors and reviewers included:

 Jeff Adams, Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory (RREL), EPA, Cincinnati, Ohio
 Julian Centeno, Patterson Associates, Inc., Chicago, Illinois
 Theping Chen, McNamee, Porter  & Seeley,  Inc., Ann Arbor, Michigan
 Edward Cooney, Patterson Associates, Inc., Chicago, Illinois
 Kenneth Dostal, Corvallis, Oregon
James Etzel, Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana
James Goodrich, RREL, EPA, Cincinnati, Ohio
 Robert Irvine, University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Indiana
Joe Milanowski, Radian Corporation, Milwaukee, Wisconsin
Raymond Sierka, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona
Richard Speece, Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee
David Stensel,  University of Washington, Seattle, Washington
Ronald Wukasch, Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana
                                           XI

-------

-------
                                              Chapter 1
                                            Introduction
1.1   Background

Past disposal of hazardous and solid waste in soils has
resulted  in  ground-water contamination  across  the
United States. At many of these waste sites, remediation
of contaminated ground water involves extracting the
ground water, then treating it ex situ. In addition, modern
land disposal facilities generate leachate that requires
collection and treatment.

Although similar compounds and treatment technolo-
gies may be involved, the design considerations for ex
situ ground-water or leachate treatment systems often
differ from those for industrial wastewater treatment sys-
tems because of:

• Dilute concentrations of multiple contaminants.

• Variable flow rates from heterogeneous soil forma-
  tions and stormwater events.
• Process-interfering colloids.

• Contaminant concentrations that vary over time due
  to landfill age.

In addition,  the  ground-water  remediation  schedule
(time frame) may be difficult to predict precisely but does
affect design  issues such as design flow rate (process
sizing), materials  of construction (longevity), and pre-
sent worth analysis (evaluation period). Therefore, a
flexible design approach may be necessary to address
the many technical  issues involving ground-water ex-
traction and treatment.

1.2   Purpose  of This Manual

This manual was  developed for remedial design engi-
neers and regulatory personnel who oversee the ex situ
ground-water or leachate treatment efforts of the regu-
lated community. The manual can be used as a treat-
ment technology screening tool in conjunction with other
references. More  importantly, the manual  briefly pre-
sents technical considerations (or concepts) for use
when evaluating, designing, or reviewing a system de-
sign for the treatment of contaminated ground water or
ieachate from land disposal operations. It is not intended
for use as a detailed design manual for specific tech-
nologies. For Superfund applications,  readers  should
follow  the presumptive  guidance  for contaminated
ground water that EPA's Superfund program has issued.

This manual describes traditional technologies that have
evolved from industrial wastewater treatment and that
have been implemented at full scale for ground-water or
leachate treatment:

• Activated sludge

• Sequencing batch reactor

• Powdered activated carbon

• Rotating biological contactor

• Aerobic fluidized bed biological reactor

• Air stripping

• Activated carbon

• Ion exchange

• Reverse osmosis

• Chemical precipitation of  metals

• Chemical oxidation

• Chemically assisted clarification (polymer only)

• Filtration

• Ultraviolet radiation

This manual does not address filtration processes (other
than granular media and reverse osmosis) that may be
considered to be demonstrated and commercially avail-
able for ground-water or leachate treatment; these filtra-
tion technologies are microfiltration, nanofiltration, and
ultrafiltration.

This manual does not cover emerging and innovative
treatment  technologies recently evaluated for treating
contaminated ground water or leachate, such as:

• Gamma or electron beam radiation

• Surface modified clays

• Pervaporation

• Electrochemical separation

• Wet air oxidation

-------
• Anaerobic fixed-film degradation

• Reinjection of leachate into landfills

Readers are encouraged to keep current with the rele-
vant literature and to be part of the technology evalu-
ation process.

While the manual focuses on ex situ treatment applica-
tions, the reader is encouraged also to consider in situ
remediation alternatives for ground water, such as sur-
factant flushing, in situ biodegradation, and oxidation/re-
duction  manipulation. The manual covers dissolved or
colloidal contaminants, not nonaqueous phase liquids,
and the technical issues associated with aquifer resto-
ration are not addressed.
Users of this manual can consult the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency's (EPA's) Risk Reduction Engineer-
ing Laboratory Treatability Database (1) to obtain com-
plete treatability information on many ground-water and
leachate contaminants.  The  database summarizes
years of studies on the treatability of compounds regu-
lated under the Clean Water Act, the Safe  Drinking
Water Act, the  Resource Conservation and Recovery
Act (RCRA), the Toxic Substances Control Act, and the
Superfund  Amendments  and Reauthorization Act.  To
date, more than 9,200 aqueous treatment data sets and
6,400 solid waste treatment data sets have been  ex-
tracted from more than 500 peer-reviewed references.
In addition to treatability data, the  database contains
information on more than 1,200 compounds, including
physical and chemical properties, environmental data,
and carbon isotherms.

Chapter 2 of this manual is an overview of the charac-
teristics of contaminated ground water and leachate,
including sampling and analytical considerations. Chap-
ter 3 presents design considerations for ground-water
and leachate treatment systems. Chapter 4 provides
guidance for treatment  technology screening and in-
cludes contaminant removal tables for 20 compounds
that occur frequently at hazardous waste sites. Chapter
5  presents case  studies  describing  how  treatment
technologies were  evaluated, selected, designed, and
implemented at five sites. Finally, Appendix A is a com-
pendium of information about the most common tech-
nologies for treating  contaminated ground water and
leachate.
1.3   Reference

1. U.S. EPA. 1994. RREL Treatability Database, Version 5.0. Risk
  Reduction Engineering Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH.

-------
                                              Chapter 2
              Characteristics of Contaminated Ground Water and Leachate
 2.1   Introduction

 This chapter provides a brief overview of the charac-
 teristics  of contaminated ground water  and landfill
 leachate (Section 2.2 and Tables 2-1  through 2-3). In
 addition, the chapter presents sampling and analytical
 considerations for  characterizing  ground water  and
 leachate before treatment alternatives are evaluated
 (Section 2.3).

 2.2   Ground-Water and Leachate
       Characteristics

 Ground water (often contaminated at the microgram per
 liter level) and landfill leachate (often contaminated at
 the milligram per liter level) have different water quality
 characteristics. From site to site, contaminated ground
 water may vary in contaminant type, number of contami-
 nants, and concentrations. The wide range of activities
 that may have occurred at a given site as well as differ-
 ences in dissolved solids released by various geological
 formations  cause these variations. Some of the most
 common contaminants occurring at hazardous waste
 sites are listed in Table 2-1. These contaminants are
 used in this manual (Section 4.2) for technology per-
 formance comparisons.

 Selecting design values for landfill leachate is difficult
 because the actual composition of leachate is  site-
 specific and  depends on such  variables as types of
 waste, amount of infiltration water, pH, depth of fills,
 compaction, and landfill age. In fact, leachate concen-
 trations are frequently reported as ranges, not as dis-
 crete values. The ranges are usually quite broad, often
 spanning several orders of magnitude  (see Table 2-2)
 (1). Because landfill leachates may contain ammonium,
 readers are referred to the EPA document Nitrogen
 Control (2) for treatment alternatives for ammonium.

The  following observations were made from leachate
collected from 13 hazardous waste  landfills  located
throughout  the United States. The leachates were ap-
proximately 99 percent aqueous and 1 percent organic
by weight. Only 4 percent of the analytical total organic
carbon (TOC) was characterized. Table 2-3 shows that
of the characterized  TOC (by total mean mole fraction
percentage), 39.0 percent was organic acids, 35.8 per-
 Table 2-1.  Contaminants That Occur Frequently at Hazardous
          Waste Sites

                1,1,2rTrichloroethy lene
                Lead
                Chromium
                Toluene
                Benzene
                Perchloroethylene
                1,1,1 -Trichloroethane
                Chloroform
                Arsenic
                Polychlorinated biphenyls              '
                Cadmium
                Zinc
                Copper
                Xylenes
                1,2-trans-Dichloroethylene
                Ethylbenzene
                Phenol
                1,1-Dtehloroethane
                Methylene chloride
                1,1 -Dichloroethylene


cent was oxygenated/heteroatom.ic hydrocarbons, 11.0
percent was halogenated  hydrocarbons, 7.2 percent
was organic bases, 6.0 percent was aromatic hydrocar-
bons, and 0.9 percent was aliphatic hydrocarbons (4).


2.3  Sampling and Analytical
      Considerations


2.3.1  Sampling Considerations

Ground water or leachate must be characterized before
treatment evaluation occurs. Guidance for ground-water
sampling methods can be found in references  such
as Site Characterization for Subsurface Remediation
(5)  and Subsurface Characterization and  Monitoring
Techniques (3).

-------
Table 2-2.  Summary of Leachate Characteristics Reported in
          Literature (1)
Constituent*
Biochemical oxygen demand
Chemical oxygen demand
Total suspended solids
Total dissolved solids
PH
Total alkalinity as CaCO3
Total hardness as CaCO3
Ammonia-Nitrogen
Total nitrogen
Total phosphorus
Cadmium
Calcium
Chloride
Chromium
Copper
Iron
Lead
Magnesium
Manganese
Mercury
Nickel
Potassium
Sodium
Sulfate
Zinc
^ Concentration of constituents
Range
2-55,000
9-90,000
5-18,800
130-55,000
3.7-9.0
140-20,900
200-25,000
0-1,110
0-2,400
0-155
0-17
5-7,200
2-5,000
0-33
0-10
2-5,500
0-12
0-4,000
0.05-1,400
0-0.2
0-9
3-3,770
0-7,700
1-1,825
0-1,000
(mg/L) except pH.
Table 2-3.  Summary of Leachate


Chemical Classification
                           2.3.2   Analytical Considerations

                           Specific analytical  methods for various ground-water
                           contaminants include StandardMethods for the Exami-
                           nation of Water and Wastewater (6), Test Methods for
                           Evaluating Solid Waste (7), and Methods for Chemical
                           Analysis of Water and Waste (8).  In addition, Volumes
                           11.01 and  11.02 of the Annual Book of the American
                           Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards (9)
                           also detail analytical methods.

                           Gas chromatography (GC) or high-performance liquid
                           chromatography (HPLC)  can be used  to characterize
                           the organic content. If certain peaks are noticed, they
                           can be further pursued for identification.

                           When ground water and  leachate are characterized, it
                           is common to  find that the sum  of individual organic
                           pollutants does not match the measured TOG and/or
                           chemical oxygen demand.(COD) value. In most cases,
                           the sum of the individual organics represents only a
                           certain percentage of the TOC and/or COD value. Be-
                           cause of the complex nature of leachate and contami-
                           nated ground water, the compounds cannot always be
                           fully identified, and the unidentified portion  of the con-
                           stituents causes these gaps in mass balance results.
                           This  is not necessarily a problem if the treated water
                           does not contain the unidentified compounds.

                           If compounds are completely identified, the COD value
                           will  be lower than the calculated  theoretical oxygen
                           demand (ThOD).  COD is measured through oxidant
                           consumption using certain chemicals under a specific
                           temperature within a specific period, but this does not
                           ensure 100-percent oxidation. This is particularly true for
                           aromatics and nitrogen-containing aromatic compounds
                           such as pyridine and benzene. (The COD value of ben-
                           zene,  using ASTM  Standard Method of  Testing for

Organic Chemical Occurrence Data (3)

                    Representative Chemical(s) and Occurrence (Mole Fraction)	
  Percent
Occurrence
 Organic acids
 Oxygenated/Heteroatomic
 hydrocarbons
 Halogenated hydrocarbons


 Organic bases
 Aromatic hydrocarbons

 Aliphatic hydrocarbons
     39.0%



     35.8%



     11.0%


      7.2%

      6.0%

      0.9%
                  < Phenol (11.8%)
                  > Substituted phenols (17 compounds at 9.5%)
                  • Benzoic acid and substituted benzole acids (five compounds total at 5.4%)
                  • Alkanoic acids (13 compounds at 12.3%)

                  • Acetone (16.5%)
                  • Common ketone solvents, e.g., methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl
                   ketone, and methyl propyl ketone (9.2%)
                  • Alcohols of all types (16 compounds at 8.1%)

                  • Methylene chloride (6.8%)
                  • Chlorobenzenes (four compounds at 1.4%)
                  • Muitichlorinated alkanes/alkenes (10 compounds at 2.8%)

                  • Aniline and substituted anilines (seven compounds total at 4.3%)

                  • Toluenes (4.2%)
                  • Benzene and alkyl-substituted benzenes (except toluenes) (1.4%)

                  • This group does not have any good representatives in terms of level of
                   occurrence or site distribution                          	

-------
Chemical Oxygen Demand of Waste Water D1252-67,
shows only about 70 percent of the ThOD value [10]).

Sample collection and handling can also cause difficul-
ties in achieving mass balance. Leachate and ground
water originally are in a reducing environment with low
dissolved oxygen (DO). When the samples are taken,
sudden oxidation and volatilization occur if the samples
are  exposed to the  atmosphere. Such oxidation and
volatilization may continue during subsequent transpor-
tation and handling. Therefore, samples should be col-
lected and stored properly and analyzed  as  soon  as
possible.

2.4   References

When an  NTIS number is  cited  in  a reference, that
document is available from:

National Technical Information Service
5285 Port Royal Road
Springfield, VA 22161
703-487-4650
 1. Shams-Khorzani, R., and  J.  Henson.  1993.  Evaluation  of
   leachate treatment and disposal alternatives. Presentation at the
   86th Annual Meeting of the Air and Waste Management Associa-
   tion, Denver, CO (June 13-18). 93-RA-131A.05.
 2. U.S. EPA. 1993. Manual: Nitrogen control. EPA/625/R-93/010.
    Cincinnati, OH.

 3. U.S. EPA. 1993.  Subsurface characterization and  monitoring
    technologies. EPA/625/R-93/003a. Cincinnati, OH.

 4. U.S. EPA. No date. Composition of leachates from actual haz-
    ardous waste sites.  Project report for Work Assignment 39-7
    under Contract 68-03-3113. Hazardous Waste Engineering Re-
    search Laboratory and Office of Emergency and Remedial
    Response.

 5. U.S. EPA. 1991. Seminar publication: Site characterization for
    subsurface remediation. EPA/625/4-91/026. Cincinnati, OH.

 6. American Public Health Association, American Water Works As-
    sociation, Water Pollution Control Federation. 1989. Standard
    methods for the examination of water and wastewater, 17th ed.
    Washington, DC.

 7. U.S. EPA. 1986. Test methods for evaluating solid waste. EPA
    846. Washington, DC.

 8. U.S. EPA. 1983. Methods  for chemical analysis-of  water and
    wastewater. EPA/600/4-79/020 (NTIS PB-84-128677).

 9. American Society for Testing and Materials. 1991. Annual Books
    of ASTM Standards. Water and Environmental Technology, Vols.
    11.01 and 11.02 (Water). ASTM, Philadelphia, PA.

10. Verschueren, K.  1983. Handbook of  environmental data  on
    organic chemicals, 2nd ed. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold
    Company.

-------

-------
                                              Chapter 3
   Design Considerations for Treating Contaminated Ground Water and Leachate
 3.1   Introduction

 This chapter presents an overview of design considera-
 tions for ground-water and leachate treatment systems,
 many of which are unique to these systems and are not
 factors  in industrial  wastewater system design. The
 chapter addresses the following topics: variable flows
 and variable concentrations (Section 3.2), unit process
 design approach (Section 3.3), mass balances (Section
 3.4), unit process treatment interferences (Section 3.5),
 life cycle design (Section 3.6), staging/phased treatment
 (Section 3.7), residuals  management  (Section 3.8),
 availability of package plants (Section 3.9), and materi-
 als of construction and materials compatibility (Section
 3.10). A thorough discussion of each design considera-
 tion is not provided;  readers should consult the refer-
 ences for additional information.

 3.2   Variable Flows  and Variable
      Concentrations

 3.2.1   Fluctuations in Ground- Water Flow
        Rate and Contaminant Concentrations

 The rate of ground-water  extraction determines the in-
 fluent flow to the treatment system and hence is a key
 design variable. Estimates of flow rate and contaminant
 loading from extraction wells are subject to uncertainty
 for several reasons.  For instance, the rise and fall  of
 ground-water levels resulting  from  seasonal  changes
 can alter ground-water recharge and discharge rates.
The addition or deletion of capture wells within a given
flow net also affects the volume of water that the extrac-
tion system can pump. Similarly, agricultural, industrial,
and domestic  water  usage can influence the rate  of
ground-water extraction. Withdrawal rates also may be
varied as part of the  overall ground-water remediation
or control strategy.

 If flow rates are likely to vary during the life of a ground-
water remediation project, design provisions should be
made for possible low water events as well as for the
more typical average and maximum flows. Long-term
pumping tests  should be used to design the extraction
well system, rather than shorter duration,  laboratory, or
slug tests. If fluctuations are to be expected, other de-
 sign provisions should be incorporated into the treat-
 ment concept to ensure that flow and contaminant load-
 ing variations do not affect treatment performance. One
 such provision is to include flow and/or waste strength
 equalization (see Section 3.2.3).

 Phenomena that can cause ground-water contaminant
 concentration variability are the mechanisms associated
 with contaminant transport and release. Concentrations
 sometimes increase after pumping has stopped for a
 period because organic  contaminants sorbed on the
 natural organic matter "leach" back into the now rela-
 tively slow-moving ground water. The heterogeneity of
 porous soils  can influence the rate of adsorption and
 desorption of contaminants. Other factors that influence
 contaminant transport include the contaminants them-
 selves, the fraction and type of natural organic matter,
 and the  type of clay  present. The treatment system
 design thus may need to address changes in pollutant
 concentration and matrix effects over the life  of the
 project. Technologies that are cost effective at a higher
 pollutant loading, for example, may require reoptimiza-
 tion or replacement as  contaminant  loadings decline
 during a project's life span.

 3.2.2  Fluctuations in Leachate Flow and
       Concentration

 Leachate is defined as any contaminated  liquid that is
 generated from water percolating through a solid waste
 disposal site, accumulating contaminants,  and moving
 into subsurface areas. A second source  of leachate
 arises from the high moisture content of certain dis-
 posed  wastes.  As these wastes are compacted or
 chemically react, bound water is released as "leachate."
 In the absence of a confining barrier beneath or sur-
 rounding the waste disposal site, this leachate can mi-
 grate and contaminate subsurface and surface waters.
 The volume  of  leachate generated  varies with the
 amount of precipitation and stormwater run-on and run-
 off, the volume of ground water entering the waste-con-
taining zone,  and the moisture content and absorbent
capacity of the waste material. When leachate is col-
 lected via perforated pipes, rainfall significantly affects
leachate volume and contaminant concentrations. Eck-
enfelder and Musterman (1) list landfill age, ambient air

-------
temperature,  precipitation  and  refuse  permeability,
depth, temperature, and waste composition as factors
that affect leachate quantity and composition. Further,
they observe that as landfills age, readily degradable
organics  undergo  anaerobic  degradation.   Conse-
quently, older landfills are more stabilized and may gen-
erate lower concentrations of organics.  It should be
noted that leachate generation gradually  increases for
the first 5 to 10 years, then declines upon  further aging.
The composition and concentrations of leachate may
also shift with the age of deposited materials.

It  has been  reported that leachate composition and
strength varies widely from landfill to landfill and even
within a given landfill (2). The analytical data presented
in Table 3-1 show significant concentrations of several
chemicals found in  leachate from the Lipari landfill (3).
Variability in leachate volume and pollutant concentra-
tion is  generally less predictable  than  variability  in
ground-water flow,  hence the design of collection and
treatment systems must include provisions for address-
ing uncertainty. In such instances, flow equalization may
be used to offset variable leachate volume and contami-
nant loading.

Table 3-1. Variability of Leachate Concentrations9 Within the
         LIparl Landfill (3)
                            Collection Point
Compound
Benzene
Bis(2-chloroathyl)ether
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Ethylbenzene
Mercury
Naphthalene
Phenol
Toluene
1
1,456
ND
3
40
110
706
02.
ND
914
14,400
2
2,012
130,000
53
130
130
1,100
0.2
94
2,000
22,400
3
1,620
210,000
9
30
110
650
0.2
49
4,400
15,600
4
171
54,000
6
50
95
82
0.2
ND
570
1,500
•All results In ppb
NO = not detected
 3.2.3  Waste Strength and Hydraulic
        Equalization

 One of the principal unit processes to handle flow and
 waste strength variability is equalization. Hydraulic flow
 equalization is employed to dampen variations in flow
 entering the treatment plant. Waste strength equaliza-
 tion is used to reduce waste strength variations over a
 given  period.  Both equalization processes yield more
 uniform or cost-effective treatment performance. Oper-
 ating with a constant influent source to the treatment
 train also lowers the costs associated with treatment
because, among  other reasons, instantaneous treat-
ment capacity  demand  can  be  reduced,  and  the
amounts of chemicals required can be optimized for a
less erratic set of treatment variables.

Design techniques for waste flow equalization are well
established (4,5). Patterson and Menez (6) have devel-
oped a deterministic model to design waste strength and
flow rate equalization systems. Integrating a mass bal-
ance equation and assuming a completely mixed sys-
tem give the equation
X(t) = X(i) + [X(0) - X(i)] exp(-t/t),
(3-D
where
 X(t) = concentration of contaminant in the
       equalization basin and effluent
 X(0) = concentration of contaminant in the
       equalization basin at time 0
 X(i) = influent concentration of the waste
   V = volume of the equalization basin
   Q = flow rate of the waste
    t = instantaneous hydraulic detention time = V/Q(t)
    t = time of operation

The method can also be applied to design for simulta-
neous flow rate and waste strength equalization.

Batch treatment  processes such as the  sequencing
batch reactor  (SBR) process can accommodate major
changes in flow and concentration by taking tanks on
and off line and/or by  using varying  fractions of each
tank's capacity during a given  operating period. This
characteristic  of SBRs offers an inherent equalization
and  operational advantage over  continuous  flow-
through treatment units. Advantages also exist for short-
term  variations. For example,  each  tank in  an SBR
system typically receives wastewater for 2 to 12 hours
each  cycle. As a result, the SBR acts like a stepwise
equalization system in which concentration variations
are equalized over the period  of fill. Thus, for each
combination of number of tanks and  tank volumes se-
lected, the SBR simultaneously provides .for stepwise
equalization and the degradation of wastewater con-
stituents in a controlled manner.
 In addition to treatment objectives, other considerations
for selecting the mode of operation  include operation
and maintenance requirements, flexibility, and initial tox-
 icity.  Batch operation  often requires more equipment
 automation than  continuous flow operation does. The
 extent of automation used for the batch process deter-
 mines which of the two systems has greater operation
 and maintenance requirements. Both continuous and
 batch systems can be easily monitored.

The batch mode provides more flexibility for changing
 operating parameters than does the continuous mode.
                                                    8

-------
  Some adjustments include cycle  time  and  aeration
  modes to achieve nitrification and/or denitrification. The
  batch mode provides the most quiescent settling. Fur-
  thermore, in a batch system, the treated water can be
  tested before discharge and treated further if necessary.
  The SBR exemplifies the advantages of the batch reac-
  tor. For smaller systems, the tankage required may be
  the same or smaller for  the batch system. The cost
  savings exist primarily  because both the settling tank
  and return activated sludge pumps are not built sepa-
  rately.

  In biological processes,  however, there is some concern
  that batch treatment exerts more initial toxicity than the
  complete mixed mode because the system appears not
  to have the same initial dilution advantage as the con-
 tinuous mode has. Because the SBR is mathematically
  represented  by (i.e., behaves the same as) a continu-
 ous-flow, completely mixed reactor while it is filling, the
 dilution of toxic substances in the SBR is essentially the
 same as a conventional continuous flow  system. As a
 result, batch processes are subject to toxic interferences
 only if they are not designed properly.


 3.3   Unit Process Design Approach

 Only in rare instances does one technology (unit proc-
 ess) suffice for completely treating or managing ground
 water or  leachate, especially if residuals  management
 techniques are necessary. Several unit treatment proc-
 esses may be needed to treat a particular ground-water
 leachate  because some processes are limited in their
 ability to remove inhibiting or interfering chemical con-
 stituents  or parameters, such as suspended  or  dis-
 solved solids content, pH,  temperature,  metals,  and
 organic content. This is especially true if the water con-
 tains compounds with different chemical  and physical
 properties or has a high solids content. While not nec-
 essarily inhibitory, these  parameters may decrease sys-
 tem performance and efficiency.


 3.4  Mass Balances

 A mass balance is a mathematical equation describing
 mass flux through a system. Mass balances are essen-
 tial to  describing the fate of a  chemical  as it moves
 through a unit process or a treatment system. This
 information is useful in predicting the performance of the
 unit  process  before bench- or pilot-scale treatability
 studies and before the full-scale use. Mass  balances
 allow the design engineer to quantify the mass used and
 produced  in a system, and to identify and confirm the
 governing mechanisms involved in that system.

 Writing a mass balance involves identifying the specific
flow and  treatment  system process  characteristics.
Given a chemical to remove and a process to remove it,
 the general equation describing target chemical mass
 flow into and out of the system is

 MI - M0 + /- MA or ML = 0,                     (3-2)

 where
  MI = mass in
 M0 = mass out
 MA = mass accumulation
 ML = mass loss

 Mass flow  through a process is calculated from  the
 volumetric flow at each entry and exit point multiplied by
 the concentration contained in the respective flows.

 The specific equation describing flow depends on  the
 process flow and mixing conditions, such as completely
 mixed, plug flow,  and time-variant flow. A particular flow
 pattern can be obtained from the process vendor, esti-
 mated based on the process design,  or theoretically
 derived. Usually,  the assumption of steady-state flow
 conditions is made, and the average flow is used to
 complete the equation. The assumptions made to gen-
 erate the flow equation can be verified by tracer studies
 during the treatability or pilot phase. Each mass entry
 and exit point must be considered, as well as the phases
 in which the chemical could exist. Mass entering at each
 point in the unit process is summed to provide the "mass
 in" term, while mass from each point at which the chemi-
 cal can exit  is summed to provided the "mass ouf term.

 Quantifying  the mass flow for the accumulation/loss
 terms involves several considerations. For example, a
 chemical entering the activated sludge process in the
 aqueous phase may undergo several different chemical,
 physical, or  biological transformations, such as:

 •  Biological degradation, either to complete mineraliza-
   tion or transformation products.

 •  Volatilization or stripping.

 •  Sorption to solids, such as microorganisms or other
   suspended solids.

 •  Reactions with  other chemicals or to pH change.

 Each of these terms must be quantified according to the
 specific reaction taking place and are summed to pro-
 duce the "mass accumulation or loss" term in the gen-
 eral mass balance equation. Volatilization can then be
 quantified using the Henry's Law relationship corrected
 for actual process conditions. Sorption is estimated us-
 ing an appropriate relationship between the chemical
and the solids. Products of chemical reactions are de-
termined by  stoichiometry. Finally, the biological trans-
formations are quantified using appropriate biological
kinetics.

-------
A mass balance is usually written for the average and
maximum conditions under which the unit process will
operate. If warranted, minimum conditions can also be
assessed, for example, for sensitive biological opera-
tions. The resulting conditions provide the probable
range of operating parameters and potential products of
reaction.
A mass balance written for chemicals that are relatively
conservative or subject to fewer potential transforma-
tions (e.g., metals  or total dissolved solids in the con-
centrations and processes present in ground water and
leachate) provides a fairly accurate assessment of
chemical fate. The fate of chemicals that are subject to
several, often  competing, transformation  processes
proves more difficult to assess using the mass balance
approach. This is usually the case for dilute concentra-
tions of organics.  Mass balance equations, however,
should still be written to identify the most likely or worst-
case fate of the organic chemical. A set of equations
describing the mass balance should always be verified
with actual operation data.

When properly written, a mass balance can provide the
following:
•  Guidance for selecting treatability study parameters
   and ranges.
•  Equations to verify and evaluate treatability study and
   full-scale operation  data.

•  Predicted operation parameters  under average and
   maximum flow conditions (and minimum conditions,
   if warranted).
•  Quantity and concentration of residuals to be gener-
   ated from the process.

3.5   Unit Process Treatment Interferences

The chemical matrix of a contaminated wastewater may
be of special significance to the design engineer. Often,
untargeted species that are present affect the function
of a given treatment process. Several types of interfer-
ences and the control strategies used to alleviate poten-
tial problems are presented in this section.

 3.5.1  Air Stripping

 Iron and manganese species often exist in ground water.
 In an air stripping packed tower, iron can be  oxidized
 from the ferrous species to the ferric species. Ferric iron
 can precipitate, then deposit and foul the tower media,
 causing unexpected headless, which in turn results in a
 decline in system efficiency. The rate of iron oxidation
 depends on the initial iron concentration, water tempera-
 ture, and pH, among other factors. For instance, at lower
 pH, a slower rate  of oxidation is observed. Manganese
 oxidation can cause precipitation of manganese hydrox-
ide at a pH of 9 to 9.5,  resulting in excessive tower
headless and plugging. If these metals are present in
significant concentrations, iron  and manganese pre-
treatment options must be employed. One such process
for iron and manganese removal consists of chemical
oxidation  followed  by  precipitation,   sedimentation,
and/or filtration before the pretreated effluent enters the
air stripping tower.

A second common problem experienced with air strip-
ping towers is precipitation and scaling with calcium
salts  including carbonate.  For hard  wastewaters or
where lime is used for pH adjustment ahead  of the
stripper, calcium carbonate can cause supersaturation
to occur. Air strippers may aggravate this situation due
to the uptake of carbonate from the stripper air carbon
dioxide at higher wastewater pH values. Scaling control
may require the addition of a dispersant, presoftening
ahead of the stripper, substitution of caustic for lime, or
frequent acid  cleaning of the stripper.  For  the latter
measure, management of the spent acid cleaning solu-
tion must be addressed.

Biological fouling may also occur  in  packed bed air
stripper wastewaters containing degradable organics.
Control may involve biocides or intermittent chlorination.
Sloughing of biological slimes associated with intermit-
tent chlorination, however, can aggravate media fouling
problems.

3.5.2  Ion Exchange

High concentrations of iron and manganese foul cation
exchangers (7, 8). These constituents  bind to the resin,
reducing its exchange  capacity.  Consequently, if the
water is highly turbid or contains high concentrations of
metals, pretreatment using precipitation and either sedi-
mentation or filtration is recommended.

Cation exchange resins are also "blinded" by high con-
centrations of hardness cations, notably calcium and
magnesium. These constituents  are  often present at
orders of magnitude greater than the concentrations of
the targeted cations to be removed from a ground water
or leachate. One treatment alternative is to use ion-
 specific resins, available from several resin manufactur-
 ers, that can  remove heavy metals in the presence of
 calcium  and  magnesium. These  hardness ions then
 pass through the column without binding  to the resin.
 Another approach is to soften the water ahead of the ion
 exchange  treatment.  Sodium  hydrosulfite treatment of
 the fouled exchange resin can alleviate iron and man-
 ganese fouling of cation exchange resins.

 Ion exchange may also be used to treat for anions such
 as chromate, arsenic, or selenium.  Interference may
 result from the presence of competing ions such  as
 sulfate, often  at significantly higher concentrations than
 the targeted anions. Such competition rapidly exhausts
                                                    10

-------
  the resin's exchange capacity, resulting in early target
  anion breakthrough and possible generation of exces-
  sive regenerant volumes.

  Organic fouling is also of concern  for ion exchange.
  Heavier and hydrophobic hydrocarbons, including oil
  and grease, coat the resin beads and hinder ion ex-
  change. Activated carbon pretreatment may be required
  to protect the resins. The propensity of ion exchange
  columns  to  bind due to excessive  influent total sus-
  pended solids (TSS) is well established. Most ion ex-
  change systems require prefiltration for TSS control.

  3.5.3  Reverse Osmosis

  Reverse  osmosis is a  membrane  process that has
  reached the point of practical application in water or
  wastewater treatment. One of the disadvantages of re-
  verse osmosis is fouling of the membrane by suspended
  solids,  oil and  grease, iron,  manganese,  microbial
  growth, and precipitation of calcium carbonate and mag-
  nesium hydroxide.  Hence, extensive pretreatment  to
  prevent membrane deterioration  and fouling may be
  required. Water softening processes, such as lime and
  soda ash, can be used to remove these interferences
  before applying.a reverse osmosis treatment process.
  Membranes may also require frequent and specialized
  cleaning, which produces significant volumes of clean-
  ing and rinse solutions that then require management.

  3.5.4   Metals Precipitation

  Both organic and inorganic ligands interfere with metals
  precipitation. The chloride ion readily complexes with
 some metal ions, thereby increasing the metal hydrox-
 ide solubility. This is especially the case with copper,
 cadmium,  lead, and zinc, which also  form 'mixed solid
 salts with  chloride, i.e.,  metal-hydroxide-chloride  solid
 species. Sulfate can also alter the solubility of the metal
 hydroxide  system and hence affect treatment. Copper
 and lead can, however, form insoluble sulfate salts dur-
 ing the alkaline precipitation process. Carbonate readily
 complexes with copper, cadmium, lead, and zinc. Like
 chloride, however,  insoluble metal carbonate species
 can also form during the precipitation process. In fact,
 carbonate is sometimes added, as soda ash, to directly
 precipitate metals such as lead, as the carbonate solid
 phase. When complexes form,  the solubility of the ion
 target increases, resulting in higher residual metals con-
 centrations.

 Heavy metals can be chelated by certain organic com-
 pounds,  such as humic substances commonly present
 in soils,  cyanide, and  ethylene diamine triacetic acid
 (EDTA).  These metal chelates  are  very soluble, hence
 treatment by precipitation is especially difficult. If pre-
 cipitation treatment is to be pursued,  the interference
 associated with metals ligands must be overcome. Pre-
treatment may include oxidative  destruction of  the
  chelate, competitive chelation by, for example, addition
  of large concentrations of substitute cations, or pH shifts
  to dissociate the metal complex. Activated carbon pre-
  treatment may be effective. For inorganic ligands, two
  options are available. The first is to reduce the compet-
  ing anion concentration, for example, by precipitation of
  carbonate as the calcium salt, by anion exchange, or by
  another technology. The second option is to apply co-
  precipitation, which is controlled by factors  other than
  strict metal salt solubility.


  3.5.5  Biological Processes

  Biological processes are susceptible to organic and in-
  organic toxicity. The result is inhibition  of biological ac-
  tivity.  Heavy metals  retard cellular  metabolism  by
  disrupting protein functions in enzyme systems (9). Ac-
  climation of biological sludges to metals, however,  can
  increase the toxic threshold of the microbial population,
  enhancing biological treatment performance. Precipita-
  tion  pretreatment may effectively offset heavy metals
  toxicity.

  Some organic compounds can also exhibit toxicity. Phe-
  nol, for example, can be toxic at high concentrations but
  is biodegradable at low concentrations (10).  Brusseau
  (11)  reported biodegradation occurring  at alcohol con-
  centrations of less than 1 percent and concentrations
  greater than 10 percent causing toxicity to microorgan-
  isms. Using a fixed film process, Faghani-Shoya et a|.
  (12)  observed localized phenol inhibition in a rotating
 tube reactor at phenol concentrations near 150 mg/L.
 Activated carbon ahead of or in conjunction with biologi-
 cal treatment may control toxicity effects.

 High concentrations of oxidizing  agents such as chlo-
 rine,  ozone; and hydrogen peroxide attack protein and
 destroy cellular integrity, resulting in decreased biologi-
 cal activity. Thus, it is important to study the effect of
 employing oxidation pretreatment before a biological
 process. Strong oxidants can be effectively reduced by
 chemical additives.


 3.6   Life Cycle Design

 Many important engineering design factors need to be
 considered when planning a leachate or ground-water
 treatment system. For example, leachate flows  and
 characteristics are a function of the landfill's  contents
 and age, as well as the site's prevailing weather condi-
 tions  and  geology. Flows  may increase during  wet
 weather months.  Organic acid production usually in-
 creases in the early years, then decreases as the landfill
 contents age. The leachate will require treatment during
 the active years of the landfill and for many additional
years, possibly decades,  after the facility is closed.
 Leachate treatment designs can  vary dramatically  in
                                                   11

-------
size, ranging from a few gallons per minute to several
hundreds of gallons per minute.
Ground water frequently presents design challenges
that are similar to those observed for leachate. The
design hydraulic flow rate for a ground-water treatment
system may remain relatively constant over the life of
the project or be quite variable, depending on the aquifer
characteristics. Daily volumes treated are typically much
smaller than conventional wastewater treatment sys-
tems. Also, pollutant concentrations will most likely  de-
crease significantly over time. Relatively large volumes
of water may  have to be treated to remove only trace
amounts of contaminants.
The lifespan of some ground-water treatment systems
may be of shorter duration than conventional treatment
systems designed to last for many years for an active
industry. Therefore,  capital and  operating costs  are
evaluated much differently, and cost tradeoffs not nor-
mally considered in conventional systems may play  a
significant role in  the ground-water project's  success.
Lower quality materials or fabrications without special
coatings may be used to minimize capital expenditures.
Similarly, an engineer may opt for manual controls to
 reduce capital costs. Conversely, long-duration ground-
water treatment design should stress minimization of
 operating  costs.  High-quality  products and protective
 coatings extend equipment life and reduce maintenance
 costs. For long-term projects, the  engineer should de-
 sign equipment to be highly automated, thereby reduc-
 ing operating expenses.
 To successfully engineer a properly functioning leachate
 or ground-water treatment system, the designer should
 take into account these types of considerations, termed
 "life cycle design." For purposes of discussion, the key
 considerations of life cycle design have been grouped
 into the following three areas:
 • Technical considerations
 • Time effect of cost on treatment parameters
 • Capital and operating cost considerations
 Each of these areas should  be thoroughly  evaluated
 before proceeding with a ground-water or leachate sys-
 tem life cycle design. Further discussion of  these key
 factors is presented in the following sections.

 3.6.1  Technical Considerations of Life Cycle
         Design
 As the life cycle of a project develops, physical or chemi-
 cal changes may occur that  offset the original design
 parameters.  For  example, the contaminant concentra-
 tion may increase  or  decrease or the flow rate may
 change with seasonal variations or depletion of the  aqui-
 fer. Other developments, such as urban sprawl, may
 present changing conditions and a demand for the prop-
erty  to  be remediated  more  quickly than  originally
planned. The design engineer should incorporate flexi-
bility into the design so that options remain available
over the life of the project. For example, modular pack-
age plants offer the required flexibility of life cycle de-
sign. Some additional examples of design flexibility are
described below.

Anaerobic treatment is a biological process often used
to treat very  high concentrations of organics (typically
more than 10,000 mg/L). Aerobic biological treatment is
commonly used to  treat moderate organic concentra-
tions (200 to 1,000  mg/L). At lower organic concentra-
tions (less than 200 mg/L), the aerobic fluidized bed has
shown promise. In between these ranges, either aerobic
or anaerobic treatment is considered depending on the
desired target effluent quality and the overall economics.
For ground water or leachate with an initially high con-
centration of organics, anaerobic treatment may well be
the technology of choice. If anaerobic treatment is se-
lected, some form of heating equipment will be required.
The methane produced from anaerobic conversion  of
 1,000 to 3,000 mg/L of COD produces sufficient heat to
 increase the normal ground-water temperature from ap-
 proximately 13°C to 20-25°C for optimum  operation. A
 source of heat (whether from methane or other sources)
 should be considered in the  design and selection  of
 anaerobic treatment systems.

 As contaminant concentrations decrease over time, sys-
 tem flexibility should allow for replacement of the an-
 aerobic system with  an  aerobic  unit,  such  as  a
 sequencing  batch reactor. Removable baffles may  be
 incorporated into the design to allow for additional sys-
 tem flexibility. Similarly, a continued decrease in concen-
 tration would  allow the more economical  anaerobic
 fluidized bed to be substituted for the aerobic process.
 Life cycle design allows the designer to select the most
 appropriate  technology to complete the required treat-
 ment in the shortest possible time and at the lowest cost.
 For short-duration projects, the design engineer should
 consider use of package plants, rental or leased equip-
 ment, or equipment that could be easily converted from
 the anaerobic to the aerobic configuration. Long-dura-
 tion projects may justify the purchase of  more  perma-
  nent types of facilities.

  Knowing beforehand that flow rates could very likely be
 variable  over the  life of the  project, the experienced
  designer would evaluate the use of multiple units for a
  particular technology. As the flow rate declines or in-
  creases, modular units can be shut down or added. The
  reduced number of active units at a site in turn reduces
  power and  chemical requirements, and  requires less
  operator attention. The surplus units can be sold, used
  at other sites, or returned to the lessor. In some circum-
  stances, flow from the aquifer or landfill  can be inter-
  rupted at regular intervals to allow diffusion to increase
                                                     12

-------
  the concentration of contaminant as an alternative treat-
  ment method in later years. Using this approach where
  possible would result in lower power and chemical costs
  over the life of the project.

  Another strategy that should be considered is the use of
  treatment trains to meet project objectives. Various proc-
  esses can be installed at a site in series to take advan-
  tage of the strengths of each process. Treatment trains
  are effective where multiple contaminants are present
  that a single technology cannot remove efficiently. As
  concentrations or stream characteristics change, tech-
  nologies that have been preselected can be easily and
  economically added or removed from the train.

  3.6.2   Time Effect of Cost on Treatment
         Parameters

  Some ground-water treatment projects may last only 6
  months to 5 years; leachate may have to be treated for
  decades. The traditional cost-estimating method used to
  compare treatment alternatives consists of amortizing
 capital costs into an annual cost and  adding it to other
 operating costs (e.g., power, chemicals, labor, residuals
 disposal,. and  maintenance costs).  The  option  that
 meets the treatment objective and has the lowest esti-
 mated annual operating cost is usually selected as most
 cost effective.

 By  definition, in life cycle design,  the conditions  and
 changes that occur during  the life expectancy of the
 project must be taken  into consideration. For example,
 as  ground-water  remediation progresses, concentra-
 tions of contaminants  normally decrease. Some treat-
 ment processes,  such as  biological treatment,  may
 actually lose efficiency as concentrations  begin to de-
 cline; thus, at some point, biological treatment may fail
 to operate. The designer must plan for changes that may
 be necessary during the life cycle of the project.

 The following case history is presented to provide an
 example of a project that used life cycle design to opti-
 mize equipment selection for remediation of contami-
 nated ground water.

 3.6.2.1   Life Cycle Case History

 A project that used life cycle design analysis involved
 the removal of 1,1,1-trichloroethane (TCA) and 1,1-di-
 chloroethene (DCE) from a facility's foundation ground-
 water drainage sumps. The ground water from the sump
 flowed at 4 gal/min (15 L/min) and contained average
 concentrations of 1.3 mg/L  TCA and  0.2 mg/L DCE.
 EPA's RREL Treatability Database was reviewed, and
three candidate treatment technologies were selected
for consideration:

• Granular activated carbon, liquid phase.
  •  Air stripping  with  vapor-phase granular activated
    carbon.

  •  Ultraviolet (UV) lightjvith hydrogen peroxide (H2O2)
    oxidation.

  From a technical standpoint, all three technologies were
  capable of meeting the project's effluent quality objec-
  tives. Based on  information obtained from modeling of
  the aquifer, concentration  of contaminants were  pre-
  dicted to decrease by a factor of one-half for each year
  of equipment operation.

  Capital and operating costs for the three candidate tech-
  nologies were estimated and are shown  in Table  3-2.
  The operating costs  shown are for the first  year  of
  operation.

  Table 3-2.  Estimated Capital and First-Year Operating Costs
          for Selected Technologies
                          Capital
                  Operating
 Carbon Adsorption

 Air Stripping

 UV/H2O2 Oxidation
 $38,500

 $61,000

$188,500
$92,000

$26,500

$27,500
 The capital cost (cost of equipment) was estimated from
 manufacturers' quotes. Capital costs included the fol-
 lowing:

 • Equipment.

 • Building (wood construction).
 • Concrete foundations.

 • Installation labor (piping, electrical, and mechanical)
   and materials.
 • Heating and ventilation.

 • Factors for contingency, engineering, profit and over-
   head, and labor index.

 Operating costs were estimated using treatment model-
 ing programs, vendor information, and previous related
 experience. Operating costs included the following:
 • Electrical power.

 • Operator labor.

 • Chemicals (granular activated carbon [GAG], UWH2O2).

 • Regeneration and disposal (GAG).

 • Routine maintenance (acid wash, etc.).

 • Equipment rentals.

 •  Transportation.

 Because capital costs are an initial investment and op-
erating costs are annual expenses, the two costs must
be converted to the same basis to obtain an unbiased
                                                   13

-------
view of overall project expenditures. The present worth
analysis has been selected as the method of compari-
son, with interest assumed at 8 percent. The cost for
the life of the project is shown in Table 3-3 and  is esti-
mated for intervals of 7,10, and 20 years using the data
provided in Table 3-2 as the cost basis. Based  strictly
on present worth analysis, the Table 3-3 cost data ap-
pear to indicate that  carbon  adsorption would  be the
least cost-effective choice for all three time increments
selected.

Table 3-3. Present Worth Analysis Results
                             Years of Operation
                                    10
                                              20
Carbon Adsorption
Air Stripping
UV/H2O2 Oxidation
$406,500
$166,000
$298,000
$656,500
$237,500
$372,500
$943,000
$319,000
$457,500
 In Figure 3-1, the impact that life cycle design can have
 on equipment selection is illustrated. In this figure, the
 capital cost (neglecting inflation) for each of the  three
 equipment options was placed on the  ordinate at time
 zero. Annual operation costs were then added to the
 capital cost for each year. Time is plotted on the ab-
 scissa. In this example, however, the impact of decreas-
 ing contaminant concentration (estimated previously to
 be about 50 percent per year)  has been  taken into
 consideration. This decreasing concentration has a sig-
 nificant impact on the amount of carbon used annually.
 Thus, as the  project progresses,  the use of carbon
 continues to decrease as the ground water's contami-
 nant concentration is reduced. The following assump-
 tions were used to assist in the calculations:
 • All of the technologies consistently meet the desired
   effluent concentration for the life of the project.
                               r
                       4567
                       Time (Years)
                                  10
                                          « The cost of vapor-phase carbon for treating the air
                                            stripper off-gas will decrease with time; however, can-
                                            ister rental will remain relatively constant throughout
                                            the project.
                                          • The liquid phase  granular activated carbon usage
                                            rate decreases proportionally to the decrease in con-
                                            taminant concentration.

                                          • The air-to-water ratio is fixed; therefore, the power
                                            requirements  (and corresponding operating costs)
                                            will remain constant.

                                          Using life cycle analysis to compare the costs of the
                                          three technologies reveals that activated carbon would
                                          be the most cost-effective alternative  if the project is
                                          expected to last 6 years or longer. The other two tech-
                                          nologies (air stripping and UV/H2O2) are not significantly
                                          affected by changes  in contaminant concentration;
                                          therefore, their  operating costs remain relatively con-
                                          stant over the life cycle of the project. If the designer
                                          only relied on the present worth analysis, he or she may
                                           not have selected the most cost-effective choice.

                                           3.6.3  Capital and Operating Cost
                                                  Considerations

                                           3.6.3.1   Capital Cost Considerations
                                           Another important factor to consider  when designing
                                           leachate and ground-water  treatment systems  is the
                                           cost of money. The annual cost of short-term projects is
                                           greater than the cost  of long-term  projects,  such as
                                           wastewater treatment systems. Annual costs of financ-
                                           ing a project are calculated from the following formula:
                                                  capital
                                                                                         (3-3)
 Figure 3-1.
Operating costs as a function of time for the three
treatment processes.
where
     a = annual cost
      i = interest (assumed at 8 percent)
capital = an assumed investment
     N = life of the loan

Calculating  the annual costs of projects  of  varying
lengths (up to  10 years) illustrates the  effect of time.
Figure 3-2 shows the impact of the annual cost of money
for a project with a capital  cost of $50,000  and an
interest rate of 8 percent. For  a  1-year project,  the
annual cost would be $54,000; for a 5-year project, the
annual cost reduces to $12,500; and for a 10-year pro-
ject, the annual cost further reduces to $7,500.
The effect of this phenomenon is  two-fold.  First, pur-
chasing costly  equipment that might complete a finite
project  in a shorter time may be more expensive than
purchasing inexpensive equipment and using it longer.
Secondly, renting equipment may be more cost effective
than  purchasing equipment  with a long service  life.
                                                     14

-------
     60 -
    50 -
  8 40
  o
  f 30
  8
  1
  <
    20 -
    10 -
 Figure 3-2.
"1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1—
123456789    10
          Operating Period (Years)

 Annual costs versus time for an initial investment
 of $50,000.
 Another option that may make the purchase of equip-
 ment cost effective is reuse at another site. The equipment
 owner may have multiple sites that can be remediated
 with the same equipment. The option to remediate other
 sites at a later date may be a cost-effective approach
 based solely on equipment expenditures. Other factors,
 however, such as regulatory deadlines, may make this
 option infeasible. In addition, equipment planned for use
 at multiple sites must be easily transportable.

 3.6.3.2  Operational Cost Considerations

 Operating labor can have a major impact on the overall
 annual cost of a ground-water  and leachate treatment
 system. If an operator is hired at $10 per hour to operate
 the treatment system for 8 hours per day,  5 days per
 week, the annual cost would be $10/hr x 40 hrs/week x
 52 weeks = $20,800/yr. The cost of operating labor can
 easily approach the cost for other operating expenses,
 even without any allowance for employee benefits. For
 smaller treatment  systems,  labor expenses can in-
 crease the operating costs to a high percentage of the
 capital cost.

 If labor costs are expected to be excessive, the engineer
 of the treatment system should evaluate alternatives for
 reducing operating costs by automating the equipment.
 Some  operator attention is always required; however,
 the potential for savings by automating should be con-
 sidered in the life cycle design.

 3.6.4   Summary

 Ground-water and leachate treatment system design
 should be flexible and consider the possibility of chang-
 ing field conditions  in the design and  cost analysis of
technically  and  economically attractive  alternatives.
  Very few projects will fall into the "rapid cleanup" cate-
  gory; therefore, long project life will most likely be re-
  quired. Due to the time value of money, rapid cleanups
  for finite problems may not be cost effective if expensive
  equipment is used for a short period unless operating
  costs are significantly less. Also, operator attention may
  be costly, so reducing this annual expense in favor of
  automation may prove economically attractive.

  3.7   Staging/Phased Treatment

  For both ground-water and leachate treatment,  loading
  is anticipated to decrease with time, unless slug concen-
  trations are expected. A consideration should be given
  to designing the treatment system with sufficient turn-
  down capability.

  3.8   Residuals Management

  One of the most significant issues encountered in de-
  signing treatment systems is the management and dis-
  posal  of waste  residues generated from  treatment
  processes. Types of wastes include:

  • Suspended solids sludges resulting from wastewater
   sedimentation or filtration processes.

  • Concentrated brine solutions generated from reverse
   osmosis separation processes.

 • Metal sludges produced  by chemical precipitation
   reactions.

 • Spent carbon from activated carbon adsorbers.

 • Concentrated ion exchange regenerant solutions.
 • Waste biological solids.

 This  section addresses the types of solid and liquid
 waste residues associated with treating contaminated
 ground water and leachate. Several types of solid waste
 generated from treatment processes and the methods
 of handling them are described below.  In addition, Sec-
 tion 8.3 discusses control of air emissions from ground-
 water and leachate treatment processes.

 3.8.1  Solids

 3.8.1.1   Suspended Solids Sludge

 The removal of paniculate and colloidal organic and
 inorganic contaminants, as well as biological sludges, is
 a primary goal for pretreatment or treatment of contami-
 nated ground water  and leachate. Suspended  solids
 removal is often enhanced by the addition of a polyelec-
 trolyte, which causes the electrostatic surface charge on
 the particles to be destabilized and  results in particle
 agglomeration (smaller particles join together to form
 larger particles, which are more easily settled and/or
filtered from suspensions). This sludge  can then be
                                                  15

-------
further dewatered prior to disposal. Disposal is typically
to a landfill but can be by incineration, if appropriate.

3.8.1.2   Biological Sludge

Biological sludge is a slurry high in suspended solids
(0.5 to 2 percent) that  is produced  from a biological
treatment process such as the activated sludge or its
modifications. Parameters  used to define acceptable
sludge stability  include odor,  pathogens, toxins, and
dewaterability (13).  A  range of  sludge stabilization
options exists for the thickened sludge; these include
digestion, lime treatment, irradiation, drying, and incin-
eration. None of these, however, provides complete sta-
bilization.
Sludge dewatering typically occurs after the stabilization
step and before disposal, which could be by landfilling,
landspreading, or incineration.

3.8.1.3   Heavy Metal Sludges

As described in previous sections, the most common  -
method used to treat dissolved heavy metals is chemical
precipitation. This is a  unit operation in  which soluble
metal ions are converted to insoluble salts. These salts
are removed from solution by sedimentation or direct
filtration. The result is a clarified supernatant or filtrate
and concentrated, metal-containing sludge.

The extent of the metal precipitation  reaction can be
approximated by considering the equilibrium constants
of the reacting species but is better estimated through
treatability studies. System kinetics are also important
because, in some instances,  insufficient time is avail-
 able for equilibrium to be achieved. Predicting criteria for
 optimal  metal  removal versus the  volume of sludge
 generated is a complex process. Kinetic and equilibrium
 features can most accurately be assessed through treat-
 ability studies.  The amount of sludge  produced,  the
 mass of metal (total) within the sludge, the mass fraction
 of individual metals, and the physical settling charac-
 teristics must be examined for each treatability option.
 These will determine appropriate procedures for sludge
 handling, including the extent of dewatering necessary
 and mode of ultimate management.

 As an example, the effect of pH on sludge volume in the
 precipitation treatment of a wastewater containing cop-
 per, cadmium, lead, and zinc is shown in Figure 3-3. In
 this case, optimal effluent treatment conditions, repre-
 senting discharge limits obtained with  lowest sludge
 volume, occurred at pH 8.5. The volume of sludge at pH
 8.5 was approximately 33 percent lower than at pH 9.5.
 Operating at the lower pH not only reduced the amount
 (and costs) of  chemical additions but lowered the dis-
 posal cost by generating less sludge. Additionally, final
 effluent pH adjustment was unnecessary because the
 discharge pH limit was 6.5 to 9.0.
Figure 3-3.   Sludge volume produced as a function of treat-
           ment pH (14).

3.8.1.4   Solids Handling

To minimize the potential liability and costs associated
with disposal, the volume of sludge generated should be
minimized and/or the residual should be classified as
nonhazardous. The volume of sludge produced can be
reduced by optimizing the precipitation process, such as
by obtaining an effluent quality that meets permit limits
yet avoids excessive chemical addition. A second way
to minimize the volume of sludge to be disposed of is to
remove as much water as possible. Several types of
dewatering unit operations are described below.

3.8.1.5   Sludge Thickening
Gravity or  flotation thickeners can double the sludge
solids concentration by inducing the sludge to release
water and  thicken. For example, gravity thickening of
lime sludges has been reported to increase the solids
content to 30 percent when thickener loadings of 12.5
Ib/day ft2 (61 kg/day m2) have been used. Gravity thick-
ening of alum sludges has increased the solids content
from 1 to 2 percent  at loadings of 4.0 Ib/day ft2 (19.5
kg/day m2) (15). The supernatant from a sludge thick-
ener is generally returned to the head of the treatment
process.
Conditioning can  further enhance sludge  dewatering
characteristics. It has been reported that hard-to-dewa-
ter sludges, such as those produced during the hydrox-
ide precipitation of   metals,  can  be  conditioned by
heating. Schroeder (16) reported that vacuum filtration
of a heat conditioned sludge increased the solids con-
tent by nearly 21  percent. Thermal conditioning,  how-
ever, may not be practical because of  the high capital
and maintenance costs associated with the process.

Chemical  sludge conditioners can also be  added to
enhance settling and dewatering. Typically,  long-chain
 charged organic compounds, such as polyelectrolytes,
 are added to cause the sludge particles to further ag-
                                                     16

-------
  glomerate and settle. Inorganic conditioners such  as
  ferric chloride (FeCI3) and lime (CaO) can also enhance
  sludge dewatering.

  3.8.1.6   Final Dewatering

  Several  unit processes are available for final dewater-
  ing. These include vacuum filters, centrifuges, and belt
  or plate  and frame filter presses. Vacuum filtration of a
  thickened lime sludge has been shown to increase the
  solids content from nearly 30 percent to about 65 per-
  cent (15). The filter may be precoated (e.g., witfvdfato-
  maceous earth)  to  enhance dewatering  and sludge
  release.

  Centrifuges also increase the solids content of a thick-
  ened sludge. A centrifuge is a mechanical device that
  uses centrifugal force to separate solids from liquids.
  Rates  of solids capture by centrifuges of 70 to 95 per-
  cent have been reported (15). One problem with cen-
  trifugation  is the   potentially  high  operation   and
  maintenance (O&M) costs associated with this unit proc-
  ess. To reduce O&M costs, filter presses can be used.
  Filter pressing a lime sludge can achieve a solids con-
  tent of 60 to 65 percent (15). Tradeoffs between solids
  content (percent volume reduced) as a function of a
  given dewatering process and disposal and O&M costs
  must be considered.

  During final dewatering, it may be advantageous to add
 a stabilization chemical, such as trisodium phosphate,
 lime or cement kiln  dust, or Portland cement. These
 stabilization chemicals bind heavy metal contaminants
 that could otherwise  cause the sludge to be classified
 as a hazardous waste.

 Another "dewatering" method is incineration, which in-
 cludes  control of gaseous paniculate and vapor emis-
 sions. This process may be useful if the sludge has  a
 high content of organic compounds; however, incinera-
 tion can have a high O&M cost.  In addition, because
 many industrial sludges are primarily inorganic and less
 than  75 percent combustible, a substantial amount of
 ash—typically hazardous—may need disposal.

 3.8.2   Liquid Wastes

 3.8.2.1   Ion Exchange

 Typically,  an ion exchange process, like a fixed  bed
 carbon  column,  is operated continuously in a bed or
 packed column. Contaminated water is passed through
 the column until the contaminant concentration in the
 column effluent exceeds a required  level, i.e., break-
 through.

At breakthrough, the column resin is "spent" and must
 be regenerated. Regenerating the resin involves revers-
 ing the exchange reaction using a concentrated solution
of ions to exchange with the resin-bound contaminant
  ions. First, the exchange column  is backwashed to
  remove accumulated solids. The resin is then regener-
  ated by passing the concentrated regenerant solution
  through the column until the original exchange resin ions
  have displaced the resin-bound  contaminant(s). The
  resultant  regenerant brine  and  rinsewater  must be
  managed.

  A list of potential alternatives available for the  manage-
  ment of the spent brine include disposal on land, dis-
  posal  to  sanitary sewers,  and  deep well  injection.
  Depending on the brine characteristics,  pretreatment
  may be required. For disposal  to land, typical options
  available are landspreading, lagooning, and landfilling.
  If the brine is discharged to a sanitary sewer, it eventu-
  ally discharges with the treated sewage effluent. Dis-
  posal of spent brine to saline aquifers simply returns the
  brine to an aquifer of similar characteristics. In general,
  the degree of pretreatment and choice of ultimate dis-
  posal alternative is largely governed by cost and regu-
  latory considerations.

  3.8.2.2   Reverse Osmosis

  Proper design considerations for reverse osmosis elimi-
  nate many of the concerns about  excessive power re-
  quirements, fouling due to inadequate pretreatment, and
  poorly designed clean-in-place procedures. The primary
 disadvantage  is the disposal of concentrated "brine"
 solutions resulting from the concentrating of dissolved
 solids. Disposal methods have included deep well injec-
 tion and evaporation ponds.

 3.8.3  Air Emissions

 3.8.3.1  Air Stripping

 Air stripping involves the  transfer of volatile  organic
 compounds from the liquid to the air stream. A liquid-gas
 contactor (e.g., packed tower) is typically employed. The
 organic compounds transferred from the water contami-
 nate the stripper off-gas. Air emissions of this type are
 regulated by the Clean Air  Act, and,  depending on the
 applicable  requirements,  further  treatment may be
 needed. Common air emission controls are carbon ad-
 sorption, thermal incineration, catalytic oxidation, and
 flaring. Flares are basically open  pipes that vent a com-
 bustible gas at a safe height directly to the atmosphere.
 The end of the pipe contains a flame device and a
 continuous pilot(s) to ignite the waste gas.

 Many ground waters naturally contain dissolved radon
 in addition to the contamination from site activities. The
 incidental removal of radon (Rn-222) from ground-water
treatment systems using activated  carbon or air  strip-
ping may cause radiological exposure to the public or
system operators. Rn-222 has a  half-life of  3.82 days.
Four radioactive elements immediately follow Rn-222 in
the decay chain: polonium-218, lead-214, bismuth-214,
                                                   17

-------
and polonium-214. These elements have very short half-
lives. Air modeling can  be used to estimate releases
from air stripping units. Vessel shielding can be used for
reducing exposure from radionuclides adsorbed onto
carbon, which eventually decay.

3.8.3.2   Biological/Equalization Tanks

Three mechanisms of volatile organic compound (VOC)
removal in wastewater treatment have been identified:
volatilization to the atmosphere, sorption, and biodegra-
dation (17). Several models are available that predict the
VOC fate in various unit processes.

Tramp or fugitive emissions of VOCs may be regulated
by the Clean Air Act. Collection of fugitive emissions is
a difficult task; however, emissions may be reduced by
covering untreated  and partially treated ground-water
unit processes, such as the equalization tank shown in
Figure A-17.  If the emissions can be collected, they can
be treated by GAC adsorption, thermal incineration,  or
catalytic oxidation.

3.9  Availability of Package Plants

 Package plants can be purchased as complete aque-
 ous-phase treatment systems that are mounted on skids
 or in trailers. Many of the traditional technologies  used
 for wastewater treatment (e.g., sedimentation, biological
 oxidation, filtration) can be directly applied or modified
 for treatment of ground  water and leachate. In addition,
 other applicable treatment technologies (e.g., air  strip-
 ping, granular activated carbon) are easily adaptable to
 a package plant configuration. Many of the innovative
 technologies not discussed in this manual, such as wet
 air oxidation and anaerobic fixed film, are also available
 in package  plants from  vendors.  Because package
 plants are limited in size by transport requirements, they
 are usually of low capacity (more than 100 gal/min or
 more than 380 L/min). Their small size and  capacity
 make package plants ideal for many ground-water and
 leachate treatment applications.

 Many market-niche companies specialize in the design
 and manufacturing of specific types of package plants.
 Complete, ready-to-operate package plants are offered
 at lower prices than field-constructed systems  because
 shop assembly  and fabrication  costs less than field
 erection. Because package plant size is restricted, parts
 are  similar  and design engineering costs are signifi-
 cantly reduced, typically  consisting only of system up-
 grades and special modifications. Similarly, construction
 costs for package plants are lower because piping, wir-
 ing, and assembly are completed by factory workers
 under ideal  shop conditions. Startup costs are also re-
 duced because experienced factory field technicians
 require less time to get equipment on line. The  availabil-
 ity of spare  parts makes field repair simply a matter of
parts  exchange, as  opposed to the special fabrica-
tion/construction required with permanent  systems.
Package plants are  excellent for temporary ground-
water and  leachate treatment installations where the
technology has been well documented based on pre-
vious experience for similar applications.

3.9.1   Description

Skid-mounted or trailer-mounted  package plants are
available for all treatment processes normally used to
remove contaminants from ground water and leachate.
Table 3-4 contains a list of the most common vendor-
supplied  biological  and  physical-chemical  package
plants that are available for treatment of ground water
and/or leachate. Basic information about each process
is also provided.
Package plants are usually installed on a structural steel
skid.  The skids are fitted with fork truck slots and/or lift
eyes to facilitate easy loading and unloading. Some
process equipment,  such  as  tanks,  have  the lift
eyes/fork truck slots attached directly to the tanks. Hold-
down connections may be installed to prevent overturn-
ing in high winds or earthquakes. Many skid designs are
provided with secondary containment systems to collect
spills and leakage.
 Piping  and wiring on  package plants are  usually in-
 stalled  at the factory. Connections for pipes  should be
 provided at the perimeter of the skid for convenient field
 hookup. Electrical wiring is enclosed in conduit between
 the control panel and electrical devices, motors, and
 instruments. Electrical connections usually are provided
 in terminal boxes for remote devices such as motors,
 controls,  and signals.  Power connections are normally
 made directly to the terminals inside of the control panel,
 on the  skid.
 Process equipment may consist of fabricated  items such
 as mixing tanks,  settling tanks, reactors, packed col-
 umns,  filters, pressure vessels, and machines such as
 belt presses and centrifuges. These items are bolted or
 welded to the skids along with secondary process equip-
 ment such as pumps, blowers, air compressors, and
 vacuum  pumps.  Miscellaneous equipment such  as
 valves, instruments, and controls should be  installed in
 the piping and connected to the control panel at the
 package plant factory.

 3.5.2   Field Installation

 Foundations must be provided at the  site for package
 plants. At a minimum, the ground should be leveled and
 compacted. A few inches of gravel or crushed stone
 should be placed over clay or topsoil to provide drainage
 and support. Timber can also be used to support pack-
 age plants. Most soils can support approximately 2,000
 Ib/ft2 (9,765 kg/m2); therefore, sufficient timbers should
                                                    18

-------
Table 3-4.  Available Package Plants
                                                                             Physical Information
Type of Plant
Description
Activated sludge Package plants include cylindrical or rectangular aeration
tanks and clarifiers, positive displacement blower, air
diffusers, sludge recycle pump, sludge waste pump,
chemical feed pumps, and control panel. Liquid flow



Sequencing
batch reactor
(SBR)









Biological
fluidized bed






Rotating
biological
contactor (RBC)










Fixed film
reactor





Wet air
oxidation






meters for influent and recycle flows are typical
instrumentation. Air flow meters and pH monitors are
useful but not mandatory.
Package plants include one or two rectangular SBR
tanks, blowers, air diffusers, influent pumps, waste sludge
pump, effluent pump, and chemical pumps. The control
panel may contain a logic controller to operate the
equipment in a batch sequence mode. Some systems use
a floating mixer instead of the sludge pump for mixing
sludge with the accumulated wastewater before the
aeration step, and others use the sludge pump. A floating
decanter removes clear water from the reactor water
surface at the end of a treatment cycle. Some SBR
systems offer a sludge digester (extended aeration)
chamber with separate blowers to reduce the volume of
sludge solids.
Package plants include an enclosed vertical cylindrical
vessel, influent pump, air compressor or blower, air
diffuser, effluent recycle pump, and media/biomass
separation tank. Flow meters for influent and effluent
recycle are essential. Some systems use an ozone
generator to enhance the biomass growth if contaminant
concentration is great. A clarifier may be needed to
remove fine biomass particles from the effluent. Nutrient
feed pumps and chemical storage tanks may be required
depending on the feedwater characteristics.
A package plant RBC has a skid-mounted vat, rotating
disc pack, chain drive, and variable speed motor. The
discs may be covered for odor and emission control, or
for weather protection. The cover must be vented to
permit air to circulate past the upper, exposed surface of
the discs. Controls include a switch for the speed reducer
and a disc speed controller. If a clarifier is not included
with the RBC, a separate clarifier will be required,
because biological solids exit the RBC with the effluent.
Sludge is not recycled to the RBC. A sludge pump is
required to remove sludge from the clarifier. An influent
pump may be supplied with the RBC, and an influent flow
meter is required. Nutrient stock tanks and chemical feed
pumps may be required.
A package plant includes a rectangular tank that contains
the media cell and a clarifier cell. An influent pump may
be included. Other equipment includes a blower for air,
effluent recycle pump, effluent discharge pump, and
sludge pump. Large fixed film reactors may require a
separate clarifier. Flow meters for influent, recycle, and
effluent are required. An air flow meter is optional.
Chemical pumps are optional depending .on nutrient
requirements.
Package plants have a high-pressure feed pump,
influent/effluent heat exchanger, oxidation reactor tower,
air compressor, steam boiler, gas separation effluent tank,
and control panel. Instrumentation includes pressure and
temperature gauges, temperature controls, and pressure
controls. An influent or effluent flow meter is required. The
control panel has starters and switches for the equipment
motors. A recorder for the process variables is a helpful
option.
Flow Rate
(gal/min)
1-10
10-50
50-100
100-200



1-10
10-50
50-100









1-10
10-50
50-100
100-400






1-10
10-50
50-100
100-200










1-10
10-50
50-100





1-10
10-50
50-100





Typical Size3
LxWxH (ft)
23x12x12
45x24x12
45x50x12
45x100x12



20x10x12
30x15x14
40x20x14









13x7x15
18x10x15
18x12x15
18x16x15






8x6x6
10x11x12
20x11x12,
16x16x18










9x9x9
24x12x12
24x24x12





8x7x15
16x12x15
18x12x22





Max.
5
15
25
47



7
40
80









7
10
12
4O
*TW





1
5
10
on
ei\J









6
17
34





15
40
75





Common
Chemical
Hp Requirements
Ammonium
chloride,
phosphoric acid



Ammonium
chloride,
phosphoric acid









Ammonium
chloride,
phosphoric acid






Ammonium
chloride,
phosphoric acid










Ammonium
chloride,
phosphoric acid





None






                                                         19

-------
Table 3-4.  Available Package Plants (Continued)
Type of Plant    Description
                                                                                Physical Information
                                                                       Flow Rate
                                                                        (gal/min)
            Typical Size3
             LxWxH (ft)
                        Common
                        Chemical
              Max. Hp   Requirements
Activated carbon  Package systems include one to three pressure vessels
                 on a skid, interconnecting piping, a feed pump, optionally
                 a backwash pump, pressure gauges, differential pressure
                 gauges, influent flow meter, backwash flow rneter, and
                 control panel. Valves may be manual or powered, with
                 automatic controls. A separate backwash tank may be
                 required for storage of clean water, and storage for spent
                 carbon should be provided. Disposable coated carbon
                 steel or plastic pressure vessel adsorbers are available.
                 Permanent pumps, pipes, and connection hoses are
                 required. Spent adsorbers are disconnected and sent to
                 regeneration centers or disposal landfills. Powdered
                 activated carbon (PAC) package plants are also available.
                 PAG is typically added to an activated sludge package
                 plant by mixing with water and metering into wastewater
                 as a slurry. Mixers, mix tank, eductors, and metering
                 pumps are included in PAC package plants.

 Air stripping      Package plants consist of a tall packed tower or compact
                 tray tower, feed pump, air blower, and effluent pump. Row
                 meters for influent and air flow are required. An influent
                 throttle valve and  blower damper are required to adjust
                 the air/water ratio. A chemical tank and chemical pump
                 may be included to backwash the tower packing with an
                 acid solution. Alternatively, the influent pump may be used
                 to recirculate the acid wash solution over the packing.
                 Low and high level switches in the reservoir at the base
                 of the packed tower may be included to protect the
                 effluent pump from running dry and to signal an alarm if
                 the reservoir overflows. Air discharged from the air
                 stripper may need treatment with vapor-phase carbon.

 Mela) reduction   Package plants have a rapid-mix tank, flocculation
 and precipitation  chamber, and settling tank. The tankage can be
                  rectangular or circular. Inclined plate gravity separation or
                  circular clarifiers are used for settling. Typical equipment
                  Includes a rapid mixer, flocculator and drive, feed pump,
                  sludge pump, acid and caustic soda pumps for pH
                  control, and a polymer pump. Chemical storage tanks or
                  shipping containers may be  used to hold acid and caustic
                  soda. If polymer addition is required, a mixer and solution
                  tank are needed. The control panel encloses motor
                  starters, switches, and a pH controller. An influent flow
                  meter is required to permit monitoring of chemical feed
                  rates. Some form of filter may be required downstream to
                  remove fine particulates from the effluent If sludge
                  treatment is necessary, a vacuum filter, belt filter, or filter
                  press may  be required. A sludge thickener hopper is
                  available for some gravity plate separators. Otherwise, a
                  separate sludge holding tank or thickener may be required.
  1-10
 10-50
50-100
100-200
 12x8x8
.14x8x8
20x10x8
20x20x8
2
7
10
20
                                                                                                               Activated carbon
  1-10
  10-50
 50-100
 100-400
 4x4x20
 6x8x25
 7x10x30
 8x12x40
 2
 5
 8
 20
Acid or chlorine
for packing wash
   1-10
  10-50
 50-100
  8x4x9
 10x4x13
 11x6x14
        Acid, caustic
        soda, polymer,
        lime, alum,
        ferric chloride,
        calcium chloride
                                                               -20

-------
 Table 3-4.  Available Package Plants (Continued)
 Type of Plant    Description
                                                                                  Physical Information
Flow Rate
 (gal/min)
Typical Size3
 LxWxH (ft)
                                                                                                       Max. Hp
Common
Chemical
Requirements
 Reverse         Granular activated carbon adsorption and pH adjustment      1-10          8x3x6           13
 osmosis         pretreatment may be required and are available as            10-50         12x6x6           35
                 package plant options. An acid metering pump is part of      50-100        14x12x8          85
                 the pH control system. Reverse osmosis package plants
                 require 5- or 10-jim cartridge prefilters, a high-pressure
                 feed pump, reverse osmosis modules,  pressure vessels,
                 and a backpressure valve. Pressure and temperature
                 gauges are required at the inlets and outlets of prefilters
                 and pressure vessels. A temperature gauge and
                 high-pressure stop switch are installed  in the feed pump
                . discharge piping. A low-pressure switch in the feed pump
                 suction piping stops the pump if suction pressure goes
                 negative to prevent disastrous cavitation. The control
                 panel contains motor  starters, control switches, and a pH
                 controller if required. Flow meters on influent, effluent
                 (product), and reject (brine) are required to balance the
                 flows. The concentrated brine may require disposal by
                 evaporation. Piping is usually stainless  steel and requires
                 careful  assembly to prevent leaks. An optional wash tank
                 and pump are available to clean the modules.

Ultrafiltration/     Package plants have  a prefilter or screen, high pressure       1-10          8x4x6           10
Microfiltration     feed pump, membrane or ceramic media modules,            10-50         20x8x8          45
                 pressure vessels, and backpressure valve. High-and         50-100        40x12x8          80
                 low-pressure switches protect the system and pump,
                 respectively. Temperature controls and a heat exchanger
                 may be provided, because some concentrate may be
                 recycled.  Pressure gauges and temperature gauges are
                 installed at inlets and  outlets of all pressure vessels and
                 prefilters. Flow meters are provided for  influent, permeate,
                 and concentrate. A source of cooling water may be
                 required. Concentrate disposal may  require additional
                 equipment such as an evaporator. Cleaning solution
                 recirculation systems are optional.

Ion exchange     Package plants include resin-filled pressure vessels,           1-10          8x3x6            3
                 regeneration chemical tanks, and waste brine storage         10-50         14x5x8          10
                 tanks. Acid and caustic soda solution pumps are provided     50-100        17x6x10       .  12
                 to regenerate the resin. Controls include conductivity
                 meters and pH meters for regeneration. Piping may
                 include  manual valves or powered valves that are
                controlled by programmable logic controllers (PLCs). A
                feed pump is required if line pressure is insufficient. Flow
                meters are required on the influent and regeneration lines
                to the pressure vessels. A totalizer in the effluent pipe is
                useful to predict the remaining life of the resin before
                regeneration is required. Spent acid and caustic soda
                brines may be combined and neutralized. Some metals
                are recoverable; however, the disposal of spent brines
                needs consideration. Resins can be selected that are
                ion-specific; they will remove selected metals  only.
                                        Carbon, sulfuric
                                        acid, detergent,
                                        citric acid
                                        Cleaning
                                        detergent for
                                        washing the
                                        modules,
                                        caustic soda or
                                        acid for pH
                                        adjustment
                                       Acid, caustic,
                                       sodium chloride
                                                             21

-------
Table 3-4.  Available Package Plants (Continued)
                                                                                 Physical Information
Type of Plant
Filtration:
Down-flow
pressure filters
Flow Rate Typical Size3
Description (gal/min) LxWxH (ft)
Package filters consist of one or more pressure vessels 1-10 10x4x8
on a skid. A feed pump, backwash pump, interconnecting 10-50 14x6x8
piping, and manual and/or powered valves complete the 50-100 18x8x8
system. Flow meters for influent and backwash are 100-250 24x10x8
required. Compressed air may be used for air scour
during backwashing, and a compressor may be provided
with an air flow meter. Differential pressure gauges
measure headless across each filter. Sophisticated filter
systems automatically backwash each filter on a timed
cycle or when differential pressure switches trigger the
backwash cycle. Control panels enclose starters and
switches. Logic for backwashing is programmed into a
PLC or mechanical cycle timers. A backwash storage tank
is required if not provided on the skid. Multiple filter
systems may have sufficient capacity to backwash one
off-line filter with on-line filter effluent. Spent backwash is
normally recycled to the plant influent equalization tank.
Effluent is pressurized sufficiently for discharge at some
distance from the filter.
Common
Chemical
Max. Hp Requirements
2 None
3
5
15
 Filtration:        Upflow package filters consist of a cylindrical open top
 Upflow filters     tank and an air compressor for the air lift sand recycle
                 system. Usually, upflow filters are fed by gravity flow from
                 an upstream process, such as a parallel plate gravity
                 separator. If a feed pump is required, a static leg influent
                 pipe is required to prevent drainage of the filter through
                 the pump. Controls and instruments include an influent
                 and effluent flow meter and a flow meter and pressure
                 regulator for the air lift system. Backwash continually
                 flows to the influent end of the treatment system. Effluent
                 pressure is limited to the height of the filter tank.

 Polymer addition A manual package polymer system consists of a mix tank,
                 propeller mixer, chemical feed pump, and eductor.
                 Starters and switches for the motors are  enclosed in a
                 control panel. Automatic systems are available that meter
                 the liquid or dry polymer into a mix tank, fill the tank with
                 water, mix the solution, and transfer  the solution to a
                 stock tank. The mixing process is repeated automatically
                 when the stock tank  is almost empty. The automatic
                 system may require a polymer solution metering pump.
                 These polymer systems need power and a water supply
                 to operate.

 Anaerobic       Package plants include an anaerobic contact tank, a
 treatment       degassifier, and a solids settling tank. Variations of the
                 process have a two-stage anaerobic contact system
                 consisting of an acid-phase tank and the methane former
                 phase tank. The contact tanks may have fixed media or
                 may be of the fluidized bed type that uses sand or
                 granular activated carbon  media. Gas fired heaters may
                 be provided. Accessories include a methane gas vacuum
                 pump, solids recycle pump, solid waste pump, influent
                 pump, and mechanical or gas recycle sparger mixing
                 system. Instrumentation includes an influent flow meter,
                 recycle flow meter, gas  production totalizer, and pH meter.
                 Chemical pumps may be required for phosphorus,
                  nitrogen, and pH control. A control panel encloses all
                  motor controls. Because of the relatively long hydraulic
                  retention time for anaerobic water treatment, large contact
                 tanks are required, and multiple units are necessary for
                  larger flow rates.
  1-10
 10-50
50-100
100-300
4x4x10
5x5x12
6x6x13
8x8x18
0.5
 1
 3
7.5
                                                                                                                None
  1-10
 10-50
 50-100
 6x3x5
 15x6x6
 20x8x7
 1
1.5
 2
Water under
pressure,
polymer
(powder or
liquid)
  1-10
  10-50
 50-100
40x10x9
40x20x9
80x20x9
 7
 15
 30
Ammonium
chloride,
phosphoric acid,
lime
  * Dimensions are for overall envelope of the erected package plant, as obtained from manufacturer's literature.
                                                                22

-------
  be provided under the equipment to  result  in a soil
  pressure that does not exceed 2,000 Ib/ft2 (9,765 kg/m2).

  Concrete pads  also  serve well  to support  package
  plants. A 6-in. (15-cm) thick reinforced concrete pad
  usually suffices, because the concrete is sandwiched
  between soil and the package plant skid. If the loads are
  concentrated on legs, concrete may have to be thicker.
  In special cases, a structural engineer  may be needed
  to design the concrete pad.

  Crushed stone or gravel  and timber foundations are
  suitable for  projects that last less than 1  year. Longer
  projects may require concrete foundations. In cold cli-
  mates, a low-cost metal or wood building may be re-
  quired to prevent  pipe  freezing and provide  security.
  Fencing may be sufficient for security in warm climates
  or where the project will not last through a winter.

 Loading and unloading package plants may require spe-
 cial equipment. Large,  bulky systems and tanks prob-
 ably need to be unloaded with cranes. Spreader bars
 should be used to keep lift cables and chains away from
 vulnerable pipes and instruments. Large fork trucks are
 recommended for unloading skid-mounted equipment.
 The fork  truck needs sufficient capacity to unload the
 equipment yet must be able to clear overhead power
 lines for safe unloading operations.

 Power for skid-mounted package plants is usually 460
 volts, three-phase, 60 cycle. Poles and a power line may
 have to be installed by the local electric utility company,
 with a transformer, kilowatt-hour meter,  and power dis-
 connect switch. The package plant can be connected to
 the power supply with Type SO cable, direct burial cable,
 or overhead lines.  Type SO cable can  be laid on the
 ground for temporary  installation; however, buried or
 suspended lines are recommended for projects that ex-
 tend beyond 6 months. Check local and national codes
 for exact requirements.

 3.10   Materials of Construction and
        Materials Compatibility

 The selection of proper materials of construction has a
 significant impact on the successful  design of  ground-
 water and leachate treatment systems. The safety of
 operating  personnel and surrounding equipment can be
jeopardized if chemical attack occurs in pipes and ves-
 sels of incompatible materials. Sudden failure or leak-
age of deteriorating pipes can cause corrosion, violent
 reactions, fires, and explosions that might lead to injury
and property damage. The importance of material selec-
tion on the successful outcome of a  project cannot be
overemphasized.

The three primary classes of equipment that  require
careful selection of materials of construction include:
• Fabrications
  •  Pipe and fittings
  •  Elastomers

  Brief descriptions of each of these primary equipment
  classes are discussed further below. Also, guidelines to
  assist in the selection of proper materials of construction
  are provided  in Table 3-5.

  3.10.1  Fabrications

  Equipment that is not normally mass produced can be
  built to specifications and drawings in fabrication shops.
  Examples of  specialized  treatment system fabrications
  include tanks, pressure  vessels, mounting platforms,
  support structures, access stairs, and unique machin-
  ery.  Fabrications can be manufactured from  various
  metals or plastics, and shops usually specialize in.one
  or the other material  of construction.

  Carbon steel  fabrications are suitable for many normal
  applications at low cost. Bare steel may be suitable for
  use on short projects or for noncorrosive service. Addi-
 tional steel thickness is usually provided for corrosion
 allowance.  Enamel paints protect steel fabrications for
 about 2 to 5 years. For projects of longer life expectancy,
 epoxy paints  give better protection (up to 20 years).
  Fabrication interiors are usually sandblasted and coated
 with  epoxy or phenolic resins where corrosion will be
 encountered.  Steel fabrications have monetary value at
 the completion of a project and are usually recycled as
 scrap metal.

 Fiberglass is  used for many applications in corrosive
 environments. Stair treads, handrails, and grating pro-
 vide  maintenance-free  service  and are aesthetically
 pleasing in  appearance. Fiberglass tanks offer flexible
 design and long life (10 to 20 years) for containing
 corrosive fluids at reasonable cost.

 Some caution should be exercised when selecting fiber-
 glass for a particular application. For example, after the
 fiberglass resin cures, major modifications to the fabri-
 cation are difficult and require specialized, skilled labor.
 Bolted adapters are available, however, for assisting in
 making field modifications to fiberglass tanks. Fiber-
 glass can be  used for only limited pressure and tem-
 perature applications, and only if  designed properly.
 Incompatible solvents also tend to dissolve the fiber-
 glass resin.

 Fiberglass fabrications are usually very specific  and
 have  little salvage value after a project is completed.
 Disposal of fiberglass fabrications  may also be a cost
 consideration.  Fiberglass  construction is usually cost-
 effective for smaller tanks; however, stainless steel may
 offer cost savings and similar corrosion resistance for
 larger tanks.

Stainless steel provides excellent service for applica-
tions where solvents would be expected to attack coat-
                                                   23

-------
              Table 3-5. Guidelines for Selecting Proper Materials of Construction
                                                Suitable Material of Construction
Application
Skids
Panels
Pressure vessels
Small tanks
Large tanks
Gaskets
Hoses
Acid service
Base service
Solvents
Structures
Covers
Biogas storage
Pumps
Mixers
Carbon
Steel
X
X
X

X



X
X
X

X
X

Stainless
Steel

X
X
X



X

X



X
X
Fiberglass

X
X
X



X
X

X
X

X

Plastics3 Elastomers9



X

X
X X
X X
X X
X


X X
X X

Coatings
X

X

X





X



X
               a Refer to Tables 3-6 and 3-7 for specific material

ings and plastics. Types  302 and 304 stainless steels
offer good corrosion resistance for most applications at
low cost. Some fatty acids, organic compounds contain-
ing chromium  and arsenic,  and chlorides (such as
hydrochloric acid) may cause stainless steels to de-
velop stress cracking and pitting corrosion. Calcium
chloride (an inorganic coagulant) and ammonium chlo-
ride (a source of nitrogen) are chemicals that are com-
monly used for wastewater treatment.  Other chlorides
such as zinc chloride, mercuric chloride,  and sodium
chloride  may be present in the water being treated. If
these compounds are present at high concentrations,
other materials or grades of stainless  steel should be
considered.

By adding 2 to 3 percent of molybdenum to stainless
steel, the stress cracking and pitting corrosion tenden-
cies can be reduced. Type 316 stainless steel has im-
proved corrosion resistance to many compounds as a
result of increased molybdenum content.  Type  316
stainless steel can handle all concentrations of phos-
phoric acid, as well as sulfuric acid concentrations below
20 percent and above 85 percent. The treatment system
designer should consult the corrosion resistance guides
for stainless steel for a comprehensive listing of com-
pounds that do not affect stainless steel. Because stain-
less steel is expensive,  only  wetted surfaces of tanks
are fabricated from the metal.

Structural members of painted carbon steel are typically
welded to stainless steel tanks to provide support at
reduced cost.  Stainless steel  structural shapes are
available in a limited number of sizes for specific appli-
cations. Stainless steel fabrications are usually not se-
lected over other materials of construction unless there
is a special consideration because of its relatively high
cost. Obsolete stainless steel fabrications have salvage
value as scrap metal.

Aluminum has limited use in ground-water and leachate
treatment systems. It is usually found only where the
fabrication weight is of critical importance, for example,
floating covers for tanks and pontoons. Aluminum hand-
rails are structures that provide decorative appearance
without maintenance. Fabrication of aluminum items re-
quires special  welding  techniques  and skilled labor.
Scrap aluminum has a relatively high salvage value.


3.10.2  Pipes and Fittings

Fluids from ground-water and leachate treatment pro-
jects are typically transferred to and from tanks, supply
sources, and discharge points. The selection  of proper
materials for pipes and fittings depends on temperature,
pH, corrosiveness, pressure, and abrasiveness. The life
of a project is also a consideration. Stainless steel pipes
and fittings have excellent corrosion resistance to many
chemicals found in contaminated  ground water and
leachate. Many types of plastic pipes and fittings also
offer excellent corrosion resistance for compatible ma-
terials—at a much lower cost than stainless steel. Plas-
tic pipes may be adequate for  short projects where
service life will not be reduced by UV light or gradual
deterioration by the contaminants.  Extensive replace-
 ment of failed plastic pipes, however, may ultimately be
 more expensive than initially selecting the more expen-
 sive stainless steel.
                                                    24

-------
  For some projects, selection of pipe materials is depend-
  ent on other factors. Safety should have the highest
  priority. Pipes for low concentrations of sulfuric acid can
  be made of  polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and will last for
  years at ambient temperatures. Breakage of PVC acid
  pipes, however, can cause spills that risk safety. Con-
  centrated sulfuric  acid attacks the glue  in PVC  pipe
  joints, causing  leaks. At high sulfuric acid  concentra-
  tions, lined steel pipes offer the highest margin of safety.
  When safety is a consideration, request advice from the
  material supplier and select the most appropriate  pipe
  material for the application.

  Many types of plastic pipe arejsuitable for the service
  encountered in treatment of contaminated  ground water
  and leachate. Chemicals present in the water are usu-
  ally in dilute form unless a treatment method concen-
  trates the contaminant(s). Any damage to plastic pipes
  by dilute chemicals will be gradual and may result in pipe
  swelling and loss of strength over time. Corrosion resis-
  tance charts usually show the suitability of  a material for
  various chemical  concentrations  and temperatures.
  Some chemicals become more aggressive at increased
 temperatures and attack some materials.  Also, at  ele-
 vated temperatures, the plastics may soften and lose
 strength, which  reduces the safe pressure rating. The
 interaction of temperature  and concentration is an im-
 portant factor in material selection. Plastic  pipe may be
 suitable for low-concentration sulfuric acid at low tem-
 peratures, but not at high concentrations (95+ percent)
 or temperatures over 75°F. As an alternate material,
 Type 316 stainless steel can handle concentrated sulfu-
 ric acid  but not  medium concentrations (20  to 85 per-
 cent). Final selection of piping materials should be on
 the basis of comprehensive corrosion guides and infor-
 mation from supplier experts.

 3.10.3  Elastomers

 Parts that flex are made of elastomers. Examples of elas-
 tomer parts are seals, gaskets, pump diaphragms, expan-
 sion joints, hose,  and valve parts. Many of  the synthetic
 and natural elastomers (e.g., rubber compounds) are at-
 tacked by chlorinated solvents. Damage appears as gum-
 miness, swelling, cracking, and loss of strength.

 Many of the elastomer part suppliers provide chemical
 resistance charts in their catalogs.  Elastomers should
 be selected that have a good rating for  exposure to
 contaminants that are likely to be present in the ground
 water or leachate being treated. If chemical resistance
 data are not available, the supplier should be contacted
 for  recommendations.  Specialized  elastomer com-
 pounds such as Viton and Teflon are suitable for almost
all chemical service except tetrachloroethylene  (per-
chloroethylene),  which is absorbed by Teflon. These
compounds may be used with little risk where no data
support the use of other elastomers. When  transferring
  water with low concentrations of contaminants,  lower
  grade elastomers will most likely be adequate for the life
  of a project. If the contaminant is pure or high in concen-
  tration or concentrated chemicals will need to be added
  to the treatment scheme, then specialized elastomers
  should be considered if safely is a requirement.

  3.10.4   Chemical Resistance Tables

  Table 3-6 summarizes chemical resistance information
  for the most  commonly used materials of  construction
  for treatment of contaminants most likely to be present
  in ground water and  leachates from Superfund  sites.
  Table 3-7 presents chemical resistance information for
  additional contaminants and chemicals that would most
  likely  be used for the treatment of the contaminants
  listed  in Tables 3-6 and  3-7. The materials, contami-
  nants, and chemicals listed in Tables 3-6 and 3-7 were
  cross-referenced  from catalogs of pipes,  elastomers,
  and fiberglass products. Vendor catalogs usually con-
 tain detailed information on the suitability of proposed
  materials for chemical resistance and are excellent re-
 sources that can be easily accessed.

  In Tables  3-6 and 3-7,  materials of construction are
 noted  according to suitability. An "A" rating means that
 the material can  be used without risk at all concentra-
 tions up to 100 percent strength with the contaminant of
 interest. Rating a material "B" means that it is suitable
 for  a particular contaminant  under  most conditions at
 lower  concentrations  and temperature. The  product
 catalogs or vendors should be consulted to determine
 the exact concentrations and temperature at which use
 of the product becomes a risk. Products having a "C"
 rating  for a given contaminant may be suitable  only
 under  certain temperatures and concentrations; some
 compounds for a given element may not be compatible
 for the selected material of construction. In  the case of
 a "C" rating, the designer should definitely  consult the
 supplier or catalog resistance charts. The "NR," or "not
 recommended," rating applies to products that should
 not be used with a given contaminant. In remote cases,
 certain compounds of selected elements may not attack
 the  material under consideration, and  further assess-
 ment of suppliers' chemical resistance tables might be
 justified if no other choice is available. In Tables 3-6 and
 3-7, a numerical rating (200, etc.) has been given to the
 maximum temperature (°F) at which the material can be
 safely  used for the contaminants listed. At higher tem-
 peratures, strength or chemical resistance is reduced.

 3.10.5  Coatings

Tables  3-6 and 3-7 also list coatings that can be applied
to steel and/or concrete that greatly improve the corro-
sion resistance of those materials. Preparation of the
surface is usually required. Sandblasting and chemical
etching with acid are typical. Some  coatings  may be
                                                  25

-------
Table 3-6. Materials of Construction and Coatings Compatibility for Ground-Water/Leachate Treatment Systems (18-24)
Materials of Construction

Contaminant
Arsenic
Benzene
Cadmium
Chloroform
Chromium and
compounds
Copper and
compounds
1,1-Dtohloroethane
(1,1-DCA)
1,1-DtehloroethyIene
(1,1-DCE)
1,2,-trans-Dtchloroeth
ylene
(1,2-trans-DCE)
Ethylbenzene
Lead
Methylene chloride
Polychlorlnated
biphenyls (PCBs)
Perchloroelhylene
(PCE)
Phenol
Toluene
1,1,1-Trichloro-
elhane (1,1,1-TCA)
1,1,2-Trichloro-
elhylene (1,1,2-TCE)
Xylenes
Zinc and
compounds

Car-
bon
Steel SS PVCHDPE
NR C C E
E E NR C
NDF NDF G NDF
NR E NR C
NR C C E

NR E E E

NDF NDF NDF C

NDF C NR NR

NDF C NDF NR


C E NR C
C C C E
NR E NR C
NDF NDF NDF NDF

C E NDF C

NR E NR SS
E E NR C
NDF NDF NDF C

C E NR C

E E NR C
NR C E E


Pi.
ber-
PP PVDF PTFE glass
200
NR
NDF
NR
125

175

75

125

125


NR
NDF
NR
NDF

NR

150
NR
NR

NR

NR
175

Key C Conditional; consult supplier
E Excellent, all concentrations
EPT/EPDM Ethylene-polypropylene
Dlene-teroolvmer
275 450 E
150 450 NR
NDF NDF E
125 450 NR
175 450 C

225 450 E

125 450 NR

225 450 NR

225 450 NDF


125" 450 NR
NDF NDF NDF
125 450 NR
NDF NDF NDF

275 450 G

125 450 NR
175 450 C
150 450 C

275 450 NDF

200 450 NDF
200 450 NDF



Elastomers

Rub- Neo- Buna-
ber prene N
NR
NR
NR
NR
C

E

NR

NR

NR


NR
C
NR
NR

NR

E
NR
NR

NR

NR
G

E
NR
E
NR
C

E

NR

NR

NR


NR
C
NR
NR

NR

G
NR
NR

NR

NR
C

C
C
NR
NR
C

E

NR

NR

NR


NR
G
NR
NR

NR

NR
C
NR

NR

C
C

HOPE High density polyethylene
NDF No data found
NR Not recommended
PP Polypropylene
Hy-
pa- EPT/
Ion EPDM
NR NR
NR NR
E NR
NR NR
C C

E E

NR NR

NR NR

NR NR


NR NR
C C
NR C
NR NR

NR NR

G NR
NR NR
NR NR

NR NR

NR NR
C E

PVC
PVDF
SS
200, etc.
Coatings
Phe- Poly-
Vi-
ton Teflon
NR
E
NR
E
E

E

E

E

E


E
E
G
E

E

G
E
E

E

E
E

E
E
E
E
E

E

E

E

E -


E
E
E
E

E

E
E
E

E

E
E

nolic amide
Epoxy Polyester
C
C
NDF
NR
NDF

E

NDF

NDF

NDF


NDF
NDF
NR
NDF

E

C
G
C

NR

E
C

Polyvinyl chloride
Polyvinyl idene fluoride
Stainless steel
Suitable to temperature
NDF
C
NDF
NR
NDF

NDF

NR

NDF

NDF


NDF
NDF
NR
NDF

C

NR
C
NR

NR

E
C

(Kynar)
shown, °F
               uiene-ierpuiyiuei                • •    • "./r.~rj.	
     G         Good, low concentrations preferred  PTFE Polytetrafluoroethylene (Teflon)
 applied over rust on steel, but service life will not be
 long. Application instructions accompany each product.
 The designer should ask the coating suppliers for rec-
 ommendations of suitable products. Proper selection of
 coatings can extend the life of carbon steel fabrications
 to 20 years or more. Without good surface coatings,
 steel fabrications may have a service life of between 2
 and 5 years.

 3.10.6  Material Compatibility
 When dissimilar metals contact each other in the pres-
 ence of moisture, galvanic corrosion may result. The wet
metals behave like a battery and produce an electrical
current. The surfaces of one or both metals become
pitted and corrode as the exchange of electrons takes
place. Galvanic corrosion can seriously weaken metal
parts, which eventually will fail. Structures  could col-
lapse and piping could break or develop leaks if materi-
als are incompatible.
The  most common dissimilar metal  combinations are
carbon steel/aluminum and carbon steel/copper. When
these metals are likely to be in  contact, they should be
coated with nonconductive material such as epoxy or
phenolic paint.  Elastomer membranes or gaskets can
                                                     26

-------
Table 3-7.  Materials of Construction and Coatings Compatibility for Selected Chemicals/Compounds (18-24)

                         Materials of Construction                        Elastomers
                                                                                    Coatings
Chemical/
Compound
Alcohol
Aluminum sulfate
Ammonium
phosphate
Calcium chloride
Caustic soda
Chlorides
Car-
bon
Steel SS PVCHDPE
C E C E
NR NDF E E
NR E E E
NR E E E
C E E E
C C C C
Chlorinated solvents C C NR C
Diesel fuel, fuel oil E E C C
Ferric chloride
Gasoline
Hydrochloric acid
NR NR E E
E E NR C
NR C G E
Hydrogen peroxide C E E E
Lime
Oil and grease
Phosphoric acid
Polymer
Potassium
compounds
Sodium
hypochlorite
Sulfides
Sulfuric acid
Key C
E
EPT/EPDM
G E E E
E E E C
NR E E E
PP
75
225
225
225
200
C
NR
75
200
75
200
125
225
175
225
C E E E NDF
C E C E
NR E E E
C C C C
NR C C C
Conditional; consult supplier
Excellent, all concentrations
Ethylene-polypropylene
Diene-terpolymer
125
150
150
C
Fi-
ber-
PVDF PTFE glass
75 450 C
275 450 E
275 450 E
275 450 E
C 450 C
225 450 G
NR 450 NDF
275 450 G
275 450 E
275 450 G
275 450 C
75 450 C
200 450 E
250 450 NDF
225 450 E
NDF NDF NDF
C 450 NDF
125 450 G
125 450 NDF
200 450 C
Rub- Neo- Buna-
ber prene N
E
• E
E
E
G
C
NR
NR
E
NR
C
C
E
NR
C
NDF
C
NR
G
NR
E
E
E
E
G
C
NR
G
E
C
C
NR
E
G
G
NDF
G
NR
G
NR
E
E
E
E
C
C
NR
E
E
E
C
C
E
E
NR
NDF
C
NR
G
NR
HOPE High density polyethylene
NDF No data found
NR Not recommended
PP Polypropylene
Hy- EPT/ VI-
palon EPDM ton PTFE
E
E
E
E
G
C
NR
C
E
NR
G
C
E
C
G
NDF
G
E
G
C
PVC
PVDF
SS
75, etc
G
E
E
E
E
C
NR
NR
E
NR
C
C
E
NR
G
NDF
E
C
G
NR
G E
E E
E E
E E
G E
E E
E E
E E
E E
E E
G E
E E
E E
E E
E E
NDF NDF
G E
E E
G E
G E
Phe- Poly-
nolic amide
Epoxy Polyester
C
G
E
E
N
NDF
NDF
E
NDF
E
NRC
NR
E
NDF
NR
NDF
C
NDF
NDF
NDF
NDF
E •
NDF
NDF
RC
NDF
NDF
E
E
C

NR
NDF
NDF
C
NDF
C
E
NDF
C
Polyvinyl chloride
Polyvinyl idene fluoride (Kynar)
Stainless steel
Suitable to temperature shown, °F
    G
Good, low concentrations preferred   PTFE  Polytetrafluoroethylene (Teflon)
also be used to separate the two metals. Isolation un-
ions are available for copper/steel pipe joints. Flanges
with elastomer gaskets can be used to join large pipes
of dissimilar metals. Bolts and washers should be stain-
less steel; the more noble metals such as stainless steel
are more resistant to galvanic corrosion.

Connecting plastic to metal or different types of plastics
together does  not create galvanic corrosion. Different
rates of thermal expansion and strength should be con-
sidered when joining plastic and metal. Plastic pipes
should be threaded into metal parts. If the outer part is
plastic,  the inner metal part of a joint may crack the
plastic outer part when tightened. When joining plastic
to metal pipe,  flanged  joints with gaskets are recom-
mended. Plastic has a much greater thermal expansion
rate than metal. Therefore,  adequate  expansion joints
                                          need to be provided. If  plastic and metal  pipes are
                                          parallel, such as in double containment pipe applica-
                                          tions, allowance needs to be made for the differential
                                          expansion rates. Plastic pipe installation manuals con-
                                          tain installation instructions and calculations for comput-
                                          ing thermal stress for confined plastic pipe and should
                                          be consulted before installation.
                                          Wet activated carbon in contact with bare steel causes
                                          corrosion of the steel. Tanks and pressure vessels that
                                          will contain activated carbon should be coated to resist
                                          corrosion. Suppliers of activated carbon line their pres-
                                          sure vessels and tanks with various elastomers or epoxy
                                          coatings.  Liners and coatings must be thick and hard
                                          enough to resist scratching. Surface  abrasion  by  the
                                          carbon may also cause corrosion.
                                                    27

-------
3.11    References

 1. Eckenfelder, W.W., and J.L. Musterman. 1994. Leachate treat-
    ment technologies to meet alternative discharge requirements.
    Nashville, TN: Eckenfelder, Inc.
 2. U.S. EPA. 1982. Handbook: Remedial action at waste disposal
    sites. EPA-625/6-82/006. Cincinnati, OH.
 3. Harrington, W.H. 1982. A report on CMS's investigation of the
    Upari landfill. In: Highland, J.H., ed. Hazardous waste disposal:
    assessing the problem. Ann Arbor, Ml: Ann Arbor Science.
 4. U.S. EPA. 1971. Process design manual for upgrading existing
    wastewater treatment plants. Report prepared by Roy F. Weston,
    Inc., Washington, DC.
 5. Metcalf & Eddy. 1991. Wastewater engineering: Treatment, dis-
    posal, reuse. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill, Inc.
 6. Patterson, J.W., and J.-P. Menez.  1984. Simultaneous wastewa-
    ter concentration and flow rate equalization. Environmental Pro-
    gress 3:81-87.
 7, American  Society of Civil Engineers  (ASCE)/American Water-
    works Association (AWWA). 1990. Water treatment plant design.
    New York, NY: McGraw-Hill Publishing Company.
 8. Clifford, D., S.  Subramonian, and T.J. Sorg. 1986. Removing
    dissolved  inorganic contaminates from water.  ES&.T 20:1,072-
    1,080.
 9. Nyer, E.K. 1992. Groundwater treatment technology. New York,
    NY: Van Nostrand Reinhold Company.
 10. Eckenfelder, W.W., Jr., 1989. Industrial water pollution control.
    New York, NY: McGraw-Hill, Inc.
 11. U.S. EPA.  1993. Complex mixtures and  groundwater quality.
    EPA/600/5-93/004. Ada, OK.
 12. Faghani-Shoja, S.,  B.A.  DeVantier, B.T.  Ray,  and E.E. Cook.
    1989. Removal of phenol in mixed substrate form by a fixed film
    process.  In: Proceedings of  the 43rd Industrial Waste Confer-
    ence, Purdue University. West Lafayette, IN: Lewis Publishers,
    Inc. p. 291.
13.  Vesilund, P.A.,  G.C. Hartman, and E.T. Skene. 1986. Sludge
    management and disposal. Chelsea, Ml: Lewis Publishers, Inc.

14.  Patterson Associates, Inc. (PAI). 1989. Internal report.

15.  Reynolds, T.D.  1982. Unit operations and processes in environ-
    mental engineering. Monterey, CA:  Brooks/Cole  Engineering
    Division.

16.  Schroeder, R.P. 1970. Alum sludge disposal. Report No. 1. R&D
    Project No. DP-6551. Eimco Corporation.

17.  Melcer, H. 1994.  Monitoring  and modeling VOCs in wastewater
    facilities. Environ. Sci. Technol. 28:328-335.

18.  Dow Chemical Co.  1991.  Chemical  resistance  guide. Dow
    Chemical Company, Plastic-Lined  Piping Products, Bay City, Ml
    48706, (800) 233-7577.

19.  Harvel Plastics, Inc. 1987. Chemical  resistance of Harvel ther-
    moplastic pipe. Product Bulletin 112/401,7/1/87. Harvel Plastics,
    Inc., P.O. Box 757,  Easton, PA 18044-0757, (215) 252-7355.

20.  Celanese Piping  Systems, Inc. 1972. Chemtrol chemical resis-
    tance  of plastic piping materials. Celanese Piping Systems, Inc.,
    P.O. Box 1032, Louisville, KY 40201, (502) 775-6431.

21.  International  Nickel Co.,  Inc. 1963. Corrosion resistance of the
    austenitic chromium-nickel stainless steels in chemical environ-
    ments. International Nickel Co., Inc., New York, NY 10005.

22.  PolyPipe Industries, Inc. 1987. Design and engineering guide,
    chemical resistance.  PolyPipe Industries,  Inc., P.O. Box 390,
    Gainesvile, TX 76241-0390, (817) 665-1721, (800) 433-5632.

23.  Holz Rubber Co.,  Inc. 1980. Elastomer specifications tables,
    chemical resistance of elastomers selection guide. Holz Rubber
    Co., Inc., 1129  South Sacramento Street, Lodi, CA 95240, (209)
    368-7171, (800) 344-3202.

24.  Jones and Hunt, Inc. 1985. Master corrosion control guide, 2nd
    ed. Jones and Hunt, Inc., Orwigsburg, PA 17961, (717) 366-1035.
                                                              28

-------
                                              Chapter 4
                         Treatment Technology Screening Guidance
 4.1   Introduction

 An engineer or scientist can use several approaches in
 the planning stage to narrow the technology or treatment
 train options for a particular contaminated ground water
 or leachate:

 • Literature information,  including regulatory agency
   guidance.

 • Best engineering judgment (BEJ) using contaminant
   characteristics.

 • Treatability studies.

 This chapter presents guidance for screening treatment
 technologies using each of these approaches. Section
 4.2 discusses the use of information available from the
 literature, Section 4.3 discusses BEJ using contaminant
 characteristics, and Section 4.4 explains the use of
 treatability studies.

 4.2   Literature

 Available literature from industry, consultants, acade-
 mia, and government sources contains ground-water
 and leachate treatment data. While these data may be
 useful for technology screening purposes, they must be
 used with some degree of caution if the chemical con-
 stituents or waste parameters of the  ground water or
 leachate to be  treated are different from those in  the
 literature. The literature also  includes several bench-
 scale studies;  systems may perform  differently under
 bench-scale conditions than under full-scale conditions.
 Section 4.4.4 discusses the limitations of using treata-
 bility studies for designing full-scale systems.

 EPA has established best demonstrated available tech-
 nologies (BDATs) for  multisource leachate from land
 disposal operations for RCRA hazardous waste.  Biologi-
 cal treatment systems or wet air oxidation followed by a
 combination of  biological  and  activated carbon treat-
 ment systems were used to set the BOAT performance
 standards for multisource  leachate compounds shown
 in Table 4-1.

 Data on the removal efficiency of 11  technologies used
to treat the 20  contaminants  that frequently occur at
Superfund sites appear in Tables 4-2 through 4-22;
 these data come from EPA's RREL Treatability Database
 (2). In Table 4-2, the technologies that demonstrated at
 least 90 percent removal efficiency for selected organics
 are shown. Tables 4-3 through  4-22 provide specific
 treatability data for each of the 20 contaminants.

 These tables are designed to assist readers in determin-
 ing whether a proposed treatment method is appropriate
 for the specific compound present in the ground water
 or leachate to be treated. Regulatory agency personnel
 who review water treatment plans and proposals, prac-
 ticing environmental engineers  who design ground-
 water and leachate treatment systems, and public or
 private research personnel should find these data sum-
 maries to be extremely useful. Although the tables are
 not  intended to provide sufficient information to design
 treatment systems, their purpose is to summarize data
 available from many published, peer-reviewed studies
 on  treatment of the most commonly found chemical
 compounds at Superfund sites. The reader is cautioned
 that the percent removal may include removal by inci-
 dental mechanisms, such as air stripping from a biologi-
 cal treatment or chemical treatment unit process. The
 reader is also cautioned not to judge a technology solely
 on the basis of a limited number of data points associ-
 ated with a given concentration range.

 4.3  Best Engineering Judgment Using
      Contaminant Characteristics

 The selection of a technology can be  based on the
 physical or  chemical characteristics of  the contami-
 nant^) (e.g., vapor pressure, Henry's Law constant,
 solubility, partitioning coefficient)  or less defined pa-
 rameters, such as biodegradability. Table 4-23 provides
values for selected  parameters  used  in technology
 evaluation for various compounds. The use of such data
for technology screening purposes is acceptable for less
complicated ground-water problems involving one con-
taminant or a group of similar contaminants, such as
volatile contaminants.

Many tables have been published to provide guidance
for technology  selection based  on the physical and
chemical characteristics of a contaminant. Table 4-24
groups various  organic  compounds based on a high,
                                                 29

-------
Table 4-1.  BOAT Treatment Standards for Multisource Leachate (1)
Maximum for Any
24-Hr Composite,
Regulated Organic and Inorganic Total Composition
Constituents (mg/L)
Organlcs
Acenaphthalene
Acenaphlhene
Acetone
Acetonitrile
Acetophenone
2-AcetylamInofluorene
Acrylonitrile
Aldrin
4-Amlnobiphenyl
Aniline
Anthracene
Aroclor 1016
Aroclor 1221
Aroclor 1232
Aroclor 1242
Aroclor 1248
Aroclor 1254
Aroclor 1260
Benz(a)anthracene
Benzene
alpha-Benzene hexachloride (alpha-BHC)
beta-Benzene hexachloride (beta-BHC)
delta-Benzene hexachloride (delta-BHC)
gamma-Benzene hexachloride
(gamma-BHC)
Benzo(b)fluoranthene
Bonzo(k)fluoranthene
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene
Benzo(a)pyrene
BIs{2-chloroethoxy)methane
Bls(2-chloroethyl)ether
Bls(2-chloroisopropyl)ether
Bls{2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
Bromodlchloromethane
Bromomethane
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether
n-Butyl alcohol
Butylbenzyl phthalate
2-sec-Butyl-4,6-dinitrophenol
Carbon disulfide
Carbon tetrachloride
Chlordane
p-Chloroanillne
, Chlorobenzene
Chlorobenzilate
p-Chloro-m-cresol
Chlorodibromomethane

0.059
0.059
0.28
0.17
0.010
0.059
0.24
0.021
0.13
0.81
0.059
0.013
0.014
0.013
0.017.
0.013
0.014
0.014
0.059
0.14
0.00014
0.00014
0.023
0.0017
0.055
0.059
0.0055
0.061
0.036
0.033
0.055
0.28
0.35
0.11
0.055
5.6
0.017
0.066
0.14
0.057
0.0033
0.46
0.057
0.10
0.018
0.057
                                                                    Regulated Organic and Inorganic
                                                                    Constituents
Maximum for Any
24-Hr Composite,
Total Composition
      (mg/L)
                                                                    Chloroethane
                                                                    2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether
                                                                    Chloroform
                                                                    Chloromethane (Methyl chloride)
                                                                    2-Chloronaphthalene
                                                                    2-Chlorophenol
                                                                    3-Chloropropene
                                                                    Chrysene
                                                                    m-Cresol
                                                                    o-Cresol
                                                                    p-Cresol
                                                                    Cyclohexanone
                                                                    Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
                                                                    1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
                                                                    1,2-Dibromoethane
                                                                    Dibromomethane
                                                                    Di-n-butyl phthalate
                                                                    m-Dichlorobenzene
                                                                    o-Dichlorobenzene
                                                                    p-Dichlorobenzene
                                                                    Dichlorodifluoromethane
                                                                    o.p'-Dichlorodiphenyldichloroethane
                                                                    p,p'-Dichlorodiphenyldichloroethane
                                                                    o,p'-Dichlorodiphenyldichloroethylene
                                                                    p.p'-Dichlorodiphenyldichloroethylene
                                                                    o.p'-Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane
                                                                    p,p'-Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane
                                                                    1,1-Dichloroethane
                                                                    1,2-Dichloroethane
                                                                    trans-1,2-Dichloroethene
                                                                    1,1-DichloroethyIene
                                                                    2,4-Dichlorophenol
                                                                    2,6-Dichlorophenol
                                                                    2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid
                                                                     1,2-Dichloropropane
                                                                    cis-1,3-Dichloropropene
                                                                    trans-1,3-Dichloropropene
                                                                     Dieldrin
                                                                     Diethyl phthalate
                                                                     p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene
                                                                     2,4-Dimethyl phenol
                                                                     Dimethyl phthalate
                                                                     1,4-Dinitrobenzene
                                                                     4,6-Dinitrocresol
                                                                     2,4-Dinitrophenol
                                                                     2,4-Dinitrotoluene
                                                                     2,6-Dinitrotoluene
                                                                     Di-n-octyl phthalate
      0.27
      0.057
      0.046
      0.19
      0.055
      0.044
      0.036
      0.059
      0.77
      0.11
      0.77
      0.36
      0.055
      0.11
      0.028
      0.11
      0.057
      0.036
      0.088
      0.090
      0.23
      0.023
      0.023
      0.031
      0.031
      0.0039
      0.0039
      0.059
      0.21
      0.054
      0.025
      0.044
      0.044
      0.72
      0.85
      0.036
      0.036
      0.017
      0.20
      0.13
      0.036
       0.047
       0.32
       0.28
       0.12
       0.32
       0.55
       0.017
                                                                 30

-------
Table 4-1.  BOAT Treatment Standards for Multisource Leachate (1) (Continued)
Regulated Organic and Inorganic
Constituents
Maximum for Any
24-Hr Composite,
Total Composition
      (mg/L)
Regulated Organic and Inorganic
Constituents
1 ,4-Dioxane
1 ,2-Diphenylhydrazine
Di-n-propylnitrosoamine
Disulfoton
Endosulfan 1
Endosulfan II
Endosulfan sulfate
Endrin
Endrin aldehyde
Ethyl acetate
Ethyl benzene
Ethyl cyanide
Ethylene oxide
Ethyl ether
Ethyl methacrylate
Famphur
Fluoranthene
Fluorene
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
Hexachlorobenzene
Hexachlorobutadiene
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
Hexachlorodibenzo-furans
Hexachloroethane
Hexachloropropene
lndeno(1 ,2,3,-c,d)pyrene
lodomethane
Isobutyl alcohol
Isodrin
Isosafrole
Kepone
Methacrylonitrile
Methapyrilene
Methoxychlor
3-Methylchloanthrene
4,4-Methylene-bis(2-chloroaniline)
Methylene chloride
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Methyl methacrylate
Methyl methansulfonate
Methyl parathion
Naphthalene
2-Naphthylamine
p-Nitroaniline
0.12
0'.087
0.40
0.017
0.023
0.029
0.029
0.0028
0.025
0.34
0.057
0.24
0.12
0.12
0.14
0.017
0.068
0.059
0.0012
0.016
0.055
0.055
0.057
0.000063
0.000063
0.055
0.035
0.0055
0.19
5.6
0.021
0.081
0.0011
0.24
0.081
0.25
0.0055
0.50
0.089
0.28
0.14
0.14
0.018
0.014
0.059
0.52
0.028
Maximum for Any
24-Hr Composite,
Total Composition
      (mg/L)
                                                                  Nitrobenzene
                                                                  4-Nitrophenol
                                                                  N-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine
                                                                  N-Nitrosodiethylamine
                                                                  N-Nitrosomethylethylamine
                                                                  N-Nitrosomorpholine
                                                                  N-Nitrosopiperidine
                                                                  N-Nitrosopyrrolidine
                                                                  5-Nitro-o-toluidine
                                                                  Parathion
                                                                  Pentach lorobenzene
                                                                  Pentaohlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
                                                                  Pentachlorodibenzo-furans
                                                                  Pentachloronitrobenzene
                                                                  Pentachlorophenol
                                                                  Phenacetin
                                                                  Phenanthrene
                                                                  Phenol
                                                                  Phorate
                                                                  Pronamide
                                                                  Pyrene
                                                                  Pyridine
                                                                  Safrole
                                                                  Silvex (2,4,5-TP)
                                                                  1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene
                                                                  Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins
                                                                  2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
                                                                  Tetrachlorodibenzo-furans
                                                                  1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane
                                                                  1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
                                                                  Tetrachlorethene
                                                                  2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol
                                                                  Toluene
                                                                  Toxaphene
                                                                  Tribromomethane (Bromoform)
                                                                  1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
                                                                  1,1,1 -Trichloroethane
                                                                  1,1,2-Trichloroethane
                                                                  Trichloroethene
                                                                  Trichloromonofluoromethane
                                                                  2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
                                                                  2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
                                                                  2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxyacetic acid (2,4,5-T)
                                                                  1,2,3-Trichloropropane
                                                                  1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane
                                                                  Vinyl chloride
                                                                  Xylene(s)
                                                                        0.068
                                                                        0.12
                                                                        0.40
                                                                        0.40
                                                                        0.40
                                                                        0.40
                                                                        0.013
                                                                        0.013
                                                                        0.32
                                                                        0.017
                                                                        0.055
                                                                        0.000063
                                                                        0.000035
                                                                        0.055
                                                                        0.089
                                                                        0.081
                                                                        0.059
                                                                        0.039
                                                                        0.021
                                                                        0.093
                                                                        0.067
                                                                        0.014
                                                                        0.081
                                                                        0.72
                                                                        0.055
                                                                        0.000063
                                                                        0.000063
                                                                        0.000063
                                                                        0.057
                                                                        0.057
                                                                        0.056
                                                                       0.030
                                                                       0.080
                                                                       0.0095
                                                                       0.63
                                                                       0.055
                                                                       0.054
                                                                       0.054
                                                                       0.054
                                                                       0.020
                                                                       0.18
                                                                       0.035
                                                                       0.72
                                                                       0.85
                                                                       0.057
                                                                       0.27
                                                                       0.32
                                                              31

-------
Table 4-1.  BOAT Treatment Standards for Multisource Leachate (1) (Continued)
Regulated Organic and Inorganic
Constituents
Inorganics
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium (total)
Copper
Fluoride
Maximum for Any
24-Hr Composite,
Total Composition
(mg/U)

1.9
5.0
1.2
0.82
0.20
0.37
1.3
35
Regulated Organic and Inorganic
Constituents
Lead
Mercury
Nickel
Selenium
Silver
Sulfide
Vanadium
Zinc

Maximum for Any
24-Hr Composite,
Total Composition
(mg/L)
0.28
0.15
0.55
0.82
0.29
14
0.042
1.0

                Table 4-2.  Demonstrated Treatment Technologies for Selected Organics8


                Pollutant                AirS   GAC   RO   ChOx
                Aerob.
           UV    Biol.    AS/PC   AFF
                Benzene

                Chloroform
                1,1-dichloroethane

                1,1-dichloroethylene
                1,2-trans-dichloroethylene

                Ethylbenzene

                Methyiene chloride

                Perchloroethylene

                PCBs

                Phenol

                Toluene
                1,1,1-Trichloroethane

                Trichloroethylene

                Xylenes
                 a Demonstrated 90 percent efficient at full scale (includes incidental removal)
                 AirS    air stripping                         UV          ultraviolet radiation
                 GAC    granular activated carbon              Aerob. Biol.    aerobic biological
                 RO     reverse osmosis                     AS/PC       activated sludge/powdered carbon
                 ChOx   oxidation (chlorine, ozone, peroxide)      AFF         aerobic fixed film
 medium, or low Henry's Law constant. Table 4-25 pre-
 sents the classes of organic compounds that are ad-
 sorbed   on  carbon.  Table  4-26  provides  carbon
 adsorption capacities for adsorbable compounds and
 identifies less adsorbable compounds based on specific
 testing conditions. The limitation of using an approach
 based on classifying compounds as strippable or adsor-
 bable is that a technology may be able to adsorb or strip
 many compounds in a contaminated medium but only
 be economical for a  portion  of these  compounds.  A
contaminated medium with several  contaminants  of
various contaminant classes  may require treatability
studies.
Preliminary performance  and cost modeling programs
are available to compare  technologies, such as packed
tower aeration with granular activated carbon, for treating
specific contaminants in ground water. Performance and
cost are based on compound characteristics, level of
removal, and residuals management requirements (6).
                                                       32

-------
           i  i

         u. jo. ja

           i  i
           i  i
           i  :
          -M-
         u.ja.|m
  i   i

44?.
  i

U.IQ. Jm
        UL jo. jco
        LL.|a.|m
       1&.1?.
               <-i

               U.!CL oc
         ++


        .•iki"
         LLJO. jm

         —r—i—
          i  i

          J4?.
  I   I


LL.ja.jm
....|...j,


  |   |
LL.ja.jm
 !«-!•*


Irj-j?.




 I  lIU> 1
                                       00 1001


                                         1  1
               o>     o5



              I     "


              I     |


              |>     •§


               c     1?
               CO     <-•


               52     >
               tn     *2
              Ł5     o
                                                     i
                                                     «    -s

                                                     a
                                                     ES
                                            c     «

                                            Slogl
                                                                  §

                                                        •S   s
                                                        ra   o
                                                        o   e



                                                        1
                                «St   fwi-o'

                                ••itl   'cgfii-
                                	     CO m o5
                              v' QJ O *» ^ *~ **~ f^ <*«
                            • O   i' •— O O CO O ^ ™


                      o^
-------
        I   I
        I   I
        J—1_
               i  S
              LJO-'CD
              ••4—1—
         !  !

        t4t.|s.
         !  !
                     |  !o

                    ±4—i°
                     !  !
                -UL
              ti-


                ls
                IA
                I
                                         8
    |«M|

    \"-\
    !0!
    |0|
    1^1

    i"!
                      I CM I
                      i-i

                      |8|

                      III
         1 - 1 —


         1  1

         a.m
"•',?-!
  i
  i
  i
                   i
            U.'CL|CO
            ....|...)....



              i   i
            01   i
            0,1   i
              i   i
              i   i
       u. jo. ICQ
       —\—I—
                              OIIOI
                                i  i
                                i  i
       u.!a. !m
       —l—r
                                     lam,
                                     09 l«-
                                                  1

                          s
                          8

                          s
                          TO
                          03
                                                         8
                                                        I
                                                                 «
                                                                T3



                                                           >:    1
                                                  q=     «
                                                  1
                                                    ?
                                                               S
                                                        .=.<§ s§.


                                                          1
                                                                1
                                                                         1
                                         |?  »-S|°J  g  1




                                         = 3  "ioS'la  1o  ^  -5
                                           C  fl> ^ "O —- O  > -* <1) ™ Q
                                                                             «-S   5
                                                                             -"   E
                                                                                   o
                                                           o
                                     re^3rererereou>P &:.—
                                    It  Ł8
                                    <  «
               lag si  i.-sg  -^
               I ro ^2f *~ jŁ  ^i "j5» o     *o j

                ""S3  o|o|
       u-  o-'co
*•
       LL
  I

a. |m
....j...
ce
     i


u. a-'ca



     i
               u. a.  m
                   I



                 U> |O
                   lo,
              T-


             CMI

             U.JO- GO
  I



U.JQ.

  'I —
 T~l	
r-l  I
LL JO. JCQ



,'lT

•\  :
  i  i

 -U-

(Mini
LL.!a.!ffl
                o> la, i

                  1 • 1
                OIOI
                              AA
Brf
               »*/ •
               tjt
                       u.ja. m
                                                         u. ja. !CQ__
                                                    LU jo. jm
                                                    ••• •>•• •••!—•
                                                          -n-

UL JO. [OQ

  'l""""i""



  i  i
T—  •   •
Ł.|«4.


J   !
O)  I   I
                                                                    I   I



                                                                  LL 0.  OQ
]?...
                                                    T- I   I

                                                    u.  a.  m
                                                                   ..}S-...}?..
:..}-..}-.

 !  I
                                                                             -U
    LL jo. jm
                                                                     i   i


                                                                     U  i
                                                                  a, 10,  i
                                                                                       1   1
                                                                        U. JO. '03

                                                                          •I	t-
                                                                                              LO I

                                                                                              O) I
                                                                                 -1—h
:..}5-...|?..


 !"> ! +
 'o, 'J
 !A !o>


-4—4—
         :..j?:.4?..
                                                                                     o J*
u. Jo- ICQ
	I	r"


  '10 'o
  ir^> ico
  |A JA

  !  !

 -H-H
         o> in IT-
         u. [a. !CQ


         tn |+ j

         A!S lu,

         o\' \*
                                               34

-------
I
I
                  I  I
                U.JO. jco
  •  •
U.JQ. ja
""I™ I"
  l  i
u. jcujm

  !  i
  I  !
  i  i
i-'o-Jai
IT
                                      !  i
  I  I
10 1011
U.|Q.,OQ
""l""r""
                                           0|0j
                                                        g
                                 as

                                 a
                  a. m
                  -
                  0)
                  OJ
                  a. m
                       u. jo. ICQ
                       ••••}•••}•••
                        1  10)
                       10IOI09
                       00 10)
                        -M-
ni^ioi
u. jo. ICQ
—1™|-

+ |  jc




+t
        in i
       L|O-!CD
       -•I—I—
        i  i

                              -Jt|s
               !<4-|<4-Utl  .
             u. jo. jm |u. Jo. {a
               JflgjOO

               'Ł"!Ł
              ]*.|Ł
              i  i
              bi
      U-JQ-'CD

      §!  k

                                                              c    "3

d
ing
/p
ine,
itat
                                                                         S
                                                                             >•
                                                                             o
                                                                             S

                                                                            1
                                                                            •S
                                             fl>
                                             5
                                                                                  s
                                                           1
                                                           S
                                                               S
                                                               2
                                          .c
                                           o
                                          !c
nci
dg
ri
pi
                                           u.!o.!m
                                           ...J...J...
               i  i
               i«-1
             u.!o. Jm
               T ""r"'
                                            Io|
                  oc-^o-g
             v L.  O.4) 3^ 03
             ID X a>oo D-;;; o Ł
             X  C 3 CTW— Q.

            'olio ??.!!§

            iSlfi^iJil'S
             5.2-S^sl^^
             rejQrenrereoo^
                                                                            I  .1   !
        ~ re




re o g-<3  re
        >fc-
        Ł3
                                u.  wo  ^oŁ  tj    u.
                                u-  .tw  (0-c.c—
                                <  «  
-------
?



i

•

— i
i
u.




— 1
1
O.J






CO



2


u.





j
Q.[m

j
i




u.





[P4
CO
U
i-






i



,_
m

g



ICSII
u. "a. iffi
\ \
I8!
i \

 I
 TO

 !2

 Ł
 »:

 c?
1

•5


"S
S
?  e§


Pfi
I&8&
 Si
i
   o

    *
   ft)
Ł

I
               
-------
I
1
6
Ł
I
                                             37

-------
•MOT p


;i


"•

^
[A>



C
s
i
D




j




:

ll.
$*
i^i*"
V"»
§(K :
if
iy
ggg^^^^^Efcai^BUiBKBiMMb^&au^^MMabBfeiMB^BiM-**"^^^— ^


i


• |
i
u. o. Jen




] J
1
u.!a.!co




1
1 1
ii.Ja.ia

•

1
1 i
ni i
j. a. ca

0
N |
LOl 1


i i
*!*"!
j. {a. !m

o
»+
A oi
• Ml
o! !
- i


^
— 1 — j— T
ICMIO
ll.JQ.iffi
10
+ °>
: o •
O) O
CM
1 1
u.ia.jffi
...]....}...
1 |
i
i
" 1 1
| |

U-'O-'CD
— 1--I—
* 1 i
1
t II
1 1
1 1

-J
«Mi«-ir»
u-Jo-jcD
+ ! ! +
091 109
09IOIO9
i 1091 .
in! jio
0, ,9
1 1
u.!a. ffl
!+
|09
|09|
I i
~Tt~
1 1
u.'a.'cD
! !

j {
* I
i i
! j

1 100
Tt IN i--
ii. {a. [m
+!+!+
0310)105
O9IOJ 109
U9 U9JU9
•--
1 1
IC9I
u.|a. m
!+
109
109
O j
0,
1 1
<-l
u. a.|ffi

I
a
0)1

i
!

^j-ini1*
u-'o-Jm
i i
Lojoiin
D JOTJO)
si^Ss
j j

1 1
Is!
! !
i i
mi
ii.ia.iffi
I I
liol
101 I
•
'2!
1*^1
! !


1 ICJ
?Kb
! !-+
1 1101
U5IOIIO)

s i i
,c. co ^^ ^5
If 1 • 1
i_3 <- -^
•S ^ ° ^
•5 -a « •§
5 « ^ « 1
i 1 t I § 5
S *" o co
a ? 5 « S" § ^
Ew
3
o
fc
g
TS
3
1»
E!
t=
!§i
oS'j
l»i
a>.2.i
 „. W0 ^rfiC 0 u. 1 « » » « 1
§ 5- IS 3g5BŁuŁSS5 i^m il
^










i
ft
il
j-«!

15 li ««...
.


t* i
< i




S ^
* :
-
1
|
i
I
______



<
z




<( II
z ll

i
t 1 *
t§ J
- p
«- « « 7 *
i I ! i !
A A A A 6

38

-------
  !  i
u. JQ.!CO
-1—1—
  i  !
         !  !
       U.ICL
 • *^

tjs
                                    nioi
                                    o.!«a
                   f
                               :  i
 aq
 i  i
 :   i
         •  •
       u. jo. ICQ
       —1—|—
         |  |


         i  i
              u.[a.!m
              ""I ""I""
                          -.
                           1—I—'
                      in i
                      mi
    U. JO-JCQ
    ....}...}...
                                 101
                                 OJI
                               I   I
                               !   !
                                            c?

                                            I
                                            ^
                                            1
                                               2u.o.m
 i   i
 i   i
 i  i
 i  i
-U
$
*
 •   •

 i   i
       U.ICL CD

        I
      U.JCL
               CO

                  u. CLJea
                  	!"•
                  I

              u. Q-'OD

                  i
                      u. JO.ICQ
                           •  •
                          -w-
                       i   i
                     ojio j
                     05J05 j
                     AJAJ

                       I   I
u. JQ-JCO
""l*"r"'

  I  I

S   i
A
                                   its i
                                 u. a.!ffi
                                  is!
                             8
                             5
                       a.
•L.
                                                            I

                                                          u. [a.
In  m
J.T.. ».,
                                                                   CQ
                                                                       u. [a. !m
                                                                       —I—r"1
                                                                         |   |

                                                                         i   i

a. ICQ
	i""
  i
                                                                            •
                 .S-...J!?..
                     i



                     i
                                                                             u. [a.
                                                                             	|-™
                                                                               110
                                                                               in
                                                                                  !   i
                                                                              +-
                                                     ItO
                                                   ll. jo.
                                                                            .-r:..,-..F™...

                                                                            I
                                                            u. la.
                                                            	I""
                                                                                        10
                                                                                        r
                                                                                          .

                                                                                           i
               CM IN
               LL 'o. n
               """I	

                                     39

-------
	 	


J*





J
K





C
5

a
t
D












as
f*
CJ^**
Ifl
25.2
*Ł
gw
H-m
•« >
g P
*Ł §
w ŁŁ
i-s
ii
u*
it
i==^===r=
i i
i i
u. JCL ca u
""l 	
l
i
i
i
i
• i

L a.!m
	 P"



iii
1
1
u. CLJoa u
	 I 	
i
i

— •— — ^
Ml

J
1


CO L


jsj




.,,.
z




— i — i — r
u. ja.!m
	 J'"
i
i i
j
i
u. a-jto
	 !"•
i
i
j j
l I'-
ll. [CL [ca
i
l in
i
1

! 1
L -id 9"

! !+
k-
O
o
a>
i icnll .co
10)1 , M -O
|A o $
1 1^ II ffl
! !A










J. CL CO
1
1
t
\ 2
U. D-JCQ
	 1 —
I \
\
i i
i i
u-!a-[ca
1
1 1

l i
.-l i
U.JCL Ofl
I
l

i i
u. CL'CO

ir

1 1
1 1
U.JCL ca
i
i


B 1


1

Ł. -.j"
< 1
ffl j



-
1
u. CL !ca
•- 	 \-
UJ 1
»^Ł 1

1
1

*
?=d
Q? I
is
s°-
ls
i|f
i i
1 1
U-[CL[CC







U. CL C






_l
0-100 mg/
^
A
^^~
1 l
1 I
U.JCL CO
	 \ 	
I
1
I



	 r— 1—
a U.|CL cfl
j
mien
en io>
1




D)
O
7
A
1


(Ml 1 •
u. jo. |ofl
inj j
o> l j
o! !
1 i





1
i
U. CL Cfl










1
1
1

i-l
U- CL CC

1
1
o
en



_i
t
o
0
o
o
o
A
=







i i
u-|o. [cfl
•^•J-"l— •
"A ' !
, ico
o',A
10 | |
Al
1 I
l-t 1
it l« ICQ
|Sj
1 1
IO 1
IA




S
o
o
^-
<&
O) Q>
C to
t; .
19 to
s s
w ^3
=
O CO
•B -a
c S
<° to
g> >
«5 «
i «







SL

«
o
J3
&
flj
•a
X T3
-^ O 0)
>. U. *J
•" fll U
§ & !
1 ill! 1 i i
*s =?SS = » 5
ic fixed film (including
liral rnntartorsJ
XI '
Ł-
«)'.Ł
!>" U-
Qj LU













^
»i
^*s
Ss
rs aj
^s J>
S C
Ł §
I
i*
AirS air stripping
ASG aerobic suspended growth (
and/or sequencing batch rea
AS/PC activated sludge/powdered i
ChOx oxidation (chlorine, ozone, \
HhPt chemical nrecipitation


J.



L
<2
<





1



91
: m
t?
o
1
U. CL 00



u. CL ca



u. a. CD





=i
C5

o
o
o
3
o
^-
A
=====









1 1
•a w.
 (D «n
• § c "« i
CO (0.0,
*5 « C 'S
ip CD.2 C
O I
— <  5
3 
li:
i-j II
1
Sf
B = bench-scale
Note: All data in this table are from
rounded to the lowest multiple of fi
1
U. CL [Ofl





i
i
§i
i
4-

u. CL lea





— j
j
1
j
J
1
— 1 —
TO ITO 1
u. JCL >ca
in
A
o
0 1
0> 1
1 1
O 1
00 |<0 j
A 1 j


CD
§
8
°
3
o
A






n. CL ! ca

in i
a> l
A J
	 i—

u- a. ica U
||
i ||
j ||
||
II

TO IN l«- ||
"- j0-..-!?..
n i+ i ||
A len O
ili en
in iin |A
CO |0> |
A jA j




_i
"I
o
o
«-
o
40

-------
  : i
U.JO. ffl
"***!
 I I

 I I

           I  I
            o.!ffl
            —I—
Si SB


So!
I'D I


! i
ULJO.JCD

 I  I
U.JQ.JO)
 ..I...I...

 i  i
 i  i
 i  :
             ICM
i  i
I  S
]  S
    u. j
    ••••l
i«-
o-'co
                     :  i
                     i i
 I  I

 !Q-'OO
      I
                             CO

                             2

                             S
                  o
                 i
                 •o
                 1
                 n

                 I
                            5
                            •
                                 :=« o
                                    is  s
                                  ao a. re
                                  .s^-S
                                  « OD.9-
      I
      5
      «
      T3

      1
      Ł

      S
      S
      o
—  8.  g>

III

I  i  i

JIJ
                     >.
                     1

                     II
                                                   2
                                                   Ł

                                                   I
                                        §
                            s|^c»I|lti|


                                                  8
                           3-00 g C+j 3 j

                            iFSlllgS^IS
                           	j:p 00.2 c cO Ł^
                                                    S^l. O
                         41

-------
42

-------
 U.JQ. jm
  V V
  I   I
  I   I
     I  I
   u.!a.jm
   ••••|— |—

L|Q.|CO
"4—1—

 i  i
         I  I
        -!o.!m
        •4—1—
              u. JQ.ICD
                   ..

              i
                                              §
u-ja.
  i
u.!a. m
  i
   u. jo. jm
    I— I1

    I
       +
    I  j
    o.m
       u.!o.|
        |
  i  i
•-I CM llfl
u. Jo. jm

"M+
  §10)10)
  IOSIO)
                o in
                O9 id
 -j-f-
  lesii
LL'Q-'CQ
               in i
               1091
       CM<-CO
       LL Q-CD
         Q-JCD
                    10
                -Itf
            u-'a. 'm
            —I—I—
              '  "in
            g:  '»
             -Mr
              i  i
              ICMI
            u. jo. '
           jg'i  I
'-a.  t>!i| = PS  &
-_  <" co oŁ g <-•  <«
i.y 2^ ° S'S *•§  ^
slll""^*^  1"
^•Sg&J§;
                                                                      «  «i
                                                                •| u u ii  • cu ;
                                                                3U.Q.CQ   5 ,
4-
 !  .
m

                ^.p.jy
                 i  i
                 ki
                 10)1
                                                       I
                                                       8
                                                       I
                                    43

-------
44

-------
                       CO
             •
        LL Q.[CQ
        ""I ""I""
          I  I

          !  i
                    i  !
                                   i  i
                                   i  i
                                 '-fc.je?.
                                   i  ;
                                   ]  ;
                                   i  i
                                           i  :
                                                   !^
                                                 LLJO.
                                                 	1...
                      O
                      o
                      o>
                                                                      •o

LL I 0.1 CO
••• r— I—
  I  |
  i  i
  I  |

  !  !
                           i   i
                                   I  I
                                   I  I
                                 LL'O. JCQ
                                 ....[...f...
                                           i  i
                                          . Q-oo
u.|a.ico
                                                                I
                                                                e
                                                               '5
                                                                CD
                                                                C

                                                               1
                                                                U —
                                                               Ł—
                                                                0.8
                                                               If
                                                     I
                                                     m
                     •Swo-5
                     l^|l
                     !s8Ł
                        o w-
                                                                                        3
                                                                                   1
                                                                                   "
                                                                      "2
                                                                      -
                                                                        O)CL
                                                        '-So—   «
                                                        5^Zg   >««•?
                                                        ^«|   Sg-gi
                                                        r^-^   «noŁ
                                                                                                  ss
                                                                                                  s
                                                                                                  5
                                                                                                  S
                                                                                                 '
                                                                                            §=5   I
                                                                                            c 
       8
       5
       A
                                f
                                o
                                                                     .^
                                                                        p..
00-1
                                 a.  [CQ
   i

LL JCL
	r—
                                                                                 U. JO.
                                                                                   ••}--•
..,-..
                                                                                                            §
                                                          45

-------
46

-------
I CM
is
    :.(-}??.
  I  I
«-i  I'-
LL jo. CQ
CMI  ICM
LL!O.!CQ
                    in j  jcn
                            1  1
                            1  1
                           . ja. jm
                            4s.p
                            i  :
:  i
      :-F-F
       :
               Q.JCQ
                        :.p.p
   CO
     ini
       i  i
        ,|a

            CMI
            u. Jo. m
         -
            f
            O
      ii.ja.jm
      —I—I
        i  i
      in!  j
      O)
      A
                       I
      u. ja. jm

        i  i
        i  i
        j  j
                       ^* I  I
                       u. Jo. jm
                       ""l —f—
                       mi
                       00

                       A!
      CMI  l
      LL JO. JCQ
                           i
                                        O>
                                        ^

                                        T3
                           O)

                           1
                           U
                           'B
                           u>
                                              o
                                              §>
                                              to
                                              CO
                                              ra
                                              •a
film (incl
tactors)
to

d
                          en
                          c     cu
                          '•a o? Ł2
                          *Ki
                          c u n a>
                          =. co o a.
                          flls
                          Illlg

                          Hill
                          cu ŁTJ-^ o
fixed
al co
ping
susp
seque
ed slu
on (chl
al prec
n
aero
biolo
air s
aero
and/
activ
oxid
che
filtra
                 5
                 o

                 Ł
                "m
             g  I
            -s  i
             co   u
             O   C
            •o  ™
             ®  3.
            .i'oj^l
            •ft 0>.Q i
             SjJ-i

            |8S|
             c« "T
             egs.c
            0>.2 C C
                                                                   co
                                                                   T3
                                                               I
                                                                   C
                                                                   O
                                                                  0
                                                                  >
                                                                  CQ
                                                 0
                                   >  u.  wo   9:oxCL
                                                      0
                                                              u.
                                                                          II II
                                                                   oil
                                         u
                                            I   I
                                            I   I
                                           ..j-.}«
                                            i
                                            CD j   j
                                               I   I

                                                 4-
                                               I
                         LL jo. ICQ
                           I   I
                           :   :
k"^ 1 -««| I*'*
LL ja. [m
""I	i	
                                            cn  |en |o>
                                            en  jcn icn
                                                        t
                                                        I'-
                                                     LL ja.
                                                     	!"••
                                                     r
                                                           CD
                                                           co
                                                   I:..}?/..
                                 en ICTJ
                                 en jcn

                                 in !in
                                 en jo>
                                    *
                                                           °>
                                                    i •   •
                                                 LL jo.  jm
                                                    Jen !
                                                    jcn j
                                                             -+—H
                  «- I   ICO
                  u. jo. jm
                    'i	r*"
                    I   I

                  «? I   i+
                       • O)
                       en

                                                                10
,}?.,
                                                   LL JO.

                                                   ""*"l""
                                                     I


                                                     !A
         I
        .j?..
-4L.
  jin
  !?
                                    CM !,_
                                    LL [Q.


                                    in I
                                    ro!o
                                      |0)
          H—

           ICM
         LL JO.
           .1....,
                                                                                S!*
LL jo. jm
""i	l""
                                                                               is
                                   47

-------
48

-------
e
t
a
a>




3
               $
               SK
                    :   :
                  L|o..fla

        O.JOQ

                                    I  \
                        i   !
                      u.!o. oo
                        !   i
                                 s
                                 A

                                 8S
                  Li.ja.joa
                  ...J....I...

     Li.ja.jaa
      •••f—I—
                                    i  ICM
                                    i  1
                                       h
               ii.ja.joa
                ••4—1—
                                            i  i
                                            !  !
                -j«4-


                ii  !
O.J03
  j...
                      •
:4t.|5.
  I  I
  I  I
u-Jo. [CD
•-•|—|—

  I  !

  i  !
U.JQ.JCQ
—-I—I—

gi  i

g!  :
W t  I
  I CM I
LL jo. !CQ
...J...1,
                                                    i   t
                                                    IU9I
                                                    IT
                    a. m
                    ....
                    S:.
                          u. .a. CD
                            O) O>
                I  I
                I  I
              LL'a. m
              ""T
                                  0>|  I
                  Q-'CQ
                   'I
                     u-ja. jca
                     •-I—I—
                                            I  1
                CMI--


                ±jt|SL
                                                   ++
                               Sjio!
                                CO
                              i  A
                             oj . I
                             10 LO
                             AX
                                                                         o
                                                                         a
                                             •§

                                             2

                                             1
                                             
                                                                                                 09
                                                   H

                                                       ill.
                                                                                                 8   «
                                                                                                '•••
                                                                   -.7T
                                                                                S'S  3   -S

                                                            .

                                                        flf
                                                                      w     .2-

                                                                                        lll

                                                                                          "-
                                                                   ,
                                                                   l!

                                                                   5  i
                                                                                                                 S i«-
                                                                   ..[?..

                                                             49

-------
t
%
         a. co
               11
                                      I  I
                                      I col«r

                                      °rlm
                                 CO
         I  I
       LL.jo.jm
         F-F
           i
                        :  :
                        |  |
                        !  I
                               I  ICN

                              i4*:.|!?.

                     LL'O.!
                       I  I
                       !S!o
                              ICMI

                               o. m
                               o
                              it** I
                w
u.  ELJCQ
        :.}-.
               U. Q. CQ
                1


                1  1




                I  1
                   1
             LL ja.|ca
               •I—I—
                       I  I
       ^ IT— I


       LL JO- 'O
                                             ioi
                                             icoi
                                             i   i
  I  I

LL JD-'CO
...|....|...

  I  I

   °

   *
 I  I

4t|5L
            i
          O. !CQ
       ^\   C    "«
                                         =  =o-w  S

                                         ^  is  1
                                         J5   CO  ID
                                                     i   §
                                                     E   "
                                              _
                                              Ł

                                              II
                                                    CO
                                                    c
                                                    o
                                                 -c   2
                                                 JS   =
                                           CO
                                           o

                                           "a

                                           2
                                                                         o
                                                                         co
                                        i   i

                                        It
                                        3   -a
                                                                                                 I
                                          •-HS,

                                                CD


                                               'I
                                                                   d 5  
                                                                     g
                                                                   .2'is
                                                                   si
                                                                         J*
                                                                          I1
             o .2 o ^..H--- o o ** u |

             15 'g>S ^'5 to 'g '•§ 5 »•'



             CO XI CO CO CO O O«? CO .S
                                          u.   O
                                          u.   to	~...
                                          <   <   (0

                       3^2"<5S
                       JZTS o •?
                       CO O M.C

                       •s^^s

                       saU|.  ^-g

                       -S ii ii ii
        iS
        !l
       il
                                                                 3U.Q.CQ
te:
nd
                                                              •h..
                                                  a.
                                                                    i
                                                                 o. I co
  -j—


 a. Jco

   i


   |


i  i
                                                               i
                                                                                Ł..}Ł.. ?...
                             .Jt
                                                               s
                                                                         U
                                                              1 +

                ,.i-
                                                                             a.  'co
                                                                                    A i


                                                                                    i>
 ..[-.
                                                                           in i
                                                                           O) |
 4-j-

oa les It-

-.J-..J?..

  |4* I


  i? is
  l,o I
                                                                             L
                                                                           in io>
                                                                             !A
                                                        ..!-.[?,
                                                                                    in i
                                                                                    in [
                                                                                    A |
                                                                                                   t
                                       50

-------



'


-

-




















If'
tsz Ł•+
g'&
ss
ŁŁ»
15 *
'— §
SI O1



§





a






d
S

>

g




«

5?
(5


^
5



Ą
1
1
*
Ł



ULJO.








i ii ii i i • i i

jo,




i i
H:.fr.!Ł

j
: i
! !
j j
u. Q.!CO
1 1
1 1

!
! !
j ,_
u. 'a. |oa
i :
: :«
! !A
j !
• i i
i i
U. CL CO
1
I
|

j j
z
u.
I

....)
•?
1
I

_]
i
i
CL'CO






...





i i
LL. O. CQ
	
i :
1 1
1 1
1 1
!
i i
i i
i I
110 |

1 1
!
i i
	
j
i |

i i
i






!
'
U_ D. CQ




i
i
I
i
I
U.0.1




m
1

100-1 ,000 mg/L
A






i
u. o_[oa

1


U. CL JCQ
1


!
!

10-1 00 mg/L
A
LL Q. CO

in
00

LL Q- CQ


in
CD

!

1-10 mg/L
A
u. ja. m
j
i
i
i
i
LL 'a. m


i
i
!

100-1, 000 //g/L
A
i
LLJO- CO
""I 	



1
LL'CL CQ

1
in!
0)1
I
j I

4
o
o
3
(0

a
T3
«
C (0,
« «
! i
.g co
"c ^
" IS
52 .>
5 ti
JS o
_ . c •
K .*•
•e 5 S T-

rn O) —• .
•Ł l-s c-8

3"x
~ O H t- C
J3 CO TO 5
K= <0 0 Q.
aerobic fixed film (including
biological contactors)
Air Stripping
aerobic suspended growth
and/or sequencing batch re
f* a*«+iw

JŁ.
f )


o "• .
U. ^J
^ ^ itf **l
§ S 5 g^
2 S Ł S
1 °
0)
elf'
§S 2 •"
c -S S c J
§ (D O '-= .
S ° .Ł c J
(D 73 ,_ o
I 1 ^ -If '
y .aajjs's o-n
1 sulll 1
w c 1-^=5 „ ^ •
a.2"S&Sg.2 j
o *: ro.2 c c Ł 3 '
j

=S= :

" ^

1 8] §>
uuics iiuiii WIIICM uaia
lie
:ale
scale
3 ih this table are from
7e lowest multiple of ft
n o K.E Is*5
5WI -22
5-2 0.& ^
; II H II jjj"|
^ 1JI ft OQ O ^

~ ^ w '

LL.
a




LL.
Q
Z


1
u. 'o.
1
1

I
1
!

1 00-1 ,000 mg/L
A


oa










ii ii
u. jo. ICQ u. ja. jm
ii ii
ii ii
i+ i + i i
Ii i i
CO I CO I |
|O> | O> | |
II II
! ! ! !

I *
8 1
3 7
A A


II II
in i ii
i+ i ii
ICO 1 II
hi i i
ijg i ii
I™ 1 II
IA | | j

° .
3 *
i °
A 3
51

-------
!
o
:  i
                -M.1.B.
               n 1
                      i  i


                      a. jca
                        I—
             • >*^

            U. JCL CD
                                   i  i
                     i  :
                   u. ja-jm
                   •••t—I"
                                          !
                                          :  !i
                                         _!	IU
S  i
 I


.'a. ca
                       I  I
  •

u.!o

•••I'
                            u-'o-'m



                            '"\"\
s-.fr.Js

  I  I
  I  I
  I  j


  j  j
                                      .
                                  U.IQ. CD
                                  -
  I  I
  I  1

u. jCLJm


  l  i
  i  i
  i  i
                    ni

                    u-jo.




                    §i
                    A

                           I

                         CMj«-

                         U.JQ. ffi





                         ml

                         CM1O

                          1 l1^ •
                         1O|A
                                                     g
                                                     CO


                                                     Ł
                                                          I

                                                        _>.

                                                        o

                                                        "co

                                                        S
                                                                              0)
                                                                              •a
                                                                              SL
                               1
                                                     Is
                                                Sc  *   2    8   «

                                                °.i  S   8    ~   2
                                                -;•••-•      —    C   >

                                                                              1
                                                                            es
                                                                            (O
                                                     XC3ty™"-  S i: ;, o « 4-.
                                                     ^TS'^eoO-ac—  ™2 = "*~°.2


                                                     l'ltl|llills«li|
                                                     I o... fel Sl^iS SS gS o S^
                                                                  3^ 5.9 S S S'
                                                                                   il. a. «n
                                          2,
~.. ?..
                                                          I

                                                             a.
|m

   i


IQ. jo

'I	r"
                                                                                     i   i

                                                                                    J	L
                                                                                 o
                                                                                 itv
                                                                                 A
                                                                                            Ai
                                                  52

-------
Ł



Ł
LL [a. JOQ
••••|"-| —
        in i
        0)1
                  I   I
                        ii.JQ.jm
                                 I
                                    I
                                                u.'a.[m
                                                ••••|"'r'

                                                  i   i
                                                  :   i
         i
U.|CL Jm
  i   i
                         u.!o. jco
                         ""I'"i"'
u.ja.jcQ
  I  i

  i  i
  i  i
  i  i
  i   i
  i   i
U.IO.ICQ
....|...)...
  i   i
  i   i
  t   i
  j   J
LL'Q. ICQ
....|...|....
                                                                 o.§.o~|oSgfe-gg

                                                                 oS-§-s.i«Ulg2«.
                                                                 *n. C^*J.= CO>-. S ^ <->
               Si.-
               (0 .Q (C
                                             u.   co
                                                      03
sx.8Łfigb.
- o o'*: oj.2 c i
                                                         ,-1   l^i
                                                          18   *5ii
                                                          2 =   0=1=0 =
                                                  III II  II

                                                  3U.Q.03
                                                      I   I

                                                   LL JO. [CQ

                                                   	I"""I""
                                           u. jo. ICQ
                                           	1	l~"
                                                      i   i
                                                      !   I
                                                                i   !
                    I

                 a. jea
                 	I—
                                                                                                                  CO
 l«-

:..[?...
 i
u. jo.
                                                                                           S
                                                                                          8

                                                                                          I
                                         53

-------
*5   w


|  |



C   A>
(U   +^


5;   I
*'   o
—   CO



f   f.

32   "§ I
o   •H \
                                     I?
                                                  o
                                                      I
                                                      5



                                                      i I
                                                      O
I
a
                                    y— --    a ^ A

                                     si Ifflfi
         •t  » 3.  w'tt  c
         *  * r-g's|  i
                ies  *=
                                                     ! 'JB  .S _fl,n  tg-«


                                          !lilis!^||  «||1  ||
 c s«  Sft-Silu
-------
           O-'CQ
          i  ;
         11
»4
o.!m
 i
  I  :
  |  I
  !  S
L'Q. jm
•I—I—

 Li
 I"!
u. jo. jm
••••[•••(•••


II
 u_
                                 U. Q.JCQ


                                 81
            I«D
        Ol  I«-
        j.Ja.{0
        ..{....}...


          i  i
            8
  i  10
«D I«M I'-
ll, jo. jm
—-I—I
spj's
               Mt.1"
                "2
    .-i?e.if
     ,!«.!•
        I-4-I
      u.ja.ja


        in I
        ri
        t^K i
     CM in ico
     u.|o. jm
     ... •}...(
                i
          u. jo. JCQ
          —•j—I—
                            IO
                            IO)
       I L
      «-l ICM
      u.!a.iffi
      - -I—\-

       ! L
             •^^ •
           u.Ja.!ffi
                                  1  1
                                  1  1
       o CD o
     tS"S ° c
     w55°o

     '.Ef.|l



I8?||flt
-•Sa'-S-Sg-s.
                                                               I
                                                               1
r acti
hang
licable (or incide
found
osmosis
let radiation (inci
I
S
ivated
e
l
                  o.«.H-o ."'«!.=: o o
                 Slfi^lJSlllBS-^S'i
                  ii-re Ilsllil.il §"fe
exc
appl
ata
rse
ultr
6

/PC
                                                                       ~      u-     i H« »
                        g  <  $3  SaSif^Iig^  I"-0-"
te:
         i

         JŁ.
tj-js

 i i
 i i
 I I
     •  I
    U.JQ.JCQ
    —|—I--



     |  |


    11
              in i
                            iŁ i
                            !o!
           u.!a.!ffi
           •"I"T"'
             |o|
             i  i

             !  !
*-*
                                        Ł*
                                                    f
                                            ?
                                            8
                                         55

-------
Table 4-23.  Water Solubility, Vapor Pressure, Henry's Law Constant, K^, and K<,w Data for Selected Chemicals (3)
                                                                                        Henry's
                                                                Water       Vapor         Law
                                                              Solubility    Pressure     Constant
Chemical Name
Pesticides
Acrotein (2-Propenal)
Aldfcarb (Temik)
AMrfn
MlUIIll
Captan
Carbaryl (Sevin)
Carbofuran
Carbophenothion (Trithion)
Chlordane
p-Chloroanillne (4-Chlorobenzenamine)
Chlorobenzilate
Chlorpyrifos (Dursban)
Crotoxyphos (Ciodrin)
Cyclophosphamide
Dlazonin (Spectracida)
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP)
DIchlorodiphenyldichloroethane (ODD)
Dtehlorodiphenyldichloroethylene(DDE)
Dtehlorodiphenyltrichloroethane (DDT)
1,2-Dtehloropropane
1,3-Dtohloropropene (Telone)
Dlchlorvos
Dieldfin
Dimethoate
Dinoseb
N.N-Diphenylamine
Dlsulfoton
alpha-Endosulfan
beta-Endosulfan
Endosulfan sulfate
Endrin
Endrin aldehyde
Endrin ketone
Ethlon
Ethylene oxide
Fenitrothion
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
alpha-Hexachlorocyclohexane
beta-Hexachlorocyclohexane
delta-Hexachlorocyclohexane
gamma-Hexachlorocyclohexane (Lindane)
Isophorone
Kepone
Leptophos
Malathion
Methoxychlor
Methyl parathion
Mirex (Dechlorane)
Nitralin
Parathion
Phenyiurea (Phenylcarbamide)
Phorate (Thimet)
CAS#

107-02-8
116-06-3
309-00-2
133-06-2
63-25-2
1563-66-2
786-19-6
57-74-9
106-47-8
510-15-6
2921-88-2
7700-17-6
50-18-0
333-41-5
96-12-8
72-54-8
72-55-9
50-29-3
78-87-5
542-75-6
62-73-7
60-57-1
60-51-5
88-85-7
122-39-4
298-04-4
115-29-7
115-29-7
1031-07-8
72-20-8
7421-93-4
563-12-2
75-21-8
122-14-5
76-44-8
1024-57-3
319-84-6
319-85-7
319-86-8
58-89-9
78-59-1
143-50-0
21609-90-5
121-75-7
72-43-5
298-00-0
2385-85-5
4726-14-1
56-38-2

64-10-8
298-02-2
EPA

PP
HPP


HPP
HSL
HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP


HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP
PP
HSL
HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP
HSL



(mg/L)

2.08E+05
7.80E+03
1.80E-01
5.00E-01
4.00E+01
4.15E+02
5.60E-01
5.30E+03
2.19E+01
3.00E-01
1.00E+03
1.31E+09
4.00E+01
1.00E+03
1.00E-01
4.00E-02
5.00E-03
2.70E+03
2.80E+03
1.00E+04
1.95E-01
2.50E+04
5.00E+01
5.76E+01
2.50E+01
1.60E-01
7.00E-02
1 .60E-01
2.40E-02

2.00E+00
1 .OOE+06
3.00E+01
1.80E-01
3.50E-01
1 .63E+00
2.40E-01
3.14E+01
7.80E+00
1.20E+04
9.90E-03
2.40E+00
1.45E+02
3.00E-03
6.00E+01
6.00E-01
6.00E-01
2.40E+01

5.00E+01
(mm Hg)

2.69E+02
6.00E-06
6.00E-05
5.00E-03
2.00E-05
1.00E-05
2.00E-02
1.20E-06
1.87E-05
1.40E-05
1.40E-04
1.00E+00
1.89E-06
6.50E-06
5.50E-06
4.20E+01
2.50E+01
1.20E-02
1.78E-07
2.50E-02
5.00E-05
3.80E-05
1.80E-04
1.00E-05
1.00E-05
2.00E-07

1.50E-06
1.31E+03
6.00E-06
3.00E-04
3.00E-04
2.50E-05
2.80E-07
1.70E-05
1.60E-04
3.80E-01
4.00E-05
9.70E-06
3.00E-01
9.30E-09
3.78E-05

8.40E-04
(atm-nvYmol)

9.54E-05
1 .60E-05
4.75E-05
3.31 E-05
1 .40E-08
9.63E-06
6.40E-07
2.34E-08
2.87E-05
5.79E-09
1.40E-06
3.11E-04
7.96E-06
6.80E-05
5.13E-04
2.31 E-03
1 .30E-01
3.50E-07
4.58E-07
3.00E-07
3.16E-07
1 .47E-07
2.60E-06
3.35E-05
7.65E-05
4.17E-06

3.79E-07
7.56E-05
7.30E-08
8.19E-04
4.39E-04
5.87E-06
4.47E-07
2.07E-07
7.85E-06
5.75E-06
1 .20E-07
5.59E-08
3.59E-01
7.04E-09
6.04E-07

8.49E-11
(mug)


9.60E+04
6.40E+03
2.30E+02
2.94E+01
4.66E+04
1 .40E+05
5.61 E+02
8.00E+02
1.36E+04
7.48E+01
4.20E-02
8.50E+01
9.80E+01
7.70E+05
4.40E+06
2.43E+05
5.10E+01
4.80E+01
1 JOE+03

1 .24E+02
4.70E+02
1.60E+03


1.54E+04
2.20E+00
1 .20E-04
2.20E+02
3.80E+03
3.80E+03
6.60E+03
1.08E+03
5.50E+04
9.30E+03
1.80E+03
8.00E+04
5.10E+03
2.40E+07
9.60E+02
1.07E+04
7.63E+01
3.26E+03
•Vv

8.13E-01
5.00E+00
2.00E+05
2.24E+02
2.29E+02
2.07E+02
2.09E+03
6.76E+01
3.24E+04
6.60E+04
6.03E-04
1.05E+03
1.95E+02
1.58E+06
1.00E+07
1.55E+06
1.00E+02
1.00E+02
2.50E+01
3.16E+03
5.10E-01
1.98E+02
3.98E+03
3.55E+03
4.17E+03
4.57E+03
2.18E+05


6.03E-01
2.40E+03
2.51 E+04
5.01 E+02
7.94E+03
7.94E+03
1r26E+04
7.94E+03
5.01 E+01
1.00E+02
2.02E+06
7.76E+02
4.75E+04
8.13E+01
7.80E+06
6.45E+03
6.61 E+00

                                                              56

-------
Table 4-23. Water Solubility, Vapor Pressure, Henry's Law Constant, K^, and
Water
Solubility
Chemical Name CAS # EPA (mg/L)
Phosmet
Ronnel (Fenchlorphos)
Strychnine
2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
Toxaphene
Trichlorfon (Chlorofos)
Herbicides
Alachlor
Ametryn
Amitrole (Aminotriazole)
Atrazine
Benfluralin (Benefin)
Bromocil
Cacodylic acid
Chloramben
Chlorpropham
Oalapon (2,2-Dichloropropanoic acid)
Diallate
Dicamba
Dichlobenil (2,6-Dichlorobenzonitrile)
2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid (2,4-D)
Dipropetryne
Diuron
Fenuron
Fluometuron
Linuron
Methazole (Oxydiazol)
Metobromuron
Monuron
Neburon
Oxadiazon
Paraquat
Phenylmercuric acetate (PMA)
Picloram
Prometryne
Propachlor
Propazine
Silvex (Fenoprop)
Simazine
Terbacil
2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxyacetic acid
Triclopyr
Trifluralin
Aliphatic Compounds
Acetonitrile (Methyl cyanide)
Acrylonitrile (2-Propenenitrile)
Bis(2-chloroe1hoxy)methane
Bromodichloromethane
(Dichlorobromomethane)
Bromomethane (Methyl bromide)
1,3-Butadiene
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)
Chloroethene (Vinyl chloride)
732-11-6
299-84-3
57-24-9
1746-01-6
8001-35-2 HPP
52-68-6

15972-60-8
834-12-8
61-82-5
1912-24-9
1861-40-1
314-40-9
75-60-5
133-90-4
101-21-3
75-99-0
2303-16-4
1918-00-9
1194-65-6
94-75-7
47-51-7
330-54-1
101-42-8
2164-17-2
330-55-2
20354-26-1
3060-89-7
150-68-5
555-37-3
19666-30-9
4685-14-7
62-38-4
1918-02-1
7287-19-6
1918-16-7
139-40-2
93-72-1
122-34-9
5902-51-2
93-76-5
55335-06-3
1582-09-8

75-05-8
107-13-1 PP
111-91-1 HPP
75-27-4 HPP
74-83-9 HPP
106-99-0
75-00-3 HPP
75-01-4 HPP
2.50E+01
6.00E+00
1.56E+02
2.00E-04
5.00E-01
1.54E+05

2.42E+02
1.85E+02
2.80E+05
3.30E+01
E+00
8.20E+02
8.30E+05
7.00E+02
8.80E+01
5.02E+05
1.40E+01
4.50E+03
1.80E+01
6.20E+02
1.60E+01
4.20E+01
3.85E+03
9.00E+01
7.50E+01
1 .50E+00
3.30E+02
2.30E+02
4.80E+00
7.00E-01
1.00E+06
1 .67E+03
4.30E+02
4.80E+01
5.80E+02
8.60E+00
1.40E+02
3.50E+00
7.10E+02
2.38E+02
4.30E+02
6.00E-01

Infinite
7.94E+04
8.10E+04
4.40E+03
1.30E+04
7.35E+02
5.74E+03
2.67E+03
KOW Data for Selected Chemicals (3) (Continued)
Henry's
Vapor Law
Pressure Constant KQ,,
(mm Hg) (atm-m3/mol) (mL/g) KOW
E-03
8.00E-04

1.70E-06
4.00E-01
7.80E-06




1.40E-06
3.89E-04


E-03


6.40E-03
2.00E-05
3.00E-06
4.00E-01
7.50E-07
E-06
E-04

1.50E-05

3.00E-06
5.00E-07

E-06


E-07
1.00E-06

1.60E-07

3.60E-08


1.26E-06
2.00E-04

7.40E+01
1.00E+02
E-01
5.00E+01
1.40E+03
1.84E-03
1.00E+03
2.66E+03

5.64E-05

3.60E-03
4.36E-01
1.71E-11




2.59E-13






1.65E-04
1.30E-09
3.77E-08
1 .88E-04
1.53E-08



6.56E-08

3.10E-09
5.68E-10





6.62E-09

5.63E-09

2.73E-09


9.89E-10
1.47E-04

4.QOE-06
8.84E-05

2.40E-03
1.30E-02
1.78E-01
6.15E-04
8.19E-02



3.30E+06
9.64E+02
6.10E+00

1.90E+02
3.88E+02
4.40E+00
1 .63E+02
1.07E+04
7.20E+01
2.40E+00
2.10E+01
8.16E+02

1.90E+03
2.20E+00
2.24E+02
1.96E+01
1.18E+03
3.82E+02
4.22E+01
1 .75E+02
8.63E+02
2.62E+03
2.71 E+02
1.83E+02
3.11 E+03
3.24E+03
1.55E+04

2.55E+01
6.14E+02
2.65E+02
1.53E+02
2.60E+03
1.38E+02
4.12E+01
8.01 E+01
2.70E+01
1.37E+04

2.20E+00
8.50E-01

6.10E+01

1 .20E+02
1.70E+01
5.70E+01
6.77E+02
4.64E+04
8.51 E+01
5.25E+06
2.00E+03
1.95E+02

4.34E+02

8.32E-03
2.12E+02

1.04E+02
1.00E+00
1.30E+01
1.16E+03
5.70E+00
5.37E+00
3.00E+00
7.87E+02
6.46E+02

6.50E+02
1.00E+01
2.20E+01
1.54E+02


1.33E+02


1.00E+00

2.00E+00

5.60E+02
7.85E+02

8.80E+01
7.80E+01
4.00E+00
3.00E+00
2.20E+05

4.57E-01
1.78E+00
1.82E+01
7.59E+01
1.26E+01
9.77E+01
3.50E-f01
2.40E+01
57

-------
Table 4-23.  Water Solubility, Vapor Pressure, Henry's Law Constant, K^., and KOW Data for Selected Chemicals (3) (Continued)
Chemical Name
Chtoromethane (Methyl chloride)
Cyanogen (Ethanedinitrile)
Dibromochloromethane
Dtehlorodifluoromethane (Freon 12)
1,1-Dtehloroethane (Ethylidine chloride)
1,2-Dtchloroethane (Ethylene dichloride)
1,1-Dfchloroethene (Vinylidine chloride)
cls-1 ,2-Dfchloroethene
trans-1 ,2-Dtehioroethene
Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)
Ethylene dlbromide (EDB)
Hexachlorobutadlene
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
Hexachloroethane(Perchloroethane)
lodomethane (Methyl iodide)
Isoprene
Pentachioroethane (Pentalin)
1,1,1 ,2-Tetrachloroethane
1 ,1 ,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
Tetrachloroethene (PERC)
Tetrachloromethane
(Carbon tetrachioride)
Tribromomethane (Bromoform)
1 ,1 ,1 -Trichloroethane (Methylchloroform)
1,1,2-Trlchloroethane (Vinyl trichloride)
Trlchloroelhene (TCE)
Trichlorofluoromethane (Freon 11)
Trfchloromethane (Chloroform)
1 ,1 ,2-Trichloro-1 ,2,2-trifluoroethane
Aromatic Compounds
Benzene
1,1-BIphenyl (Diphenyl)
Bromobenzene (Phenyl bromide)
Chlorobenzene
4-Chloro-m-cresol (Chlorocresol)
2-Chlorophenol (o-Chlorophenol)
Chtorotoluene (Benzyl chloride)
m-ChlorotoIuene
o-Chlorotoluene
p-Ch|orotoIuene
Cresol (Technical) (Methyiphenol)
o-Cresol (2-Methylphenol)
p-Cresol (4-Methylphenol)
Dibonzofuran
1 ,2-Dtehlorobenzene (o-Dichlorobenzene)
1,3-Dteh!orobenzene
(m-Dichiorobenzene)
1,4-Dfchlorobenzene
(p-Dichlorobenzene)
2,4-Dtehlorophenol
Dlchlorotoluene (Benzal chloride)
Diethylstilbestrol (DES)
2,4-DImethylphenol (m-Xylenol)
CAS#
74-87-3
460-19-5
124-48-1
75-71-8
75-34-3
107-06-2
75-35-4
540-59-0
540-59-0
75-09-2
106-93-4
87-68-3
77-47-4
67-72-1
77-88-4
78-79-5
76-01-7
630-20-6
79-34-5
127-18-4

56-23-5
75-25-2
71-55-6
79-00-5
79-01-6
75-69-4
67-66-3
76-13-1

71-43-2
92-52-4
108-86-1
108-90-7
59-50-7
95-57-8
100-44-7
108-41-8
95-49-8
106-43-4
1319-77-3
95-48-7
106-44-5

95-50-1

541-73-1

106-46-7
120-83-2
98-87-3
56-53-1
1300-71-6
EPA
HPP

HPP

HPP ,
HPP
HPP

HPP
HPP

HPP,
HPP
HPP




HPP
HPP

HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP
PP.-
HPP


HPP


HPP
HPP
HPP





HSL
HSL
HSL
HPP

HPP

HPP
HPP


HPP
Water
Solubility
(mg/L)
6.50E+03
2.50E+05
4.00E+03
2.80E+02
5.50E+03
8.52E+03
2.25E+03
3.50E+03
6.30E+03
2.00E+04
4.30E+03
1.50E-01
2.10E+00
5.00E+01
1.40E-t04

3.70E+01
2.90E+03
2.90E+03
1.50E+02

7.57E+02
3.01 E+03
1.50E+03
4.50E+03
1.10E+03
1.10E+03
8.20E+03
1.00E+Q1

1.75E+03
7.50E+00
4.46E+02
4.66E+02
3.85E+03
2.90E+04
3.30E+03
4.80E+01
7.20E+01
4.40E+01
3.10E+04
2.50E+04


1.00E+02

1.23E+02

7.90E+01
4.60E+03
2.50E+00
9.60E-03
4.20E+03
Vapor
Pressure
(mm Hg)
4.31 E+03

1.50E+01
4.87E+03
1.82E+02
6.40E+01
6.00E+02
2.08E+02
3.24E+02
3.62E+02
1.17E+01
2.00E+00
8.00E-02
4.00E-01
4.00E+02
4.00E+02
3.40E+00
5.00E+00
5.00E+00
1.78E+01

9.00E+01
5.00E+00
1.23E+02
3.00E+01
5.79E+01
6.67E+02
1.51E+02
2.70E+02

9.52E+01
6.00E-02
4.14E+00
1.17E+01
5.00E-02
1.80E+00
1.00E+00
4.60E+00
2.70E+00
4.50E+00
2.40E-01
2.43E-01
1.14E-01

1.00E+00

2.28E+00

1.18E+00
5.90E-02
3.00E-01

6.21 E-02
Henry's
Law
Constant
(atm-m3/mol)
4.40E-02

9.90E-04
2.97E+00
4.31 E-03
9.78E-04
3.40E-02
7.58E-03
6.56E-03
2.03E-03
6.73E-04
4.57E+00
1.37E-02
2.49E-03
5.34E-03

2.44E-02
3.81 E-04
3.81 E-04
2.59E-02

2.41 E-02
5.52E-04
1.44E-02
1.17E-03
9.10E-03
1.10E-01
2.87E-03


5.59E-03
1.50E-03
1.92E-03
3.72E-03
2.44E-06
1.05E-05
5.06E-05
1.60E-02
6.25E-03
1.70E-02
1.10E-06
1.50E-06


1.93E-03

3.59E-03

2.89E-03
2.75E-06
2.54E-02

2.38E-06
(mL/g)
3.50E+01

8.40E+01
5.80E+01
3.00E+01
1.40E+01
6.50E+01
4.90E+01
5.90E+01
8.80E+00
4.40E+01
2.90E+04
4.80E403
2.00E+04
2.30E+01

1.90E+03
5.40E+01
1.18E+02
3.64E+02

4.39E+02
1.16E+02
1.52E+02
5.60E+01
1.26E+02
1.59E+02
4.70E+01


8.30E+01

1.50E+02
3.30E+02
4.90E+02
4.00E+02
5.00E+01
1.20E+03
1.60E+03
1.20E+03
5.00E+02



1.70E+03

1.70E+03

1.70E+03
3.80E+02
9.90E+03
2.80E+01
2.22E402
KOW
9.50E-01

1.23E+02
1.45E+02
6.17E+01
3.02E+01
6.92E+01
5.01 E+00
3.02E+00
2.00E+01
5.75E+01
6.02E+04
1.10E+05
3.98E+04
4.90E+01

7.76E+02

2.45E+02
3.98E+02

4.37E+02
2.51 E+02
3.16E+02
2.95E-1-02
2.40E+02
3.39E+02
9.33E+01
1.00E+02

1.32E+02
7.54E+03
9.00E+02
6.92E+02
9.80E+02
1.45E+02
4.27E+02
1.90E+03
2.60E+03
2.00E+03
9.33E+01
8.91 E+01
8.51 E+01
1.32E+04
3.98E+03

3.98E+03

3.98E+03
7.94E+02
1.60E+04
2.88E+05
2.63E+02
                                                            58

-------
Table 4-23.  Water Solubility, Vapor Pressure, Henry's Law Constant, KO,., and KOW Data for Selected Chemicals (3) (Continued)
Chemical Name
1 ,3-Dinitrobenzene
4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol
2,4-Dinitrophenol
2,3-Dinitrotoluene
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
2,5-Dinitrotoluene
2,6-Dinitrotoluene
3,4-Dinitrotoluene
Ethylbenzene (Phenylethane)
Hexachlorobenzene (Perohlorobenzene)
Hexachlorophene (Dermadex)
Nitrobenzene
2-Nitrophenol (o-Nitrophenol)
4-Nitrophenol (p-Nitrophenol)
m-Nitrotoluene (Methylnitrobenzene)
Pentachlorobenzene
Pentachloronitrobenzene (Quintozene)
Pentachlorophenol
Phenol
Pyridine
Styrene (Ethenylbenzene)
1 ,2,3,4-Tetrachlorobenzene
1 ,2,3,5-TetraohIorobenzene
1 ,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene
2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol
Toluene (Methylbenzene)
1 ,2,3-Trichlorobenzene
1 ,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
1 ,3,5-Trichlorobenzene
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
1 ,2,4-Trimethylbenzene (Pseudocumene)
Xyelene (mixed)
m-Xylene (1,3-Dimethylbenzene)
o-Xylene (1,2-Dimethylbenzene)
p-Xylene (1 ,4-Dimethylbenzene)
Polyaromatic Hydrocarbons
Acenapthene
Acenaphthylene
Anthracene '
Benz(c)acridine
Benzo(a)anthracene
Benzo(b)fluoranthene
Benzo(k)fluoranthene
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene
Benzo(a)pyrene
2-Chloronaphthalene
Chrysene
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene
1 ,2,7,8-Dibenzopyrene
7, 1 2-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene
Ruoranthene
Fluorene (2,3-Benzidene)
CAS#
99-65-0
534-52-1
51-28-5
602-01-7
121-14-2
619-15-8
606-20-2
610-39-9
100-41-4
118-74-1
70-30-4
98-95-3
88-75-5
100-07-7
99r08-1
608-93-5
82-68-8
87-86-5
108-95-2
110-86-1
100-42-5
634-66-2

95-94-3
58-90-2
108-88-3
87-61-6
120-82-1
108-70-3
95-95-4
88-06-2
95-63-6
1330-20-7
108-38-3
95-47-6
106-42-3

83-32-9
208-96-8
120-12-7
225-51-4
56-55-3
205-99-2
207-08-9
191-24-2
50-32-8
91-58-7
218-01-9
53-70-3
189-55-9
57-97-6
206-44-0
86-73-7
EPA

HPP
HPP

HPP

HPP

HPP
HPP

HPP
HPP
HPP



HPP
HPP

HSL




HPP

HPP

HSL
HPP

HSL




HPP
HPP
HPP

HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP


HPP
HPP
Water
Solubility
(mg/L)
4.70E+02
2.90E+02
5.60E+03
3.10E+03
2.40E+02
1.32E+03
1.32E+03
1.08E+03
1.52E+02
6.00E-03
4.00E-03
1.90E+03
2.10E+03
1.60E+04
4.98E+02
1.35E-01
7..11E-02
1.40E+01
9.30E+04
1.00E+06
3.00E+02
3.50E+00
2.40E+00
6.00E+00
7.00E+00
5.35E+02
1.20E+01
3.00E+01
5.80E+00
1.19E+03
8.00E+02
5.76E+01
1.98E+02
1.30E+02
1.75E+02
1.98E+02

3.42E+00
3.93E+00
4.50E-02
1.40E+01
5.70E-03
1.40E-02
4.30E-03
7.00E-04
1.20E-03
6.74E+00
1.80E-03
5.00E-04
1.01E-01
4.40E-03
2.06E-01
1.69E+00
Vapor
Pressure
(mm Hg)

5.00E-02
1.49E-05

5.10E-03

1.80E-02

7.00E+00
1.09E-05

1.50E-01



6.00E-03
1.13E-04
1.10E-04
3.41 E-01
2.00E+01
4.50E+00
4.00E-02
7.00E-02
5.40E-03
4.60E-03
2.81 E+01
2.10E-01
2.90E-01
5.80E-01
1.00E+00
1.20E-02
2.03E+00
1.00E+01
1.00E+01
6.60E+00
1.00E+01

1.55E-03
2.90E-02
1.95E-04

2.20E-08
5.00E-07
5.10E-07
1.03E-10
5.60E-09
1.70E-02
6.30E-09
1.00E-10


5.00E-06
7.10E-04
Henry's
Law
Constant
(atm-m3/mol)

4.49E-05
6.45E-10

5.09E-06

3.27E-06

6.43E-03
6.81 E-04

2.20E-05




6.18E-04
2.75E-06
4.54E-07

2.05E-03




6.37E-03
4.23E-03
2.31 E-03
2.39E-02
2.18E-04
3.90E-06
5.57E-03
7.04E-03
1.07E-02
5.10E-03
7.05E-03

9.20E-05
1.48E-03
1.02E-03

1.16E-06
1.19E-05
3.94E-05
5.34E-08
1.55E-06
4.27E-04
1.05E-06
7.33E-08


6.46E-06
6.42E-05
KOO
(mL/g)
1.50E+02
2.40E+02
1.66E+01
5.30E+01
4.50E+01
8.40E+01
9.20E+01
9.40E+01
1.10E-IO3
3.90E-f03
9.10E-f04
3.60E+01



1.30E+04
1.90E+04
5.30E+04
1.42E+01


1.80E+04
1.78E-f04
1.60E+03
9.80E+01
3.00E+02
7.40E+03
9.20E+03
6.20E+03
8.90E+01
2.00E+03

2.40E+02
9.82E+02
8.30E+02
8.70E+02

4.60E+03
2.50E+03
1.40E+04
1.00E+03
1.38E+06
5.50E-f05
5.50E+05
1.60E+06
5.50E+06

2.00E+05
3.30E+06
1.20E+03
4.76E-K55
3.80E+04
7.30E+03
KOW
4.17E+01
5.01 E+02
3.16E+01
1.95E+02
1.00E+02
1.90E+02
1.00E+02
1.95E+02
1.41E+03
1.70E+05
3.47E+07
7.08E+01
5.75E+01
8.13E+01
2.92E+02
1.55E+05
2.82E+05
1.00E+05
2.88E+01
4.57E+00

2.88E+04
2.88E-h04
4.68E+04
1.26E+04
5.37E+02
1.29E+04
2.00E+04
1.41E+04
5.25E+03
7.41 E+03

1.83E+03
1.82E+03
8.91 E+02
1.41 E+03

1.00E+04
5.01 E+03
2.82E+04
3.63E+04
3.98E+05
1.15E+06
1.15E+06
3.24E+06
1.15E+06
1.32E+04
4.07E+05
6.31 E+06
4.17E+06
8.71 E+06
7.94E+04
1.58E+04
                                                          59

-------
Table 4-23.  Water Solubility, Vapor Pressure, Henry's Law Constant, K^, and K™ Data for Selected Chemicals (3) (Continued)
                                                                                       Henry's
                                                               Water       Vapor        Law
                                                             Solubility    Pressure     Constant
Chemical Name
Indene
Indeno(1 ,2,3-cd)pyrene
2-MethyInaphthalene
Naphthalene (Naphthene)
1-Naphthylamlne
2-Naphthylamlne
Phenanthrene
Pyrene
Tetracene (Naphthacene)
Amines and Amides
2-AcetylamInofluorene
Acrylamlde (2-Propenamlde)
4-Amlnoblphenyl (p-Biphenylamine)
Aniline (Benzenamlne)
Auramlne
Benzidine (p-Diamlnodiphenyl)
2,4-DIamlnotoluene (Toluenediamine)
3,3'-DichlorobenzIdIne
Diolhanolamino
DIethylaninne (Benzenamlne)
DlQthylnltrosamine(Nitrosodiethylamine)
Dlmethylamlne
Dimethylamtnoazobenzene
CHmethylnitrosamlne
Diphenylnltrosamlne
Dlpropylnltrosamlne
Methyl vinylnitrosamlne
m-Nitroanillne (3-NitroaniIine)
o-Nitroanlllne (2-NitroanIline)
p-Nilroanlline (4-Nitroaniline)
N-Nitrosodl-n-propylamlne
ThtoacetamWe (Ethanethioamide)
o-Toluldlne (2-Aminotoluene)
o-Toluldlne hydrochloride
Trlethylamine
Ethers and Alcohols
Adyl alcohol (Propenol)
Anlsole (Methoxybenzene)
Benzyl alcohol (Benzenemethanol)
Bls(2-chloroethyl)ether
B1s(2-chlorolsopropyl)ether
Bls(chloromethyl)ether
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether
2-Chtoroethyl vinyl ether
Chtoromethyl methyl ether
4-Chtorophenyl phenyl ether
Diphenylether (Phenyl ether)
Ethanol
Phthalates
Bls(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
Butylbenzyl phthalate
Dibutyl phthalate
Olethyl phthalate
CAS#
95-13-6
193-99-5
91-57-6
91-20-3
134-32-7
91-59-8
85-01-8
129-00-0
92-24-0

53-96-3
79-06-1
92-67-1
62-53-3
2465-27-2
92-87-5
95-80-7
91-94-1
111-42-2
91-66-7
55-18-5
124-40-3
60-11-7
62-75-9
86-30-6
621-64-7
4549-40-0
99-09-2
88-74-4
100-01-6
621-64-7
62-55-5
119-93-7
636-21-5
121-44-8

107-18-6
100-66-3
100-51-6
111-44-4
108-60-1
542-88-1
101-55-3
110-75-8
107-30-2
7005-72-3
101-84-8
64-17-5

117-81-7
85-68-7
84-74-2
S4-66-2
EPA

HPP
HSL
HPP


HPP
HPP





HSL

HPP

HPP




HPP
HPP
PP
HSL
HSL
HSL
HSL







HSL
HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP

HPP


HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP
(mg/L)

5.30E-04
2.54E401
3.17E+01
2.35E+03
5.86E+02
1.00E+00
1.32E-01
5.00E-04

6.50E+00
2.05E+06
8.42E+02
3.66E+04
2.10E+00
4.00E-1-02
4.77E+04
4.00E400
9.54E+05
6.70E+02
1.00E+06
1.36E+01
Infinite

9.90E+03
7.60E+05
8.90E+02
1.47E+04
7.30E+02

1.63E+05
7.35E+01
1.50E+04
1.50E+04

5.10E+05
1.52E+03
8.00E-f02
1.02E+04
1.70E403
2.20E+04

1.50E+04

3.30E+00
2.10E+01
Infinite

2.85E-01
4.22E+01
1.30E+01
8.96E+02
(mm Hg)

1.00E-10

2.30E-01
6.50E-05
2.56E-04
6.80E-04
2.50E-06



7.00E-03
6.00E-05
3.00E-01

5.00E-04
3.80E-05
1.00E-05


5.00E+00
1.52E+03
3.30E-07
8.10E+00

4.00E-01
1.23E+01





E+00
1.00E-01
7.00E+00

2.46E+01
2.60E+00
1.10E-01
7.10E-01
8.50E-01
3.00E+01
1.50E-03
2.67E+01

2.70E-Q3
2.13E-02
7.40E+02

2.00E-07
1.00E-05
3.50E-03
(atm-nr/mol)

6.86E-08

1.15E-03
5.21 E-09
8.23E-08
1.59E-04
5.04E-06



3.19E-10
1.59E-08
1.00E-06

3.03E-07
1.28E-10
8.33E-07


9.02E-05
7.19E-09
7.90E-07

6.92E-06
1.83E-06






9.39E-07
1.30E+05

3.69E-06
2.43E-04
1.95E-05
1.31E-05
1.13E-04 •
2.06E-04

2.50E-04

2.19E-04
8.67E-09
4.48E-05

3.61E-07
2.82E-07
1.14E-06
(mug)

1.60E+06
8.50E+03
1.30E-f03
6.10E+01
1.30E+02
1.40E+04
3.80E+04
6.50E+05

1.60E+03

1.07E+02

2.90E+03
1.05E+01
1.20E+01
1.55E+03


4.35E+02
1.00E+03
1 .OOE-01

1.50E-IO1
2.50E+00





4.10E+02
2.20E+01


3.20E+00
2.00E+01
' 1.39E+01
6.10E+01
1.20E+00




2.20E+00

5.90E+03
1.70E+05
1.42E+02
KOW
8.32E+02
3.16E+06
1.30E+04
2.76E+03
1.17E+02
1.17E+02
2.88E+04
7.59E+04
8.00E+05

1.91E+03

6.03E+02
7.00E+00
1.45E+04
2.00E+01
2.24E+00
3.16E+03
3.72E-02
9.00E+OQ
3.02E+00
4.17E-01
5.25E+03
2.09E-01
3.72E+02
3.16E+01
5.89E-01
2.34E+01
6.17E+01
2.45E+01

3.47E-01
7.58E+02
1.95E+01


6.03E-01
1.29E+02
1 .26E+01
3.16E+01
1.26E+02
2.40E+00
1 .91 E-t-04
1 .90E+01
1 .OOE+00
1 .20E+04
1 .62E+04
4.79E-01

9.50E+03
6.31 E+04
3.98E+05
3.16E+02
                                                           60

-------
Table 4-23. Water Solubility, Vapor Pressure, Henry's Law Constant, KOO, and
Water
Solubility
Chemical Name CAS # EPA (mg/L)
Dimethyl phthalate
Di-n-octyl phthalate
Ketones and Aldehydes
Acetone (2-Propanone)
Acrylic acid (2-Propenoic acid)
2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl ketone)
Formaldehyde
Glycidaldehyde
2-Hexanone (Methyl butyl ketone)
4-Methyl-2-pentanone (Isopropylaoetone)
Carboxylic Acids and Esters
Azaserine
Benzoic acid
Dimethyl sulfate (DMS)
Ethyl methanesulfonate (EMS)
Formic acid
Lasiocarpine
Methyl methacrylate
Vinyl acetate
PCBs
Aroclor 1016
Aroclor 1221 ,
Aroclor 1232
Aroclor 1242
Aroclor 1248
Aroclor 1254
Aroclor 1260
Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)
Heterocyclic Compounds
Dihydrosafrole
1,4-Dioxane (1 ,4-Diethylene dioxide)
Epichlorohydrin
Isosafrole
N-Nitrosopiperidine
N-Nitrosopyrrolidine
Safrole
Uracil mustard
Hydrazines
1,2-Diethylhydrazine
1 ,1 -Dimethylhydrazine
1 ,2-Diphenylhydrazine (Hydrazobenzene)
Hydrazine
Miscellaneous Organic Compounds
Aziridine (Ethylenimine)
Carbon disulfide
Diethyl arsine
Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride
Mercury and alkyl compounds
Methylnitrosourea
Mustard gas (Bis(2-chloroethyl)sulfide)
Phenobarbital
Propylenimine
Tetraethyl lead
131-11-3
117-84-0

67-64-1
79-10-7
78-93-3
50-00-0
765-34-4
591-78-6
108-10-1

115-02-6
65-85-0
77-78-1
62-50-0
64-18-6
303-34-4
80-62-6
108-05-4

12674-11-2
11104-28-2
11141-16-5
53469-21-9
12672-29-6
11097-69-1
11096-82-5
1336-36-3

94-58-6
123-91-1
106-89-8
120-58-1
100-75-4
930-55-2
94-59-7
66-75-1

1615-80-1
57-14-4
122-66-7
302-01-1

151-56-4
75-15-0
692-42-2
79-44-7
7439-97-6
684-93-5
505-60-2
50-06-6
75-55-8
78-00-2
HPP
HPP

HSL

HSk


HSL
HSL


HSL





HSL

HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP
HPP












PP



HSL


PP





4.32E+03
3.00E+00

Infinite
Infinite
2.68E+05
4.00E+05
1.70E+08
1.40E+04
1.70E-f04

1.36E+05
2.70E+03
3.24E+05
3.69E+05
1.00E+06
1.60E+03
2.00E+01
2.00E+04

4.20E-01
1.50E+01
1.45E+00
2.40E-01
5.40E-02
1.20E-02
2.70E-03
3.10E-02

1.50E+03
4.31 E+05
6.00E+04
1.09E+03
1.90E+06
7.00E+06
1.50E+03
6.41 E+02

2.88E-f07
1.24E+08
1.84E+03
3.41 E+08

2.66E+06
2.94E+03
4.17E+02
1.44E+07

6.89E+08
8.00E+02
1.00E+03
9.44E+05
8.00E-01
KQW Data for
Vapor
Pressure
(mm Hg)
E-02


2.70E+02
4.00E+00
7.75E+01
1.00E+01
1.97E+01
3.00E-I-10
2.00E+01



6.80E-01
2.06E-01
4.00E+01

3.70E+01


4.00E-04
6.70E-03
4.06E-03
4.10E-04
4.90E-04
7.70E-05
4.10E-05
7.70E-05


3.99E+01
1.57E+01
1.60E-08
1.40E-01
1.10E-01
9.10E-04



1.57E+02
2.60E-05
1.40E+01

2.55E+02
3.60E+02
3.50E+01
1.95E+00


1.70E-01

1.41 E+02
1.50E-01
Selected Chemicals (3) (Continued)
Henry's
Law
Constant K^
(atm-nrVmol) (mL/g) K™



2.06E-05

2.74E-05
9.87E-07
1.10E-08
2.82E-05
1.55E-04



3.48E-07
9.12E-08


2.43E-01





5.60E-04
3.50E-03
2.70E-03
7.10E-03
1.07E-03


1.07E-05
3.19E-05
3.25E-12
1.11E-08
2.07E-09
1.29E-07



1.00E-07
3.42E-09
1.73E-09

5.43E-06
1.23E-02
1.48E-02
1.92E-08


4.45E-05

1.12E-05
7.97E-02



2.20E+00

4.50E+00
3.60E+00
1.00E-01



6.60E+00

4.10E+00
3.80E+00

7.60E+01
8.40E+02







4.25E+04

5.30E+05

7.80E+01
3.50E+00
1.00E+01
9.30E+01
1.50E-fOO
8.00E-01
7.80E+01
1.20E+02

3.00E-01
2.00E-01
4.18E+02
1.00E-01

1.30E+00
5.40E+01
1.60E+02
5.00E-01

1.00E-01
1.10E+02
9.80E+01
2.30E400
4.90E+03
1.32E+02
1.58E+09

5.75E-01
1.35E+00
1.82E+00
1.00E+00
2.82E-02



8.32E-02
7.41 E+01
5.75E-02
1.62E+00
2.88E-01
9.77E+00
6.17E+00


2.40E+04
1.23E+04
1.58E+03
1.29E+04
5.62E+05
1.07E+06
1.38E+07
1.10E+06

3.63E+02
1.02E+00
1.41E+00
4.57E+02
3.24E-01
8.71 E-02
3.39E+02
8.13E-02

2.09E-02
3.80E-03
7.94E+02
8.32E-04

9.77E-02
1.00E+02
9.33E+02
4.79E-02

1.54E-04
2.34E+01
6.46E-01
3.31 E-01

61

-------
Table 4-23. Water Solubility, Vapor Pressure, Henry's Law Constant, K^, and KOW Data for Selected Chemicals (3) (Continued)


Chemical Name
Thtourea (Thiocarbamlde)
Trls-BP (2,3-Dibromopropanol phosphate)
Inorganics
Ammonia
Antimony and compounds
Arsenic and compounds
Barium and compounds
Beryllium and compounds
Cadmium and compounds
Chromium III and compounds
Chromium VI and compounds
Copper and compounds
Cyanogen chloride
Hydrogen cyanide
Hydrogen sulfide
Lead and compounds
Mercury and compounds (inorganic)
Nickel and compounds
Potassium cyanide
Selenium and compounds
Silver and compounds
Sodium cyanide
Thallium chloride
Thallium sulfate
Thallium and compounds
Zinc and compounds
pp = Priority Pollutant
HSL s Hazardous Substance List parameter
HPP = PP and HSL parameters


CAS#
62-56-6
126-72-7

7664-41-7
7440-36-0
7440-38-2
7440-39-3
7440-41-7
7740-43-9
7440-47-3
7440-47-3
7440-50-8
506-77-4
74-90-8
7783-06-4
7439-92-1
7439-97-6
7440-02-0
151-50-8
7782-49-2
7440-22-4
143-33-9
7791-12-0
7446-18-6
7440-28-0
7440-66-6





EPA




PP
PP

PP
PP
PP
PP
PP



PP
PP
PP

PP
PP

PP
PP
PP
PP



Water
Solubility
(mg/L)
1.72E+06
1.20E+02

5.30E+05








2.50E+03
Infinite
4.13E+03

3.00E-02

5.00E+05


8.20E+05
2.90E+03
2.00E+02





Henry's
Vapor Law
Pressure Constant K^.
(mm Hg) (atm-m3/mol) (mL/g)
1.60E+00
3.10E+02

7.60E+03 3.21 E-04 3.10E+00
1.00E+00
O.OOE+00

O.OOE+00
O.OOE+00
O.OOE+00
O.OOE+00
O.OOE+00
1.00E+03 3.24E-02
6.20E+02
1.52E+04 1.65E-01
O.OOE+00
2.00E-03 1.10E-02
O.OOE+00

O.OOE+00
O.OOE+00

O.OOE+00
O.OOE+00
O.OOE+00
O.OOE+00





KOW
8.91 E-03
1.32E+04

1.00E+00








1.00E+00
5.62E-01















 4.4   Treatability Studies

 Bench- and pilot-scale treatability studies are valuable
 means for determining the feasibility of candidate treat-
 ment processes for removing contaminants from ground
 water and leachate.  Treatability screening allows a
 quick, relatively inexpensive evaluation of many differ-
 ent treatment processes when searching for the optimal
 applicable solution. Bench- and pilot-scale studies also
 yield basic design data for subsequent use in the design
 of full-scale facilities and for other technical and eco-
 nomic evaluations.

 The need for treatability studies should be considered
 by comparing the advantages of these studies With their
 limitations, as discussed in Sections 4.4.3 and 4.4.4.

 A well-planned treatability study test program should
 strive to provide:

 • Technically feasible design criteria for  full-scale ap-
   plications.

 • Data for estimating full-scale capital and operational
   costs.
* A basis for equipment performance specifications.

• A nonbiased technical solution.

These considerations are more fully described below.

4.4.1   Types of Treatability Tests

4.4.1.1   Bench Tests

Bench-scale treatability tests are usually performed'in
the laboratory on actual samples of ground water or
leachate. Sample size may vary from 5 to 55 gal (19 to
208  L). Studies  performed in the laboratory are more
convenient because all of the necessary testing equip-
ment and glassware are readily available; both biologi-
cal  and  physical/chemical  tests  can  be  routinely
performed in  the laboratory. Under special  circum-
stances, it may be necessary to run the bench treatabil-
ity tests in the field. Field tests are common when waste
characteristics can change  quickly, sample  require-
ments make shipping the water impractical, or the test-
ing needs to be performed  over a long  period. The
engineer can perform a substantial array of bench tests
                                                    62

-------
 Table 4-24.  Henry's Law Constant
 High H|a—2x102to1
-------
Table 4-25.  Classes of Organic Compounds Adsorbed on
           Carbon (5)
Organic Chemical
Class
                      Examples of Chemical Class
Aromatic hydrocarbons    Benzene, toluene, xylene

Polynudear aromattos     Naphthalene, anthracenes, biphenyls

Chlorinated aromatics     Chlorobenzene, polychlorinated
                      biphenyls, aldrin, endrin, toxaphene,
                      DDT

                      Phenol, cresol, resorcenol, polyphenyls

                      Trichlorophenol, pentachlorophenol

                      Gasoline, kerosene
Phenolics

Chlorinated phenolics
High molecular weight
aliphatic and branch-
chain hydrocarbons8
Chlorinated aliphatic
hydrocarbons
                      1,1,1 -Trichloroethane,
                      trichloroethylene, carbon tetrachloride,
                      perchloroethylene

                      Tar acids, benzoic acid
High molecular weight
aliphatic acids and
aromatic adds8
High molecular weight     Aniline, toluene, diamine
aliphatic amines and
aromatic amines"
High molecular weight     Hydroquinone, polyethylene glycol
ketones, esters, ethers,
and alcohols"
Surfactants
Soluble organic dyes
                      Alkyl benzene sulfonates

                      Methylene blue, indigo carmine
* High molecular weight includes compounds in the range of 4 to 20
 carbon atoms.
basis. In addition to optimizing equipment selection and
chemical requirements, the pilot tests can be used to
identify potential operating problems. Examples include
scale buildup, sludge bulking, and postprecipitates. In
these cases, corrective action can be taken before full-
scale operations.

Field  analysis  kits are  commonly  used  to analyze
treated samples for quick results to guide the tests;
however, these data are typically supported by labora-
tory analyses using EPA-approved methods. The labo-
ratory results serve as the basis for full-scale equipment
design and selection.

4.4.1.3   Vendor Treatability Tests

Vendors commonly agree to perform treatability tests
with their equipment at the project site or in their labo-
ratories.  By  sending  samples of  ground  water  or
leachate to multiple equipment vendors for treatability
tests, the best vendor of a selected technology can be
chosen. The advantages of proprietary chemicals and
design show  up in the test  results. Vendors may be
subcontracted to perform the treatability tests, or they
can be requested to test their products at their own
expense  as a  prequalification for  bidding.  Duplicate
samples are usually submitted to an unbiased labora-
tory for a confirming analysis at the owner's expense.

4.4.1.4  independent Treatability Tests

Many qualified consultants and laboratories can perform
independent treatability tests under contract. In these
circumstances, there is less bias toward process selec-
tion of a specific equipment design or proprietary tech-
nology. Combination processes can be incorporated into
treatment trains that result in improved contaminant re-
moval over  single processes. Although independent
treatability testing does not benefit from the advantages
of proprietary processes and chemical compounds, the
results are unbiased. The technology recommendations
are based on performance, economics, reliability, and
true client needs.

4.4.2  Treatability Testing Strategies

4.4.2.1  Technology Screening

The objectives of the initial technology screening are to:

•  Verify the suitability and effectiveness of candidate
   treatment  technologies in meeting treatment objec-
   tives.
•  Identify the treatment process steps and the order in
   which these steps are performed.

•  Obtain treatment  process data  (e.g.,  chemicals
   needed, dosages,  reaction times, separation rates)
   and preliminary cost information.

The first step is to develop a test plan. A testing plan may
be developed to present a detailed description of the
processes to be tested and to show how the tests will
be conducted. Because the tests  are only valid if the
samples are representative, flow and concentration data
must be collected over as long a period as possible. The
testing plan should contain specific information on:

•  A sampling strategy that  addresses variation with
   time.
•  The numbers and types of experiments proposed.

•  The volume of ground water or leachate required for
   each test.

•  A list  of parameters that will be chosen to optimize
   operation  of the treatment arrangement.

•  The sampling and analytical requirements for each
   test series.

•  A basis  for  selecting the  numbers and types of
   experiments.
Health and  safety plans and  quality assurance project
plans may  also need to be  developed before testing
begins.
                                                     64

-------
Table 4-26.  Summary of Carbon Adsorption Capacities (5)
Compound
Acenaphthene
Acenaphthylene
Acetophenone
2-Acetylaminofluorene
Acridine orange
Acridine yellow*
Acrolein
Acrylonitrile
Adenine"
Aldrin
4-Aminobiphenyl
Anethole"
o-Anisidineb
Anthracene
Aroclor 1221
Aroclor 1232
Benzene
alpha-Benzene hexachloride (alpha-BHC)
beta-Benzene hexachloride (beta-BHC)
gamma-Benzene hexachloride
Adsorption
Capacity
(mg/g)a
190
115
74
318
180
230
1.2
1.4
71
651
200
300
50
376
242
630
1.0
303
220
256
                                                                  Compound
                                                                  Adsorption
                                                                   Capacity
                                                                    (mg/g)a
(gamma-BHC) (Lindane)
Benzidine dihydrochloride
Benzo(k)fluoranthene
3,4-Benzofluoranthene
Benzole acid
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene
Benzo(a)pyrene
Benzothiazole"
Bis(2-chloroethoxy)methane
Bis(2-chloroisopropyl)ether
Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
Bromoform
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether
5-Bromouracil
Butylbenzyl phthalate
N-Butylphthalate
Carbon tetrachloride
Chlordane
Chlorobenzene
p-Chloro-m-cresol
Chloroethane
2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether
Chloroform
2-Chloronaphthalene
1 -Chloro-2-nitrobenzene
2-Chlorophenol
4-Chlorophenyl phenyl ether
5-Chlorouracllb
Cyclohexanoneb
  220
  181
    57
     0.76
    11
    34
  120
    11
    24
11,300
    20
  144
    44
 1,520
  220
    11
  245
    91
  124
     0.59
     3.9
     2.6
  280
  130
    51
   111
    25
     6.2
Cytosineb
Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
Dibromochloromethane
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
1,2-Dichlorobenzene
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
3,3-Dichlorobenzidine
Dichlorobromomethane
Dichlorodiphenyldichloro-
ethylene (DDE)
Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane (DDT)
1,1-Dichloroethane
1,2-Dichloroethane
1,2-trans-Dichloroethene
1,1 -Dichloroethylene
2,4-Dichlorophenol
1,2-Dichloropropane
1,2-Dichloropropene
Dieldrin
Diethyl phthalate
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene
N-Dimethylnitrosamine
2,4-Dimethylphenol
Dimethylphenylcarbinol5
Dimethyl phthalate
4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol  ,
2,4-Dinitrophenol
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
2,6-Dinitrotoluene
Diphenylamine
1,1 -Diphenylhydrazine
alpha-Endosulfan
beta-Endosulfan
Endosulfan sulfate
Endrin
Ethylbenzene
Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
Fluoranthene
Fluorene
5-Fluorouracilb
Guanineb
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
Hexachlorobenzene
Hexachlorobutadiene
Hexachloroethane
Isophorone
    1.1
  69
    4.8
  53
  129
  118
  121
  300
    7.9

  232
  322
    1.8
    3.'6
    3.1
    4.9
  157
    5.9
    8.2
  606
  110
  249
    6.8 x10"5
  78
  210
  97
  169
  33
  146
  145
  120
  135
  194
  615
  686
  666
  53
    0.86
  664
  330
    5.5
  120
1,220
1,038
  450
  258
  97
  32
                                                              65

-------
Table 4-26. Summary of Carbon Adsorption Capacities (5) (Continued)
Compound
4,4'-Methylene-bis-(2-chloroaniline)
Methylene chloride
Naphthalene
alpha-NaphthoI
beta-Naphtholb
alpha-Naphthylamlne
beta-Naphthylamlne
p-Nitroanlllneb
Nitrobenzene
4-NitrobiphenyI
2-Nilrophenol
4-Nitrophenol
N-Nitrosodlphenylamlne
N-Nitrosodl-n-propylamine
p-Nonylphenol
Pentachlorophenol
Phenanthrene
Phenol
Phenylmercuric acetate
Styrene
1 ,1 ,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
Tetrachloroethene
1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydronaphthaiene
Adsorption
Capacity
(mg/g)a
190
1.3
.132
180
200
160
150
140
68 ,
370
99
76
220
24
250
150
215
21
270
120
11
51
74
Compound
Thymineb
Toluene
1 ,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
1 ,1 ,1-Trichloroethane
1 ,1 ,2-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethene
Trichlorofluoromethane
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
Uracil"
p-Xylene
Not Adsorbed
Acetone cyanohydrin
Adipic acid
Butylamine
Choline chloride
Cyclohexylamine
Diethylene glycol
Ethanol
Hexamethylenediamine
Hyclroquinone
Molpholine
Triethanolamine

Adsorption
Capacity
(mg/g/
27
26
157
2.5
5.8
28
5.6
155
11
85













* Adsorption capacities are calculated for an equilibrium concentration of 1.0 mg/L at neutral pH.
b Compounds prepared in "mineralized" distilled water containing the following composition:
Ion
Ca**
K*
Mg4*
Na+
Cone. (mg/L)
100
12.6
25.3
92
Ion
cr
SO4--
Alkalinity
PO4--
Conc. (mg/L)
177
100
200
10
After the test plan has been developed, bench-scale jar
tests should be .performed in accordance with the test
plan. Consideration should be given to technology se-
lection and proper treatment sequence after a review of
the characterization data is complete.

For most treatment steps, a series of small-scale j'ar
tests can be  performed to select effective treatment
chemicals and to  determine an appropriate range of
dosages and reaction times for further tests. Stand-
ardized bench tests are then performed  on larger vol-
umes (usually 1  L) to obtain design factors  that are
effective in the planning and design of pilot plant and
full-scale treatment equipment. Based on these test re-
sults, a larger sample is commonly treated to provide
sufficient sample for the next treatment step. Prepara-
tion of treated samples for the performance of a stand-
ardized bench test always starts with raw sample, and
the preliminary treatment tests are performed in such a
manner as to minimize the inadvertent loss of sample
components  important for the evaluation of data from
the bench test.

4.4.2.2   Optimization Testing

In-depth optimization testing on the selected processes
or treatment trains should be provided before the equip-
ment is selected. This additional test sequence provides
further insights into how the technology will react under
vaiying water characteristics and flow rates. Also, oper-
ating parameters can be evaluated to improve perform-
ance and/or reduce costs. To  achieve this level of
testing, it may be necessary to initiate pilot plant testing.

4.4.2.3   Design Verification

Data derived from treatability studies  are very useful for
full-scale treatment system design. Chemical doses, pH,
settling rates, oxygen requirements, air-to-water ratios,
                                                    66

-------
sludge production, and retention times are examples of
process  parameters that can  be determined directly
from treatability testing. Full-scale equipment can be
sized after applying the  appropriate  scaleup factors.
Space requirements can then be accurately determined.
Capital cost estimates of full-scale treatment systems
based on  well-performed treatability  tests should be
within 20 to 30 percent of actual cost. Operating cost
estimates should also be reasonably accurate because
chemical and power needs will scale up directly. If per-
formed properly, the treatability study should lay a solid
foundation to  minimize the risks  involved  in meeting
established cleanup goals.

4.4.3  Advantages of Treatability Testing

In the absence of literature or database performance
statistics, treatability testing  provides  the remediation
designer with preliminary information on whether or not
the selected process(es) will meet expected removal
goals. Acandidate process can be evaluated with regard
to size and operating parameters. New  or innovative
processes  of interest can be applied to the ground water
or leachate without excessive risk of time  or funds. The
time element of treatment for many processes can be
estimated in a shorter period than if full-scale tests are
performed. Examples would be GAC and ion exchange,
where a small amount  of medium would be depleted
quickly to establish breakthrough time.

4.4.4  Limitations of Treatability Tests

Experienced and skilled personnel are required to per-
form treatability tests. These personnel typically have
treated water matrices for many years and can select
proper chemical  dosages, sequences, and treatment
trains to  meet the project objectives. Samples  resulting
from treatment must be preserved and sent  to qualified
laboratories for analysis. Shipment and analysis require
a few days to several weeks before the treatability re-
sults are known.  The time and cost of performing the
testing and laboratory analysis must be considered. The
collection of representative treatability test  samples is
critical. Samples that are too dilute or too  concentrated
could result in a treatment system that is undersized or
oversized.  Long periods of bench or pilot testing may
also be required for those  sites with matrix charac-
teristics that vary significantly.

Bench-scale treatability tests can be used to provide
preliminary guidance on technology selection. They also
may prove useful in the initial identification of pretreat-
ment requirements and in estimation of the expected
magnitude of treatment efficiency, effluent quality, and
chemical dosages. Selection of basic design criteria for
more comprehensive pilot plant testing should also be
achievable. When evaluating the data from a treatability
test, however, it must be remembered that the samples
collected to perform the tests usually represent only a
single point in time. Because the treatment system de-
sign may operate for years, even decades,  long-term
sampling changes must be considered. Usually, no al-
lowance is made in the sample collection methodology
for such factors as seasonal  variations in ground water
or leachate strength or the impact of runoff or rainfall.
Furthermore, the appropriate scaleup factors must be
applied to the bench test results so that the results can
be correctly interpreted. Thus, readers are cautioned not
to rely solely on the results of the bench-scale treatability
study to provide sufficient technical  information for  a
successful engineering design. Rather, the bench test
results should be used in combination with subsequent
continuous flow-through pilot plant tests, other available
site data, and related experience to ensure that a well-
operating, full-scale system is designed and constructed
consistent  with the goals of the project.

4.5   References
1.  U.S. EPA.  1990. Land disposal restrictions for third third scheduled
  wastes; rule. Fed. Reg. 55:22,624-22,625. June 1.
2.  U.S.  EPA. 1994. RREL Treatability Database, Version 5.0. Risk
  Reduction  Engineering Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH.
3.  U.S. EPA.  1990. Basics of pump and treat ground-water remedia-
  tion technology. EPA/600/8-90/003. Ada, OK.
4.  U.S. EPA. 1980. Carbon adsorption isotherms for toxic organics.
  EPA/600/8-80/023. Cincinnati, OH.
5.  U.S.  EPA. 1987.  Development document for effluent limitations
  guidelines  and standards for the organic chemicals, plastics, and
  synthetic fibers. EPA/440/1-87/009. Washington, DC.
6. Adams, J., and R. Clark. 1991. Evaluation of packed tower aera-
  tion and granular activated carbon for controlling selected or-
  ganics. J. Am. Waterworks Assoc. 83(1):49-57.
                                                    67

-------

-------
                                              Chapters
                                            Case Studies
 In this chapter, examples of ground-water or leachate
 problems at four sites illustrate how treatment technolo-
 gies were  evaluated, selected, designed, and  imple-
 mented. Each case study covers the following topics:

 • Background information about the site

 • Evaluation of treatment alternatives

 • Project design

 • Results and summary

 The purpose of these selected case studies is to show
 that many factors play a role in a decision. Site-specific
 factors,  including  regulatory issues, are  part of the
 evaluation and selection process. For example, in Case
 Study 1  air is allowed to be discharged directly to the
 atmosphere, while in Case Study 4 the state required air
 emissions controls. In Case Study 1, the state required
 a temporary treatment system. Case Study 3 illustrates
 the importance of treatability studies for process selec-
          Case Study 1: Ground-Water and Landfill
          Leachate Treatment
          Physical/chemical treatment to remove
          metals, volatile organic compounds (VOCs),
          and ammonia
          Case Study 2: Ground-Water Treatment
          Biological fluidized bed reactor to
          remove organics
          Case Study 3: Landfill Leachate Treatment
          Chemical pretreatment and biological
          treatment to remove metals and organics
          Case Study 4: Ground-Water Treatment
          High-temperature air stripping to
          remove VOCs
Figure 5-1.  Case studies in Chapter 5.
tion. Figure 5-1 presents a brief description of each case
study.

5.1   Case Study 1: Ground-Water and
      Landfill Leachate Treatment—
      Physical/Chemical Treatment To
      Remove Metals, VOCs, and Ammonia

5.1.1   Background

This project involved  a 75-acre (30.4-hectare) landfill
that was developed in the early 1940s. A 21-acre (8.5-
hectare) double-lined expansion area was permitted
and placed in operation in the eastern portion of the site
during the summer of 1987; however, the older, western
portion  of the facility was unlined. Leachate from this
unlined  portion  of the landfill had affected the ground
water in the immediate vicinity. The landfill had recently
been sold, but  the previous owner, under a Consent
Agreement with the state, was required to extract and
treat the leachate/ground-water mixture from the west-
ern portion of the site. The method of treatment selected
was  lime pH adjustment and biological oxidation in an
aerated lagoon.

Later, a leachate and ground-water extraction system
for the eastern  portion of the site was installed. Lime
addition was  unnecessary due to the self-neutralizing
character of leachate volatile acids; however, the exist-
ing aerated lagoon treatment system was grossly under-
sized to treat the additional water effectively. The new
owner contracted with a consulting engineer to design a
new  physical/chemical treatment system to  remove
metals,  VOCs,  and  ammonia  from the extracted
ground  water and  leachate. The  projected  ground-
water/leachate flow rate for design was 350 gal/min (0.5
million gal/day)  (1,325 L/min). Effluent from the landfill
leachate treatment system flowed into a small creek that
was classified for warm water fishery, recreation, water
supply,  and aquatic life. Stringent effluent limits were
set, and a rigid schedule for compliance was made part
of the Consent Agreement with the previous owner.

Leachate/ground-water analysis data collected from the
eastern  site indicated that samples from the landfill wells
had biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) concentrations
                                                  69

-------
ranging from 300 to 400 mg/L. Therefore, the state
required the owner to include  biological treatment, in
addition to physical/chemical treatment, to meet the ef-
fluent limits (see Table 5-1). The state threatened to
close the  landfill if the effluent limits were not met on
schedule.
Toblo 5-1. Comparison of Temporary System Effluent With
         Consent Agreement Discharge Limits
Analysis
The following parameters except
pH are In mg/L:
PH
BOD5
Suspended solids
NH4-N. summer
NH4-N, winter
Total phosphorus
Iron
Manganese
Zinc
Copper
Lead
Nickel
System
Effluent

6.45
<2
<1
—
<1
2.35
0.10
0.02
0.15
0.02
<0.1
<0.1
Limit
(Monthly
Average)

6-9
10
10
1
3
2
1.5
1.0
0.3
0.07
0.03
0.013
The following parameters are
In
trans-1 ,2-Dtehloroethylene
Trichloroethylene
1,1-Dtehloroelhylene
Methyleno chloride
Carbon tetrachloride
Totrachloroethylene
<1.0
<1.0
<1.0
<1.0
<1.0
<1.0
0.05
27.0
3.0
1.9
4.0
8.0
Because the state would not grant an extension for the
design and construction  of the new leachate/ground
water treatment system, the owner proposed to install
and operate a 200-gal/min (757-L/min) temporary treat-
ment system. A plan was submitted to the state for
approval with a fast-track design  and  construction
schedule for the biological treatment system and com-
pletion of the physical/chemical treatment system. Op-
eration of the temporary treatment system to maintain
compliance with the Consent Agreement during con-
struction was the key to state approval of the plan.

Together with the consulting engineer, the new owner
met with state regulators to explain the plan and  the
temporary system. Treatability studies were  performed
to convince the regulators that the  temporary treatment
system would meet  effluent limits.  The new owner,  the
consulting engineer, and regulators continued to meet
to expedite approval of the biological treatment system
design and permitting for construction and operation.
5.1,2  Evaluation of Treatment Alternatives

The  owner was presented with three alternatives to
maintain the quality of water in the stream flowing past
the landfill.

• Close the landfill.

• Haul leachate/ground water to a distant landfill with
  a leachate treatment system or to a municipal waste-
  water treatment system.

• Install the 200-gal/min  (757-L/min) temporary  treat-
  ment system and  operate  it until the 350-gal/min
  (1,325-L/min) permanent system could be completed.

Obviously, the owner wished to remain  in business, so
closing the landfill, even temporarily, was not an option.
The  daily  revenue  was necessary to pay for improve-
ments and meet the payroll.

Hauling leachate/ground water for treatment elsewhere
was  impractical due to the large volume and expense
of trucking. Treatment elsewhere  also presented tech-
nical  problems due   to  the  metals content  of the
leachate/ground water.

By installing a temporary treatment system, the new
owner  could comply  with the terms of the Consent
Agreement.  Treatment and effluent quality would be
under the owner's  control. The consultant's engineers
would hire and train  new treatment system operators
while operating the temporary system. This experience
would  be useful when the new  350-gal/min  (1,325-
L/min) system was finally  completed.

The capital and operating costs of the temporary treat-
ment system were minor compared with going out of
business or hauling the ground water/leachate for treat-
ment elsewhere. The owner and consultant, after some
negotiation, were able to convince the state to approve
the temporary treatment plan.

5.1.3  Project Design
The consulting engineer was contracted to design, build,
and operate a temporary ground-water/leachate treat-
ment system that would meet the following objectives:

• Design and construction must be  complete  and the
  system ready to  operate in 1 month.

• The system must operate at the lowest cost possible
  due to its short life span, scheduled to be 6  months.

• The  system  must  meet discharge limits for  BOD,
  VOCs, and metals  as defined in the Consent Agree-
  ment (see Table  5-1).

• Operation must  be easy  and  similar to the  350-
  gal/min  (1,325-L/min) system.

The  processes required to duplicate the 350-gal/min
(1,325-L/min) system included aeration pretreatment to
                                                  70

-------
oxidize iron, chemical precipitation and filtration for met-
als removal, air stripping for VOC removal, and sludge
dewatering. Due to lenient air emission standards in that
part of the state, no air stripper off-gas treatment was
required. Aqueous-phase carbon was added to the tem-
porary system as an effluent polishing step to assure the
state that effluent would meet the discharge limits.

Wastewater treatment engineers assigned to the project
met the challenging design objectives in the following
manner:

• Rolloff boxes were used as tanks  for clarification,
  sludge thickening, and filter backwash water storage.
  The boxes had reuse value later for trash pickup.

• Sketches replaced formal drawings to  detail the de-
  sign for shop fabrication and field assembly. Valuable
  time was saved for earlier fabrication of equipment,
  piping, and site preparation.

• Carbon canisters and an air stripper  package unit
  were rented for the temporary system to reduce capi-
  tal cost and design time. An option to buy/lease was
  arranged but was never exercised.

• The consultant's technicians procured  and mounted
  package filters on a ,skid. PVC. piping was quickly
  installed  in the shop and was ready for field deploy-
  ment in 2 weeks.

• All  connections were  made  with hoses and  quick-
  couplings to eliminate  field piping.

• Controls were rudimentary. All pumps and motors
  were operated with simple on-off manual switches.
  Some  plug-in float switches  were used to energize
  alarms on  high or low tank  level. A pH meter with
  on/off  control/alarm switches operated the caustic
  soda pump, the only automatic subsystem.

• A package precoat vacuum filter was  rented  to de-
  water the metal hydroxide sludge. Precoating the fil-
  ter with diatomaceous earth eliminated  iron fouling of
  the filter media.

• The site  was prepared by leveling  and paving with
  crushed limestone. Railroad ties supported the equip-
  ment. Terraces cut into the hillside  where the tanks
  were installed provided the hydraulic gradient re-
  quired  for gravity flow  of water from one process to
  another, eliminating transfer pumps.

• An  inexpensive  pole  barn was erected over the
  equipment for cold weather operation  after the sys-
  tem proved to operate satisfactorily without any modi-
  fications. Kerosene-fueled space heaters  provided
  ample  heat during winter operation.

• Special tanks (rapid mix tank and flocculator)  were
  constructed of carbon  steel. To reduce costs and
Oi It{••?••- j'iSVMi,'-'",'•,"'.   • .  . .    ,       ',.. .  ,
  save time, only the outside surfaces of the tanks were
  painted, because the tanks would have little salvage
  value at the conclusion of the project.

A layout of the temporary system is shown in Figure 5-2.
The 200-gal/min (757-L/min) temporary treatment sys-
tem was operated for 6 months at a cost of approxi-,
mately  $500,000. The flow  rate  during  operation
averaged 120 gal/min (454 L/min). At the end of the
project, the temporary system was dismantled and the
rental package units  returned. The consultant claimed
the equipment with salvage value, and the rolloff boxes
were given to the landfill owner.

5.1.4  Results and Summary

Effluent  samples from  the  temporary ground-water/
leachate treatment system were analyzed weekly and
compared with the discharge limits set forth in the Con-
sent Agreement. The results of the effluent sampling and
analysis program are shown in Table 5-1, along with the
state discharge standards for this landfill. The outfall
monthly averages met the discharge limits.

The use of a temporary system enabled the landfill
owner to complete the construction of a new, permanent
350-gal/min (1,325-L/min) ground-water/leachate treat-
ment system that had already been designed. A new,
additional biological (activated sludge) system was de-
signed and constructed during the operation of the tem-
porary system. The full-scale treatment system diagram
is shown in Figure 5-3. The temporary treatment system
provided training for the new operators while they be-
came familiar with the new treatment system being con-
structed  nearby. Although  the owner did not have to
address air quality, the water quality in the creek was
preserved. (In other states,  air stripper off-gas treatment
would have been required.)

5.7.5  Source

Blenk,  J.P., and R.A. Kormanik.  1987. Full-scale treat-
ment of leachate and ground water at a sanitary landfill:
A case study. Presented at the Water Pollution Control
Federation Annual Conference (October).

5.2  Case Study 2: Ground-Water
      Treatment—Biological Fluidized Bed
      Reactor To Remove Organ ics

5.2.1  Background

A chemical  manufacturer  had  contaminated  ground
water under a retention pond used as a cooling water
source. It was determined, however, that this system
would be unable to meet  stringent water quality  dis-
charge standards proposed by the state. The company
undertook development of a biological treatment system!
                                                  71

-------
Spare
/ JF-i
Cii&on Cittoon
Cokvnn Column , ,
l'X^8 5'X1S'

1
Carbon
Column
5'xlff
I 	 I

~I
Air Stripper
10'x12' ' —


Clarifier#3 ,e,
8' x 25' r
'-- 	 ^rJJ

c —
Add -k
Sldd y
i 	 hJff
To ^ 	 Effluent Holding Tank ? L
Creek 81 x 23'
Filter
Backwash
Figure 5-2. Layout of temporary system.
Rocoulati
Neutralization
500.000 Gal/Day /^~^**\ " 	 '
350 Gal/Min.
Leachate
and
Ground Water
\
Lim
Physic
Sup

^
e Polyme
al/Chemical
ematant

Physical/Chemical
Supernatant


Filter
Cake .
To Landfill"
Disposal
Dif. Skid s*P
^d L^
— = — rfi
Clarifier#4 I L
8' x 25' *^
on
Gravity Co
> Plate ..__
Separator /^
I ~{
Gravity * V
. Plate S V
Separator f
r
Sludqe ,
Thickener
i
Sludge
Dewatering
'• . .
Sludge


Biological Sludge
Filtrate
Leachate _>
Blower From -»
Backwash S~< We||S Ij
From V-/
Filter s;
, \ ?Air
Clarifier#1
8' x 25'
•*A Equalization Tank
\ 8'x23'
fl ^A-^ 1 -r-,
v Sludge
N siudge Thickener
^ Sludge *J»
*,
r1
Clarifier#2
8' x 25'
pH
ntroller s — >.
~v r°"
-/• k>
AcM .. sS%
Filters
Biological Leachate
Treatment System
rv^T1^
I J -^Dta. N.
VVFtea*it«\J rUl
-V< 6'Dla' PoS^M* l^J
f \ -S-Dla.
D.E. Rlter
*" Skid
rxio'
Dewatered
Sludge
VOCs
Ammonia
t
r
-O -» To
V.^/ Discharge
^ V
Air
Air
Stripping
Figure 5-3.  The Integrated physical/chemical and biological treatment system.
The  regulated  chemicals of most  concern included
methanol  (CAS number 67-56-1), acetone (67-64-1),
methylene chloride (75-09-2), tert-butyl alcohol (75-65-
0), chlorobenzene (108-90-7), 1,2-dichloroethane (107-
06-2), tetrahydrofuran (109-99-9), and toluene (108-88-3).

A bench-scale treatability study indicated that a biologi-
cal fluidized bed  reactor (FBR)  showed promise for
treating these compounds. This encouraged the chemi-
cal manufacturer to commission a pilot-scale unit, which
was used to finalize process design parameters for a
full-scale system,

5.2.2  Evaluation of Treatment Alternatives

Three alternative systems were initially evaluated on a
bench-scale:

• An FBR with sand as the support medium

• An FBR with GAG as the support medium
                                                  72

-------
 •  A submerged fixed-media biofilter

 The bench-scale studies compared these systems' abil-
 ity to handle startup, steady-state operation, and shock
 loads.

 During startup, it was found that the sand and carbon
 fluidized bed reactors performed similarly with regard to
 maximum hydraulic and organic loading rates, with both
 over five times better than the biofilter. During steady-
 state operation, the sand and carbon FBRs performed
 equally well, with the biofilter found to be  inferior due to
 a significantly lower hydraulic/organic loading rate. Dur-
 ing a spike event, reactors operating  at steady state
 were subjected to shock loads of the  chemicals  listed
 previously. All  reactors responded well  to the shock
 loads of the degradable compounds  (e.g., methanol,
 acetone, and toluene), but the carbon FBR was clearly
 superior for the less readily degradable  compounds
 (e.g., tert-butyl alcohol, tetrahydrofuran, and 1,2-dichlo-
 roethane). Stripping was clearly the lowest in the carbon
 FBR compared with those that had no adsorptive capa-
 bilities. The conclusion was to proceed with pilot-scale
 testing of a carbon fluidized bed  reactor.
5.2.3   Project Design and Pilot-Scale Test

The carbon FBR pilot system used in this test is shown
in Figure 5-4. The system included:
  Steady-State
  Feed Solution
   Spike
Feed Solution
          Chemical
           Feed
           Pumps
                                Influent Flow
                                   Valve
                                        • Means for separately delivering a steady feed, influ-
                                          ent water, and nutrients.

                                        • Recirculation through the reactor to maintain fluidiz-
                                          ing flux.

                                        • Oxygen dissolution to the feed.

                                        • An agitator to  aid sloughing of excess microorgan-
                                          isms from the activated carbon.

                                        The FBR unit was designed and  constructed as a pro-
                                        totype of a full-scale reactor. The reactor was 20 in. (50.8
                                        cm) in diameter and 14 ft  (4.3 m) tall, providing 32 ft3
                                        (0.9 m3) empty bed volume. The  recirculation flow was
                                        set to  maintain fluidization  and was provided by a cen-
                                        trifugal pump. Oxygen was supplied in a somewhat
                                        purified  state by passing a  compressed air  stream
                                        through a molecular sieve.  Injecting the gas followed by
                                        trapping and reinjecting the bubbles enabled the influent
                                        to be oxygenated to levels four to five times greater than
                                        normal atmospheric saturation levels.

                                        The test used three feed solutions. Two of these com-
                                        bined a base organic feed with a  nutrient solution, both
                                        of which were needed to maintain  a microbial population
                                        capable of handling shock loads. The base organic mix-
                                        ture included methanol, acetone, and methylene chlo-
                                        ride, standard components of the  wastewater. The third
                                        solution  was another  organic  feed  that was  used to
                                        simulate shock loads. This feed contained projected
                                        peak levels of tert-butanol, 1,2-dichloroethane, tetrahy-
                                                                 Effluent DO
                                                                 Probe and
                                                                 Controller
                  Influent
                Feed Pumps

Effluent
pH Probe
Recirculation
Pumps
r
t 	 Influent
-Tj DO
J Recirculation Probe
Flow Valve O
-r, T
"?
-1
o

3
Carbon
FBR
Reactor




Air
Purifk
 System
 Effluent
(to sanitary
  sewer)
                                                                                                 Air
                                                                                      Puffier  Compressor
                                                                                           Nutrient
                                                                                           Solution
                           Trap
     System Influent
   (from retention pond)
Figure 5-4.  Carbon FBR pilot system.
                                        Oxygen
                                        Control
                                         Valve
                                                                      Nutrient  Ł
                                                                    Feed Pump
                                                   73

-------
drofuran, toluene, methanol, acetone, and methyiene
chloride.

The test included three phases: startup, verification of
operating  point, and a general performance  assess-
ment.

The startup phase involved the cultivation of appropriate
bacteria in a seed tank. The initial population was ob-
tained from sediment in  the retention pond,  supple-
mented  with   activated  sludge  from  a  municipal
wastewater treatment plant. The culture was fed a mix
of all  targeted compounds and nutrients and was aer-
ated. After seed was added to the system, infinite recir-
culation was implemented for several hours to provide
time for microbial attachment to the  activated carbon
granules.

After the reactor was seeded, continuous operation was
initiated. The initial goals were development of a viable
biomass in the system and verification of the steady-
state  operating conditions determined in the bench-
scale studies.  The steady-state conditions included an
organic loading rate (OLR) of 120 Ib COD/1000 tf'-day
(1,922 kg COD/1,000 m3-day), an influent COD of 25
mg/L, and an  empty bed contact time (EBCT) of 18.7
min, with a  reactor  volume of 32 ft3 (0.9 m3) and an
influent flow rate of 12.8 gal/min (48.4 L/min). The influ-
ent COD and flow rate represented a  blend of the feed
solution and retention pond water. After  steady-state
conditions were established, the  reactor was  peri-
odically given  a shock load to simulate the effects of
rainfall  events and  subsequent release  of additional
compounds to the system.

The purpose of the performance assessment was to
optimize the design for full-scale operation. This was
carried out by incrementally increasing the steady-state
load, followed by a shock load. The OLR was scheduled
to be increased stepwise from 120 Ib COD/1,000 tf'-day
(1,922 kg COD/1,000 m3-day) to 150, 180, and 210 Ib
COD/1,000  ft3-day   (2,403,  2,883,  and 3,364 kg
COD/1,000 m3-day)  based on a recommendation from
Envirex. The EBCT and flow rate were then modified to
maintain an influent COD concentration  of 25  mg/L.
Gases were also collected and analyzed during  this
phase to determine  whether air emissions could be a
problem for a full-scale unit.

5.2.4   Results

Specific results are summarized'  in Table 5-2. The
startup  of the pilot-scale unit  took  approximately 6
weeks to complete. The steady-state operating parame-
ters were verified successfully.  Under the conditions
outlined earlier, average influent and effluent COD val-
ues of 28 and 2.3 mg/L, respectively, were obtained,
producing an overall COD removal efficiency of 92 per-
cent. The bed  height increased during the steady-state
                                                     Table 5-2.  Results of Pilot-Scale Tests
                        Influent    Effluent    Removal
Steady-State Parameter:
COD (mg/L)
Methanol (mg/L)
Methyiene chloride (ng/L)
Shock Loading Parameter:
Methanol (mg/L)
Acetone (ng/L)
Methyiene chloride (ng/L)
t-Butyl alcohol (ng/L)
1 ,2-Dichloroethane (ng/L)
Tetrahydrofuran (|ig/L)
Toluene (ng/L)

28
11.6
33

28
350
160
200
30
120
27

2.3
<0.5
12. •

<1
, 20
15
36
3
25 .
1

92
>96
64

>99
96'
91
82
90
92
96 ..
operation and stabilized near 11 ft (3.3 m), representing
a bed expansion of 30 percent. This indicated that the
populations in the reactor were healthy and viable. The
oxygen utilization rate confirmed this observation.

The shock load performance of the system was excel-
lent.  On  a mass basis, methanol and toluene were
removed  to the greatest extent (greater than 95 per-
cent), followed by acetone, 1,2-dichloroethane, tetrariy-
drofuran, and  methyiene chloride (90 to 95 percent).
Tert-butyl alcohol was removed to the least extent (80
percent).

Difficulties were encountered at the outset of the next
performance  assessment. When the OLR was in-
creased  to  150 Ib COD/1000  ft3-day  (2,403  .kg
COD/1,000 m3-day), the bed depth rose to the system
design maximum of  11.5 ft (3.5 m). This indicated that
the bed was fully loaded; thus, while treatment could
continue, additional  food would only produce  wasted
cells.  The ability of the  system to handle shock loads
was  also  generally  better at  the 120 Ib  COD/1,000
ft3-day rather  than  150 Ib COD/1,000 ft3-day  (1,922
rather than 2,403 kg COD/1,000 m3-day), especially
with  regard to less degradable compounds such as
tert-butyl alcohol. The OLR of 120 Ib COD/1,000 ft3-day
(1,922 kg COD/1,000 m3-day) was finally deemed to be
optimal because it produced a good balance between
biomass growth and sloughing.

The off-gas analysis also  produced good results.'All
seven target compounds were  below detection levels in
the gas phase during a shock load test.

5.2.5  Summary

Activated carbon treatment is well suited for removing
low concentrations of organic compounds from water. In
combination with biological destruction, the process has
the potential to be extremely useful in situations such as
this. The key element in the procedure was the initial
                                                  74

-------
 treatability study. That study established that microor-
 ganisms  likely to thrive in  the  system were  able to
 degrade wastes such as tetrahydrofuran that were not
 previously described in the literature as biodegradable.
 Had the treatability results indicated potential difficulties
 with such treatment,  one or more pretreatment proc-
 esses would have been required, or use of microorgan-
 isms would have been abandoned. Because the initial
 treatability study was successful, moving  on to pilot-
 scale studies followed standard chemical and environ-
 mental engineering design procedures.

 5.2.6  Source

 Kang, S.J., C.J. Englert, T.J. Astfalk, and M.A. Young.
 1990.  Treatment of leachate from a  hazardous waste
 landfill. In: Proceedings of the 44th  Purdue Industrial
 Waste Conference. Chelsea, Ml:  Lewis Publishers.

 5.3   Case Study 3: Landfill Leachate
      Treatment—Chemical Pretreatment
      and Biological Treatment To Remove
       Metals and Organics

 5.3.7   Background

 A hazardous waste landfill had historically received both
 domestic  refuse and industrial wastes. Pretreatment of
 the landfill leachate before discharge to the local publicly
 owned treatment works was  required to meet the local
 sewer use ordinance. The pretreatment could  use a
 combination of biological and physical-chemical proc-
 esses. Analysis of the leachate indicated  significant con-
 centrations of pollutants as measured by COD, BOD,
 total Kjeldahl nitrogen (TKN), ammonia nitrogen, phe-
 nol, cyanide, methylene chloride,  arsenic, and nickel.

 5.3.2   Evaluation of Treatment Alternatives

 Bench-scale treatability  tests were performed  on the
 leachate to identify processes suitable for reducing its
 strength and toxicity. The processes evaluated included
 activated carbon adsorption, ammonia stripping, metals
 removal, and aerobic and anaerobic biological treat-
 ment. All tests proved to be  successful  except for an-
 aerobic treatment.

 Based on what had to be removed from the waste, it was
 determined that a chemical pretreatment step was re-
 quired  before biological  treatment.   The purpose of
 chemical pretreatment was to reduce  metals and other
 toxicants that could potentially interfere  with biological
 activity and to prevent discharge  exceeding  the sewer
 use ordinance limits.  Chemical treatment consisted of
 metals precipitation with subsequent settling of the met-
al sludge and addition of growth nutrients. Two biological
systems were selected for pilot  testing: conventional
activated sludge and activated sludge containing pow-
 dered activated carbon. The last pretreatment step was
 activated carbon adsorption to polish the remaining low
 concentration of organics. The effluent from the carbon
 system was of sufficient quality to be discharged directly
 to the sanitary sewer.

 5.3.3  Project Design

 Leachate from several cells was collected into separate
 tanks. This provided equalization before feeding to the
 treatment system. The equalized feed was processed
 through the metals removal system, then transferred to
 the biological system.

 The chemical treatment step consisted of three mix
 tanks, where pH was adjusted, metal precipitate parti-
 cles were  coagulated  and flocculated, and nutrients
 were added to encourage microbial growth. This chemi-
 cal treatment step resulted in nickel removal of 15 to 75
 percent, depending on  the chemicals selected. Use of
 ferrous  and ferric hydroxides as sweep coagulants gave
 the best removal but generated large quantities of slow-
 settling  sludge. Use of oxidants such as hydrogen per-
 oxide or potassium permanganate  also gave  high
 removals but made the leachate foam. Simple pH ad-
 justment with sodium hydroxide generated small quan-
 tities of nonfoaming sludge  and  was the preferred
 method operationally, despite the fact that it removed
 only about 40 percent of the nickel.

 The biological reactor pilot tests examined two treat-
 ment methods: conventional activated sludge  and the
 powdered activated carbon process. The systems were
 set up as two-stage operations, with the second stage
 designed to test reactor performance when much of the
 possible high-strength loading was removed. (Staging
 has other operational advantages for both leachate and
 ground-water treatment,  as outlined  below). The re-
 moval performances of these two  systems are com-
 pared in Table 5-3. Overall, the pilot results indicated
 that  both BOD and  COD removals in excess of 90
 percent were possible with either of these techniques.
 This indicated that the leachate test samples had  little
 toxicity for activated sludge bacteria and that little non-
 degradable adsorbable material was present in the feed.

 The  full-scale system used the conventional activated
 sludge process with  necessary features to add pow-
 dered activated carbon. The treatment plant was de-
 signed for 30,000 gal/day (113,562 L/day) and is shown
 in Figure 5-5. The system featured flexibility in adding
 powdered activated carbon when needed; the  effluent
 was also routed through carbon columns when polishing
was required for compliance.

 5.3.4   Results and Summary

Operating data for the system, which  was installed in
 1990, demonstrate its effectiveness. These data  are
                                                  75

-------
Table 5-3. Comparison of Conventional Activated Sludge and Powdered Activated Carbon Reactor Performance


                                              Conventional A.S. Effluent
Powdered Activated Carbon
     Process Effluent
Parameter Influent Stage 1 Stage 2 %a
HRT (days) — 20 10 —
SRT(days) — 20 20 —
Carbon dose (mg/L) — — — . —
OLR(lb COD/1 03fl?-d) —75 32 —
COD (mg/L) 24,000 2,750 2,120 91
BODs(mg/L) 12,700 576 478 96
MLSS (mg/L) — 5,810 5,000 —
MLVSS (mg/L) — 3,100 2,550 —
TKN(mfl/L) 880 663 623 29
Ammonla-N (mg/L) 345 257 131 62
Ortho-phosphate (mg/L) 43 2 4 91
Nickel (mg/L) 16 7.95 7.6 53
Phenol (mg/L) 290 0.85 0.29. >99
Cyanide (mg/L) 10.7 6.1 5.1 52
8 Overall removal efficiency
HRT s hydraulic retention time
MLSS = mixed liquor suspended solids
MLVSS » mixed liquor volatile suspended sol ds
SRT = solids retention time
1 nnrhntn T fl"0*

* I 11 r^<
Contact _ __ 	 *-» , . . , (ST.. ^1
Water No. 1 No. 2 t^ ~^l f^ 1 (^ ^\ 1 EqUf "
Tanks (500,000 (200,000 ffifc jjgj jj&j °^ (50.™
Gal) _____ Gal) W | *Wl | la'S>° *

Master Cell Holding Tanks ' L^«
Waste Fc
	 — 	 n PumDS
L03—
' (°lr Carbon
_ ^r^ Column
Transfer Pumps (3)
,1 l| Treated
J Water 	 	 ^
Treated Eff
Sampler 	 . Pumps (
„,, Effluent
IP Meter
f -^ Municipal
"M?~ Treatment
Plant
Stage 1 Stage 2 %a
20 10 —
20 20 —
7,500 0 . —
75 21 —
1,750 1,670 93
703 432 97
13,800 10,400 —
8,470 6,840 —
637 517 41
213 181 48
4 11 74
8.7 8.4 48
0.36 0.06 >99
4.1 2.1 80

I J"~T r~T Chemicals
Btion I Metals Treatment
)Gal) — -
« t
~T_ I Powdered Activated
r^f r Carb0" Slud9e
-H it-1 	 (C 	 -A Thickener
— 1 «38SU V'-1^
Biological Treatment f
System -•_*,
\s
Effluent ,<• 	 ^_ f ,.
Transter S|udge 1 "
Tank ConditioninglSA
uent ±=± <2-500Gal) —
21 Sludge Filter Press
2) r-, 20Ft3 n ^
D 	 [H^
u ttttt1-1
Sludge >^^ ToWDI
Cake S"^* Landfill
 Figure 5-5.  Full-scale system using the conventional activated sludge process.
                                                          76

-------
  summarized in Table 5-4. The COD and BOD removals
  were generally excellent in the full-scale system.

  Table 5-4.  Full-Scale Operating Data

  Parameter             Influent    Effluent    % Removal
COD (mg/L)
BOD (mg/L)
Ammonia-N (mg/L)
Ortho-P (mg/L)
3,571
715
261
2.99
420
32
44
1.64
88
96
83
45
 The leachate in this case study was typical of many
 leachates emanating from hazardous waste facilities:
 very high strength with a mixture of metals and organic
 compounds. Initial treatability studies were critical in
 determining what processes would work in this case.
 Other systems may not need the same combination of
 processes.  For  example, a  nonhazardous  waste
 leachate may not need metals removal. Another point
 that the treatability studies showed was that anaerobic
 treatment was unworkable. Because some conventional
 wisdom would suggest that anaerobic treatment should
 be used for high-strength wastes, proceeding to pilot
 scale with an anaerobic system in this case would have
 produced unacceptable results. Once the necessary
 processes had been identified, standard environmental
 and chemical engineering design techniques were used
 to produce the pilot-scale tests and the full-scale design.

 5.3.5  Source

 Kiiljian,  A.H., Jr., RA. Van Meter, C.D. Fifield, J. O.
 Thaler, and T.-P. Chen. 1994. Remedial biodegradation
 of low organic  strength cooling water  using carbon
 fluidized bed reactor. In: Proceedings of the 49th Annual
 Purdue Industrial Waste Conference (May).

 5.4  Case Study 4: Ground-Water
      Treatment—High-Temperature Air
      Stripping To Remove VOCs

 5.4.7   Background

 The ground  water beneath McClellan Air Force Base in
 Sacramento, California, was contaminated with fuel and
 solvents from spills and storage tank leaks. Volatile and
 semivolatile organics, such as acetone and methyl ethyl
 ketone, had been reported at ppm levels. A treatment
 system consisting of air stripping and liquid-phase carb-
 on adsorption was installed to eliminate these com-
 pounds from the ground water. (Blaney and Branscome,
 1988). This system is described briefly below.

 5.4.2  Project Design

The air stripping system employed at  McClellan Air
Force Base is a high-temperature process. The facility
  was built in 1986 for a cost of approximately $3.1 million.
  The process is diagrammed in Figure 5-6. The contami-
  nated ground water is pumped to a storage tank which
  provides flow  and waste strength equalization. Water
  from the storage tank is then fed to a series  of heat
  exchangers. Heating increases the air stripping effi-
  ciency for the  VOCs. In this case, the ground water is
  pumped through a water-to-water plate and frame, sin-
  gle-pass heat exchanger, which raises the temperature
  from about 65°F (18.3°C) to approximately 95°F (35°C).
  The water temperature is elevated an additional 7 to
  10°F (3.8°C to 5.5°C)  in a single-pass fin-tube air-to-
  water heat exchanger. The ground water is then pumped
  to the stripping tower.

  The water flow rate to the air stripper is approximately
  270 gal/min (1,021 L/min) with an air-to-water ratio of
  30:1. The packing materials consist of 2-in. (5-cm) plas-
  tic balls. The height of the packing  media is 25 ft (7.6
  m). The tower  effluent contains trace concentrations of
  the VOC  pollutants.  For example,  concentrations of
  1,2-dichloroethane,   cis-1,2-dichloroethene,   1,1,1-tri-
 chloroethane, and trichloroethene are  nearly equal to
 the practical quantitation limits (PQLs) of 0.5 u.g/L. The
 liquid effluent enters a wet well, where it is subsequently
 pumped to two GAG units in series. The purpose of the
 GAG  is to remove the trace quantities of other organic
 pollutants that  are not  amenable to  air stripping. The
 effluent from the GAC is finally discharged to a nearby
 creek.

 The stripper off-gas is preheated  in two air-to-air heat
 exchangers in series, where its temperature is brought
 to approximately 1,200°F (649°C) before being inciner-
 ated.  The temperature  inside the incinerator is main-
 tained at 1,815°F (990.5°C). The incinerator gases are
 recycled to preheat both the stripper off-gas and the
 ground-water stream fed to the stripper. Once the heat-
 ing value of the waste  gases is recovered, the gas is fed
 to a  caustic scrubber to neutralize hydrochloric acid
 before being discharged into the atmosphere.

 5.4.3 Results and Summary

 One of the major operating problems encountered was
 the potential for calcium and magnesium carbonate pre-
 cipitation to foul the packing material. The original 1-in.
 (2.5-cm) packing material was replaced with 2-in. (5-cm)
 balls to decrease  the likelihood of fouling. Corrosion
 within  the incinerator is also a problem because of the
 extreme off-gas temperature combined with the pres-
 ence of hydrochloric acid. Mechanical failures resulting
 from corrosion are common. As parts wear out, they are
 replaced  with new components constructed using spe-
cial metals and alloys.

The facility is continually undergoing design modifica-
tions. An early corrective action was to equalize plant
flows in an attempt to eliminate downtime when the
                                                  77

-------
                    Incinerator
                     Off-Gas
  Ground Water •
                                 Water to Water
                                 Heat Exchanger
  Air to Water
Heat Exchanger
                                                                            Air to Air
                                                                         Heat Exchanger
   Air to Air
Heat Exchanger
                                                                                                    Effluent
„„„, „ 	 „_ __
Recycle

Air Stripper
HCI
Scrubber
i
                                                 Cleaned Gas
Figure 5-6. Ground-water treatment system, McClellan Air Force Base.
influent flow control valve and the stripper level control
valve failed. Each valve works independently, but each
one senses changes  in  plant  flow and  makes the
changes necessary to maintain its preset operating level
either by opening or closing the valve.
       Over time, the facility staff have fine-tuned the control-
       lers operating the level control valves until the range and
       span were set in tune with the flow of the plant.

       As far as polishing the stripper effluent is concerned, the
       efficiency and economics of the GAG may need to be
       re-evaluated against an alternative process, such as
       chemical oxidation.
                                                      78

-------
                                             Appendix A
         Compendium of Ground-Water and Leachate Treatment Technologies
 This  appendix presents information  about the most
 common technologies for treating contaminated ground-
 water and landfill leachates. Figure A-1 lists the tech-
 nologies that are described. Each treatment technology
 summary addresses the following topics:
 • A brief technology description

 • A process flow diagram

 • PretreatmenVchemical requirements
 • Parameters of interest

 • Key design considerations and criteria
 • Residuals generation

 • Major cost elements

 The technology descriptions that follow discuss percent-
 age removal for gross waste parameters such as COD,
 BOD, and nitrogen, as well as organics not included in
 the list of 20 compounds frequently found at hazardous
          Biological
          • Activated sludge system
          • Sequencing batch reactor
          • Powdered activated carbon
          • Rotating biological contactor
          • Aerobic fluidized bed biological reactor
          Physical/Chemical
          • Air stripping
          • Activated carbon
          • Ion exchange
          • Reverse osmosis
          • Chemical precipitation of metals
          • Chemical oxidation
          • Chemically assisted clarification (polymer only)
          • Filtration
          Radiation
          • Ultraviolet radiation
waste sites. For specific contaminant removal data for
these 20 compounds, the reader should consult Tables
4-3 through 4-22. The ranges listed for the design crite-
ria are keyed to the specific references cited and not to
the process.

Note that because cost data are difficult to obtain, cost
units or cost figures may vary from summary to sum-
mary. The cost data are not presented in any uniform
fashion, such as cost per unit mass of contaminant
removed. The cost data are presented as they are re-
ported in the literature or as available from vendors. In
most instances,  no adjustments using an index value
have been made from the years reported in the refer-
ences. Therefore, direct comparisons using these cost
data are discouraged. The reader is encouraged to con-
sult the original references. Abbreviations used through-
out the Appendix are defined on page ix.
Conversion from nonmetric to metric units can be ac-
complished using the following conversion factors:
Figure A-1.  Compendium of ground-water and leachate treat-
          ment technologies.
To convert from:
gal
gal/ft2
gal/ft3
gal/min
gal/min
ft
ft2
ft3
Ib
Ib/ft2
Ib/ft3
in.
ac
To:
L
L/m2
Urn3
rrrVhr
L/sec
m
m2
m3
kg
kg/m2
kg/m3
cm
km2
Multiply by:
3.785412
42.1
139.8
0.227
0.06309
0.3048
0.0929
0.0283
0.4536
4.8824
16.0184
2.54
4.0468 x 10"3
                                                  79

-------
                                            Biological
A.1   Activated Sludge System

A. 1.1   Technology Description
The activated sludge process is a suspended-growth,
biological treatment system that uses aerobic microor-
ganisms to biodegrade organic contaminants. Influent is
introduced into an aeration tank, where a mixed culture
of bacteria is maintained in suspension. In the presence
of oxygen, nutrients, organic compounds, and accli-
mated biomass, a series of biochemical  reactions is
carried out in the reactor that degrades the organics and
generates new biomass. Diffused or mechanical aera-
tion is used to maintain aerobic conditions and good
mixing in the reactor. After a specified period, the mix-
ture of new cells and old cells is passed into a settling
tank,  where the cells are separated from the treated
water. A portion of the settled cells is recycled to main-
tain the desired concentration of organisms in the reac-
tor, and the remainder is wasted  and sent to  sludge
handling facilities.
Variations in the conventional activated sludge process
have been developed to  provide greater, tolerance for
shock loadings, to  improve sludge settling  charac-
teristics, to achieve higher BOD5  removals, and to
achieve integrated biological nutrients removal.

A.1.2  Common Modifications

Complete mixing, plug flow, step aeration, modified
aeration, extended aeration, contact stabilization,  pure
oxygen aeration, and anoxic/aerobic sequential reactors.

A. 1.3  Technology Status
The activated sludge process was developed in England
 in 1914 and was so named because it  involved the
 production of an activated mass of microorganisms ca-
 pable of stabilizing a waste aerobically. Activated sludge
 has been widely used for municipal and industrial waste-
 water treatment but not for ground-water treatment.

 A.1.4  Applications
 Most suitable for soluble organics,  adequate for nutrient
 removal.  Easily degrades alkanes,  alkenes, and  most
 aromatics. Widely tested for leachate treatment.

 A.1.5  Process Limitations

 Limited BOD loading capacity. Equalization may be re-
 quired  for extreme fluctuating flow  and loading condi-
 tions. VOCs may be driven off to a certain extent during
 aeration. Relatively high sludge production. May not be
suitable for low-strength ground-water treatment. Some
contaminants are known to be nonbiodegradable aero-
bically, such as TCE,  PCE, carbon tetrachloride, and
chloroform.

A.1.6  Typical Equipment
General: aeration tank, air diffuser or mechanical aera-
tor, mixer, air  blowers, submersible or  screw sludge
pumps, aeration  basin, clarifier,  sludge  dewatering
equipment.

A.1.7  Flow Diagram

Figure A-2.

A.1.8  Chemical Requirements
Nutrients  (N or P) if they are not sufficient in the
leachate; polymer if required for sludge settling.

A.1.9  Design Criteria

Parameter                     Range       Reference
MLSS (mg/L)
MLVSS (mg/L)
FYM (Ib BOD/lb MLVSS/day)
Maximum volumetric COD
loading (Ib COD/1,000 tfVday)
SRT (days)
RT (days)
3,000-6,000
2,500-4,000
0.01-1.0
10-30

2-40
0.1-20
1
1
2
2

1,2
1-4
 A.1.10   Performance
Compound
COD
Influent
(mg/L)
23,900
1,296
Removal %
89-91
93+
Reference
1
2
 BOD5
12,700
                               95-96
NH4-N

TKN
564
387
345
880
98+
99
25-97
25-29
2
3
1
1
 A.1.11   Residuals Generated
 Aerobic process: 01-0.6 Ib sludge/lb COD removed, at
 about 1.0% solids concentration.
                                                   80

-------
                          Nutrients
                                        Aerator
                                Aeration Tank


                                 Recycled Sludge
                                                                                        Effluent
                                         Secondary
                                         Clarifier
                                                     Recycle Pump
                                                                      Waste Sludge
 Figure A-2.  Activated sludge system.
 A. 1.12  Process and Mechanical Reliability

 Expected to have high process and mechanical reliabil-
 ity. Single or dual reactor design provides on-line reli-
 ability and flexibility.

 A.1.13  Environmental Impact

 Reactor can be enclosed to minimize gas release, and
 an off-gas treatment can be installed where needed.

 A. 1.14  Major  Cost Elements

 Capital  costs  for  the  activated sludge  process  for
 leachate treatment are estimated to be $2.5 to $5.1
 million  per million  gal/day treatment  capacity; O&M
 costs are estimated  to  be $0.33 to $0,5 million per
 million gal/day  capacity (5). The aeration basin design
 assumes a detention time of 6 hours based on an aera-
 tor power input of  0.1 hp per 1,000 gal.  The clarifier
 design is based on  an operation of 600 gal/day/ft2.

 Breakdown of Capital Costs

 Aeration basin
Clarifier

Aerators

Pumps and piping

Residuals management

Breakdown of O&M Costs

Power

Labor

Chemicals

Residuals management
28%

29%

  1%

12%

30%
 9%

12%

19%

60%
 A packaged activated sludge reactor with 0.02 million
 gal/day design capacity had a capital cost of $150,000,
 which includes equalization tank, feed tank, system con-
 trol, pumps and pipings, and installation. This applica-
 tion was for high-strength ground-water treatment, with
 1,296 mg/L and 546 mg/L average influent COD and
 BOD5, respectively (2).

 A.1.15  References

 1. Kang J.S., J.C. Englert, J.T. Astfalk, and A.M. Young. 1990. Treat-
   ment of leachate from a hazardous waste landfill. 44th Purdue Ind.
   Waste Conf. Proc. 44:573-579.

 2. Molchan, A.G., and S.J. Kang. 1992. Onsite portable bioremedia-
   tion unit. Presented at the Air and Waste Management Association
   85th Annual Meeting and Exhibition, Kansas City, MO.
 3. Brouns, M.T., S.S. Koegler, K.J. Fredrickson, P.S. Luttrell, and A.K.
   Borgeson. 1991.  Biological treatment of Hanford ground water:
   Development of an  ex situ treatment process.  In: Hinchee and
   Olfenbuttel, eds. Onsite bioremediation. Butterworth-Heinemann.
 4. Mueller, G.J., E.S. Lantz, D. Ross, J.R. Colvin, P.O. Middaugh, and
   H.P.  Pritchard. 1993. Strategy using bioreactor and specially se-
   lected microorganisms for bioremediation of ground water contami-
   nated with creosote and pentachlorophenol. Environ. Sci. Technol.
   27:691-698.

5.  McArdle, J.L., M.M. Arozarena, and E.W. Gallagher. 1987. Hand-
   book on treatment  of hazardous  waste leachate. EPA/600/8-
  87/006.

A.1.16  Additional Source

1.  Flathman, E.P., E.D. Jerger, and M.P. Woodhull. 1992. Remedia-
  tion of dichloromethane (DCM) contaminated ground water. Envi-
  ron. Prog. 11(3):202-209.
                                                     81

-------
A.2  Sequencing Batch Reactor

A.2.1   Technology Description

The sequencing batch reactor (SBR) is a periodically
operated, suspended growth, activated sludge.process.
The only conceptual difference between the SBR and
the conventional continuous-flow activated sludge sys-
tem is that each SBR tank carries out functions such as
equalization, biological treatment, and sedimentation in
a time rather than in a space sequence. Because of the
flexibility associated with working in time rather than in
space, the SBR  can be operated as either a  labor-
intensive,  low-energy, high-sludge-yield  system  or a
minimal-labor, high-energy, low-sludge-yield system for
essentially the same physical plant. The actual operat-
ing policy can be adjusted in accordance with prevailing
economic conditions by simply modifying.the settings of
the control mechanism. Labor, energy, and sludge yield
can also be traded off with initial capital costs. The cycle
for each tank in a typical SBR is divided into five discrete
periods: FILL, REACT, SETTLE, DRAW, and IDLE, as
shown in Figure A-3. Each tank in the SBR system is
filled during a distinct period. During this FILL period,
organism selection  can  be controlled by manipulating
the actual specific growth rates of  the microbes and by
regulating the oxygen tension in the reactor (e.g., from
anaerobic to aerobic). After a tank is filled, treatment
continues with the SBR operating as a batch reactor.
During this REACT period, further organism selection is
achieved by controlling the length of time the organisms
are subjected to starvation conditions. After treatment,
the microbes are allowed to separate by sedimentation
during a period called SETTLE. The  treated effluent is
subsequently drawn from the reactor during  an addi-
tional, distinct DRAW period. The time between FILL
periods for a given tank is called IDLE. Sludge wasting
may take place near the end of REACT or during SET-
TLE, DRAW, and IDLE. FILL and REACT may have
several possible different phases based on aeration and
mixing policies. Overall control of the system is accom-
plished with level sensors an a timing device or micro-
processor. A floating mixer and/or motored decanter is
used, as well as submerged diffusers.
By using a single tank, SBR not only saves the land
requirement  (no return  activated  sludge [RAS] pump
station or clarifiers); it also provides exceptional flexibil-
ity in the readily changeable time and mode of aeration
 in each stage. SBR is flexible enough to tolerate load-
 ing/flow fluctuations  as well as to achieve complete
 nitrification/denitrification and phosphorus removal.

A.2.2  Common Modifications
 Different operating strategies, multiple-stage SBRs.
A.2.3   Technology Status

Aerated f ill-and-draw reactor technology was developed in
the 1920s. In the 1970s, the latest wave of re-discovering
the fill-and-draw treatment technology was initiated at the
University of Notre Dame. The first full-scale SBR for the
treatment of leachates from a hazardous waste disposal
site was initiated in 1980 (1). Since then, it has become a
well-established technology for a variety of wastewater
and leachate treatment applications. Over 800 full-scale
SBRs have been designed and constructed worldwide.

A.2.4   Applications

Widely used for leachate treatment. Most suitable for
soluble organics and nutrient removal.  Treatment  of
leachate contaminated  with phenols, benzoic acids,
chlorobenzoic  acids, other  aromatics,  halogenated
aliphatics, aliphatics, or general BOD and COD reduc-
tion. This technology has not been  widely  applied to
low-strength ground-water treatment.

A.2.5  Process Limitations

During FILL, the SBR has the same dilution advantage
as a continuous-flow activated sludge system. As a
result, it is subject to toxic interferences only if it is not
designed properly. Equalization may be required under
highly variable flow and  loading conditions, or for treat-
ment of continuous flow with single reactor installation.

A.2.6  Typical Equipment

SBR tank, microprocessor-based control system, float-
ing mixer, floating/motorized decanter, diffused/jet aera-
tion  system, air blowers, submersible sludge pumps.
Tank insulation and a supplemental heat source may be
required for winter operation.

-4.2.7  Flow Diagram

 Figure A-3.

A.2.8  Chemical Requirements

 Nutrients (N  or P)  if they are not  sufficient  in the
 leachate; polymer may be required for sludge settling.
 A.2.9   Design Criteria
 Parameter
Range
            Reference
Cycles/tank (d'1)
MLSS (mg/L)
SRT (days)
F/M (Ib COD/lb MLVSS/day)
Volumetric COD loading
(Ib COD/1, 000 tfVday)
1-3
3,500-10,000
10-30
0.05-0.54
30-135

2-4
2-4
3, 4
3, 4
2,3

                                                      HRT (days)
                                                                                   1-10
                                                                                                  2-4
                                                   82

-------
   Influent and Nutrients
   r\
               FILL
                REACT
                  SETTLE

                                          Effluent
                       DRAW
                         IDLE
                                         _  Waste
                                         **  Sludge
Figure A-3.  Sequencing batch reactor.

A.2.10  Performance
Compound
COD
SCOD
BODg
SBOD5
TOC
TOX
TSS
NH4-N
NO3-N
TKN
Influent
Strength
(mg/L)
1,000-5,300
8,000
818-6,000
5,200
2,500
325
155-1,500
7-310
332
5-250
Removal
Percentage
(%)
85-92
94
95-99
95-99+
90-95+
28-66
70-99+
74-99+
97+
96-98
Reference
2-4
4
2-4
4
4
2
3
3,4
3
3
  A.2.11   Residuals Generated

  Aerobic process: 0.1-0.6 Ib sludge/lb COD removed at
  about 1.0 percent solids concentration.

  A.2.12   Process and Mechanical Reliability

  Expected to have high process and mechanical reliabil-
  ity; loading/flow fluctuations are generally tolerable.

  A.2.13   Environmental Impact

  Reactor can be enclosed to minimize venting gas  re-
  lease. Sludge yield is relatively low.

  A.2.14   Energy Notes

  For  SBR, the aerator and mixer are the major power-
  consuming  items. The sludge pump and water  pump
  may add 10 to 20  percent extra.  From 0.014 million
,  gal/day to 0.167 million  gal/day SBR,  500-1,000  hp
  power consumption  per million gal/day capacity is typi-
 cal, but these devices do not run 24 hr/day (3).

 A.2.15   Major Cost Elements

 For capital costs, see the table on page 84.

 Routine O&M includes daily check of equipment status,
 sampling and analysis for process parameters and the
 effluent,  dewatering  where  applicable,  and periodic
 maintenance. In all cases, these duties require less than
 one full-time operator. Chemical costs are additional.

 A.2.16 References
 1. Herzbrun, P.A., R.L. Irvine, and K.C. Malinowski. 1985. Biological
   treatment of hazardous waste in the SBR. J. Water Poll. Control
   Fed. 57:1,163.
 2. Ying, W.C., J. Wnukowski, D. Wilde, and D. McLeod. 1992. Suc-
   cessful leachate treatment in SBR-adsorption system. 47»i Purdue
   Indus. Waste Conf. Proc. 47:502-518.
 3. Aqua-Aerobic Systems, Inc. 1994. Design report of recent instal-
   lation. Rockford, IL.
 4. Harty, M.D.,  P.G. Hurta, H.P. Werthman, and A.J. Konsella. 1993.
   Sequencing  batch reactor treatment of high-strength leachate: A
   pilot-scale study. In: Proceedings of the Water Environment Fed-
   eration 66th Annual Conference and Exposition, Vol. 5. Hazardous
   wastes and ground water, pp. 21-31.
                                                   83

-------
Capital Costs (2)
Design
ROW S1»d9e
(million Level of treatment (mg/L) Metals De-
gat/day) 	 	 Removal watering

0.014

0.0167

0.0288

0.043

0.053

0.085


Inf.
Eff.
Inf.
Eff.
Inf.
Eff.
Inf.
Eff.
Inf.
Eff.
Inf.
Eff.
COD BODS
850
10
4,500
200
1,000 500
150 20
5,000
60
4,730 2,350
764 <30
820
<10
TSS
1,500
10
1.000
200
100
20
200
60
-
<200
155
<15
TKN P
332a - N N
10a
300b - N Y
20" -
5 Y Y
-
250 - Y Y
5
552" - N Y
<5» -
yb 4 N Y
<2b <2
Total SBR No.
Building Holding Capital Capital of
Enclosure Tank ($Million) ($Mlllion) Units

N Y 1.0 0.13 1

N Y 7.2 - 2

Y N 1.6 0.16 2

N Y 2.8

Y Y 3.1

N N 1.6 0.36 2

»AsN03-N
"AsNHrN
+ s Plus sludge conditioning and oil/water separation.
[] > Required by state to have 30-day influent and effluent storage capacity.
                                                             84

-------
  A.3   Powdered Activated Carbon,
        Biological (Biophysical)

  A.3.1  Technology Description

  This biophysical system involves the controlled addition
  of powdered activated carbon to an activated sludge
  system. The mixture of influent, activated sludge, and
  powdered carbon is held in the aeration  basin  for a
  hydraulic detention time adequate for the desired bio-
  logical treatment. After aeration, the mixture flows to a
  clarifier. Settled solids are fed back to the aeration tank
  to maintain the necessary concentrations of microorgan-
  isms  and carbon,  and the clear supernatant is dis-
  charged. Fresh carbon is added to the aeration basin at
  a rate dependent on influent characteristics and desired
 effluent quality. Excess solids are wasted directly from
 the recycle stream. Wasted solids can be processed by
 simple dewatering and disposal or by wet-air oxidation,
 or for destruction of organics and regeneration of the
 activated carbon. For small installations, however, car-
 bon regeneration is typically handled off site. The pow-
 dered  activated carbon system is also operated  in
 fill-and-draw mode, similar to SBR operation.

 The  powdered activated  carbon  system  combines
 physical adsorption with biological treatment, achieving
 a higher degree of treatment than possible by either
 mode alone. The presence of carbon in the aeration
 basin removes some refractory organics that are difficult
 for microorganism to attack, enhances solids settling,
 and buffers the system against loading fluctuation and
 toxic shocks.

 By using the fill-and-draw operating mode, the system
 provides exceptional flexibility because of the readily
 adjustable time and aeration mode in each stage, which
 is important for treatment of leachate with variable com-
 position and strength.

 A.3.2  Common Modifications

 Different operating strategies, continuous or batch sys-
 tems, multiple-stage powdered activated carbon, aero-
 bic/anaerobic powdered activated carbon. Pretreatment
 units of metal precipitation, oil/water  separation,  and
 postcarbon adsorption.

A.3.3   Technology Status

The practice of adding powdered carbon into the acti-
vated sludge  process was started during the early
 1970s. Applications in leachate treatment started in the
1980s.
 A.3.4  Applications

 Widely used for leachate treatment and high-strength
 ground water (particularly with low BOD to COD ratio).
 Most suitable for soluble organics and nutrient removal.
 Better color and refractive organics removal than con-
 ventional process. Treatment of leachate contaminated
 with phenols, other aromatics, volatile acids, halogen-
 ated  aliphatics, aliphatics, color removal,  or general
 BOD and COD reduction.

 A.3.5  Process Limitations

 Metals removal may require pretreatment. Other appli-
 cations may require equalization tank, oil/water separa-
 tor, sludge dewatering, postcarbon adsorption or filter.
 Certain applications may require off-gas control system.
 May be unsuitable for low-strength ground water (COD
 <40 mg/L).

 A.3.6  Typical Equipment

 Aeration contact tank, hydraulic carbon delivery system,
 microprocessor-based control center, aeration blower,
 decanter (for batch reactor) or clarifier (for continuous
 reactor), air diffuser and internal air piping, submersible
 or other type sludge pumps.

A.3.7  Flow Diagram

Figure A-4.

A.3.8  Chemical Requirements

Nutrients (N  or P) if they  are  not sufficient in  the
leachate; chemicals if metal precipitation is required.
A.3.9 Design Criteria
Leachate
Parameter
Carbon dosage (mg/L)
MLSS (mg/L)
SRT (days)
F/M (Ib BOD/lb MLVSS/day)
Maximum COD loading
(Ib/1,000ft3/day)
Maximum cycle (days)3
Minimum cycle time (hr)a
HRT (days)
Maximum clarifier overflow
rate (gal/day/ft2)''
Range
50-10,000
2,000-11,000
10-20
0.05-0.3
200
2-5
4.8
1-16
480-520
Reference
1-5
1
1-3,5-6

7
2,7
7 '
1,2,5-7
6
                                                     3 Batch operation mode parameters
                                                      Continuous operation mode parameter
                                                  85

-------
Virgin
Carbon
Storage
V n
\A/i"tn w T ^^ I 1 	
Waste 	 ^ 	 * 	 ^-1 : .; ; .; { { .; { •
A U 1 ::••::::
I 1 •* ' •* •' *' •* * *
Contact-Aer
Tank
Carbon F
|"""^"| Polyelectrolyte
1 1 Storage
VvX Settling Tank Filtration
| Q (Optional)
T I ^1 II 1 ^
4^ l^^^J -^-:
ation &$$Ł


Recycle 1 '
i_^
Thickener
O ««
^ • 1 1^
< \- ir
^5&
t- 1
3*
To regeneration
Figure A-4. Powdered activated carbon system general process.
Ground Water Ground Water
Parameter Range Reference _^_ •— Remova, ^^
Carbon dosage (mg/L) 10-100
MLSS (mg/L) 4,000-20,000
SRT(days) 10-30
F/M (Ib BOO/lb MLVSS/day) 0.1-0.7
Maximum COD volumetric 200
loading (Ib COD/1,000 ftVday)
HRT (days) 0.5-2
Maximum cycle (days)8 5
Minimum cycle time (hr)a 4.8
COD 364-11,500 72-99% 8, 10-14
BODS 130-8,260 83-99% 8,11,13,14
Total BTEX 0.75-9.9 93-99%+ 11
NH4-N 200 75-94% 10-12
, o 	 	
8 A.3.11 Residuals Generated
9 Aerobic process: about 0.24-0.3 Ib sludge/lb COD
g removed (8)
» Batch mode operating parameters ^ 3 ^ process and Mechanical Reliability
A.3.10 Performance EExpected to have high process and mechanical reliabil-
ity. Unit has some tolerance to loading and flow fluctua-
Leachate tions.
Influent Removal
Compound (mg/L) (%) Reference ^ ff ^ Fnvir^nm9nffll |m/,a/,f
COD 870-3,237 67-99%+ 1-3,5-7,9 The presence of carbon may reduce stripping of VOCs.
BODS 53-1 ,600 90-99%+ 1 , 2, 5-7, 9 Aeration tank can be enclosed and off-gas treated, when
NH4-N 26-315 82-99%+ 3,5,6,9 needed.
on and grease so 93% 1 ^3M Major Cost Elements
Volatile organic acids 20 99% 1
„„„. H See tables on page 87.
Volatile orqanlc >3 99% 1 K M
compounds
                                                   86

-------
  Leachate
Design
Flow
(million/
gal/day)
0.035a
Inf
Eff.

0.040" Inf.
Eff.

0.033° Inf
Eff.
Metals Sludge
Level of Treatment (mg/L) Removal Dewatei

COD
843
600
COD
1,812
75
COD
1,150
400

BODS
406
300
BODg
916
<10
BODS
600
<10

TSS
62
50
VGA
20
0.02
TSS
300
<20

O&G
150
5
O&G
30
2
O&G
30
<1
unit Ing
Phenolics
1.42
0.05 No Yes
VOC
>3
0.02 Yes Yes
NH3-N
80
<1 No No
O&M O&M
r- System Capital ($1,000 ($1,000 Refer-
Mode ($Million) IbCOD) gal) ence


Batch 0.37 28 4.3 15


Con- - 1.7-2.0 25-30 1,2
tinuous


Bateh 0.27 0.13 1 2 15
      i o,,o*=^ „!.,,»„«»	V    I-;;'	—--»•«•»«»- w,^,, ay*mi,, ^uuiiutyo, uiuwers, pumps, insiruments/contro s, MCC, e.

      mentTnd Ss dewatering  '     ^^      ^^ ^^ *"* ™™9 S8tViCeS' "° building' ™e °&M cost °overs the l
  No capital cost information is available. All tanks are covered

                                                                     «"» carb°" feed •»*"". °&M manuals, startup and training
Ground Water

Design
Flow
(million/
gal/day)
                           Level of Treatment (mg/L)
Sludge
De-                Carbon
water-   Solids     Regener-  Capital
ing      Disposal   ation      ($Million)
O&M    O&M
($/lb   ($1,000   Refer-
COD)    gal)    ence
1-8a                COD    NH3-N  OCA    DCB


            Inf.    6,000    200     53      12

            Eff.    <100    <10     <0.01    0.002
                                                            No
        Yes       Yes       -b (Con-     0.04-      2-3     10, 12
                             tinuous)      0.6
uu,,uu»ueauiioin,
                                                           87

-------
A3.75   References

 1. Lebel, A., R. Meeden, and B. Stirrat. 1988. Biophysical treatment
    facility for hazardous waste landfill leachates. Presented ait the
    Water Pollution Control Federation Conference, Dallas, TX.
 2. McShane,  F.S., A. Lebel, E.T. Pollock, and A.B. Stirrat.  1986.
    Biophysical treatment of landfill leachate containing organic com-
    pounds. 41st Purdue Indus. Waste Conf. Proc.
 3. Zimpro Report 1991. Landfill leachate treatment: Innovations in
    South Valley (Burlington County Case). Reactor.
 4. Depuydt, T.K., A. Higgins, and R.  Simpkins. 1991. Innovation
    technologies for solid waste management and leachate treatment
    at the Burlington County, New Jersey, resource recovery facilities
    complex. Presented at the Canadian Waste Management/Waste
    Technology '91 Conference.
 5. Copa, M.W., and A.J. Meidl. 1986. Powdered carbon effectively
    treats toxic leachate. Poll. Engin.  7.
 6. Zimpro Brochure. 1985. Package PACT system.
 7. Zimpro Brochure. 1986. Factory assembled batch PACT system.
 8. Su, Y.B., K.J. Berrigan, and  A.A. Shayer. 1991. Treatment of
    ground water contaminated with  organics at an adhesives pro-
    duction facility. Presented  at the  Superfund  '91  Conference,
    Washington, DC.
 9.  Zimpro Brochure. 1991. Leachate treatment system. Bulletin LL-
    100.
10.  Zimpro  Brochure. 1989.  PACT system for ground-water treat-
    ment. Bulletin HT-302.
11.  Zimpro Technical Report. Contaminated ground-water project.
12.  Meidl, A.J., and L.R. Peterson. 1987. The treatment of contami-
    nated ground water and RCRA wastewater. Presented at the 4th
    National RCRA Conference on HMCRI, Washington, DC.
13.  Zimpro  Report. 1992. Ground-water remediation. Reactor.
14.  HAZMAT World.  1993. Biophysical system treats ground water.
    HAZMAT World,  p. 84
15.  Zimpro  Technical Report. Recent cost comparison (unpublished).


A.3.16 Additional Sources

1. Zimpro Report 1992. Bostik PACT system. Reactor.
2. Zimpro Report. 1983. Bofors-Nobel landfill leachate treatment
  Reactor.
3. Zimpro Report 1992. Landfill leachate treatment. Reactor.
                                                              88

-------
 A.4   Rotating Biological Contactor

 A.4.1  Technology Description

 The rotating biological contactor (RBC) is an aerobic
 fixed-film  biological treatment process. The RBC con-
 sists of a series of closely spaced plastic (polystyrene,
 polyvinyl chloride, or polyethylene) disks on a horizontal
 shaft.  The  assemblage  is mounted  in a contoured-
 bottom tank to partially immerse (about 40 percent) the
 disks in the waste stream. The disks,  which develop a
 slime layer over the entire wetted surface, rotate slowly
 through the wastewater and alternately  contact the
 biomass with the organic matter in the waste stream and
 then with the atmosphere for absorption of oxygen. Ex-
 cess biomass on the media is stripped off by rotational
 shear forces, and the stripped solids are held in suspen-
 sion with  the wastewater by the mixing action of the
 disks. The sloughed solids are carried with the effluent
 to a clarifier, where they are settled and separated from
 the treated waste. Staging, which employs  a number of
 RBCs  in  series, enhances biological treatment  effi-
 ciency, improves shock-handling ability, and could aid in
 achieving nitrification.

 RBCs provide a greater degree of flexibility for meeting
 the changing needs of a  leachate treatment plant than
 do trickling  filters. The modular construction of RBCs
 permits their multiple staging  to meet increases or de-
 creases in treatment demands.

 Factors affecting the treatment efficiency of RBC sys-
 tems include the type and concentration  of organics
 present, hydraulic residence time, rotational speed, me-
 dia surface area exposed  and  submerged, and pre- and
 posttreatment activities.

 A.4.2   Common Modifications
 Multiple staging; use of dense media for latter stages in
 train; use of molded covers or housing of units; various
 methods of  pretreatment  and posttreatment of waste-
 water; use of air-driven system in lieu of mechanically
 driven system; addition of  air to tanks; addition of chemi-
 cals for pH control; and sludge  recycle to enhance
 nitrification.

 A.4.3   Technology Status
 RBCs were  first developed  in Europe in  the  1950s.
Commercial  applications  in the United States did  not
occur until the  late 1960s, mostly for municipal and
industrial wastewater. EPA sponsored several treatabil-
ity studies for RBC treating leachate in the 1980s. There
have been rare applications since then.
 A.4.4  Applications

 Widely tested for leachate treatment but with few instal-
 lations. Suitable only for soluble organics, and adequate
 for nitrification. Effective for treating solvents, halogen-
 ated organics, acetone, alcohols, phenols, phthalates,
 cyanides, ammonia, and petroleum products. No appli-
 cations for ground-water treatment have been identified.

 A.4.5  Process Limitations

 Low-rate system, limited loading capacity, and not effi-
 cient for degrading refractory compounds or removing
 metals. Toxic constituents (such as heavy metals, pes-
 ticides, etc.)  may require pretreatment. Use of dense
 media in  earlier stages can result in  media clogging.
 Off-gas treatment may be required if aeration is pro-
 vided.  May require supplemental aeration and alkalinity
 addition. Vulnerable to climate changes and low tem-
 perature if not housed or covered. Not suitable for treat-
 ment of low-strength ground water (less than 40 mg/L
 BOD5).

 A.4.6   Typical Equipment

 Rotating  disk system, tank, clarifier, hydraulic delivery
 system, water pumps, sludge pumps.

 A.4.7   Flow Diagram
 Figure A-5.

 A.4.8   Chemical Requirements
 Nutrients (N or P) if they are not sufficient in the leachate
 or ground water; alkalinity adjustment chemicals.

 A.4.9   Design Criteria
Parameter
MLVSS (mg/L)
MLVSS (mg/L)
F/M (Ib BOD/lb MLVSS/day)
Maximum BOD volumetric
loading (Ib BOD/1,000 flrVday)
Maximum BOD surface
loading (Ib BOD/1,000 ft2/day)
Number of stages per train
Range
3,000-4,000
1,500-3,000
0.05-0.3
15-60
0.05-0.7
1-4
Reference
11
1

2
1
2
Hydraulic surface loading
(gal/day/ft2)

HRT (days)
0.3-1.5
1.5-10
                                                  89

-------
                                      Shaft Drive
          Primaiy Effluent
                                                 Shaft Orientation*
                          To Secondary Clarifier
                                'Alternative shaft orientation is parallel to direction of flow with a
                                common drive for all the stages in a single train.
Figure A-5.  Typical staged rotating biological contactor configuration.
A.4.10 Performance
Compound
SCOD
SBODS
TBODs
TOO
DOC
NH4-N
Influent
(mg/L)
800-5,200
100-2,700
3,000
2,100
300-2,000
100
Removal
(%)
55-99
95-99+
99+
99
63-99
80-99
Reference
1,3-5
1, 3-5
3
3
3-5
1, 2
A.4.11  Residuals Generated
Aerobic process: 0.2-0.5 Ib/lb COD removed at about
2.0 percent solids concentration.

A.4.12  Process and Mechanical Reliability
Expected to have high process and mechanical reli-
ability.

A.4.13  Environmental Impact
Reactor can be enclosed to minimize off-gas release.

A.4.14  Major Cost Elements
The construction cost of RBC is estimated to be about
$0.6  million per million  gal/day capacity (using ENR
index of 2,475). Costs include RBC disks, RBC shafts
(standard  media, 100,000 ft2/shaft), motor drives (5
hp/shaft), molded fiberglass covers, and reinforced con-
crete basins; clarifiers are not included,  assuming a
surface loading rate of 1.0 gal/day/ft2 and carbonaceous
oxidation only. O&M costs are estimated at $0-01 to $0.1
million per million gal/day capacity (using ENR index of
2,475). Specific applications to leachate  or  ground-
water treatment will yield different costs,  but  no such
data are available at present.

A.4.15   References

1.  Lugowski, A., D. Haycock,  R. Poisson, and S. Beszedits. 1990.
   Biological treatment of landfill leachate. 44th Purdue Indus. Waste
   Conf. Proc. 44:565-571.
2.  U.S. EPA. 1990. Innovative and alternative technology assess-
   ment manual. EPA/430/9-78/009.
3.  Opatken, J.E., K.H. Howard, and J.J. Bond. 1989. Biological treat-
   ment of leachate from a Superfund site. Environ. Progress 8(1):12-
   18.
4.  Opatken, J.E., K.H. Howard,  and J.J. Bond.  1988. Stringfellow
   leachate treatment with RBC. Environ. Prog. 7(1).
5.  U.S. EPA.  1988. Stringfellow leachate treatment  with RBC.
   EPA/600/D-88/013.

A.4.16   Additional Sources

1.  U.S. EPA. 1987. Handbook on treatment of hazardous waste
   leachate. EPA/600/8-87/006.
2.  U.S. EPA. 1992.  Rotating biological contactors. Engineering  Bul-
   letin. EPA/540/S-92/007.
                                                      90

-------
A.5  Aerobic Fluidized Bed Biological
      Reactor

A.5.1  Technology Description

An aerobic fluidized bed biological reactor (FBR) is a
fixed-film biological treatment technology. The microor-
ganisms are grown on either granular activated carbon
(GAG) or sand media. Dedicated pumps provide desired
fluidization and control the reactor internal flux. Influent
enters the bottom of the reactor  through a distributor,
which is designed to provide uniform fluidization of the
media and to prevent short-circuiting or plugging. The
media bed expands farther as the  biofilm grows in thick-
ness and reduces the media density. An internal growth
control system intercepts the rising bed at a desired
height, removes the bulk of biomass from the particle,
and returns the media back to the reactor. The aero-
bic/GAC FBR is most widely  used for ground-water
treatment. In  a proprietary system design, an oxygen
preparation unit enriches the oxygen in the air supply to
about 90 percent, and the oxygen-enriched air is then
predissolved in the influent.

Using GAC  media integrates biological  removal  and
carbon adsorption, which has the advantage of tolerat-
ing loading or flow fluctuations,  and may speed system
startup,  compared with other types of media. The fluidi-
zation and high oxygen transfer capacity in the aero:
bic/GAC FBR make the process extremely efficient. The
high surface  area of the  media supports a reactor
biomass concentration three to 10 times greater than in
conventional suspended growth processes. The vertical
installation and high loading capacity reduce  the land
requirement. The short hydraulic  retention time makes
this process suitable for low to moderate levels of con-
taminated ground-water treatment. Typically, GAC offers
easier/faster startup than the sand media.

A.5.2   Common Modifications

Anoxic, anaerobic process; combination of aerobic/an-
oxic; sand/GAC media.

A.5.3   Technology Status

The technology was developed  in the 1970s.

A.5.4   Applications

Most suitable for soluble organics. Aerobic/GAC FBR
has been  widely used for treatment of ground  water
contaminated with BTEX, other aromatics, halogenated
aliphatics,  aliphatics, or general BOD and COD reduc-
tion. This  technology has not been widely applied to
leachate treatment.
A.5.5  Process Limitations

Free products may simply pass through or cover the
biofilm surface. Iron levels above 20 mg/L may require
pretreatment to avoid plugging problems. Calcium and
magnesium may cause scaling problems. Not designed
for TSS removal; pretreatment is required  for influent
containing high solids content. GAC FBR is not efficient
for low-yield, nonbiodegradable organics because it is
often operated as a high loading system and  has very
short retention time.

A.5.6  Typical Equipment

General: fluidization reactor and internals,  reactor hy-
draulic distribution system, internal growth control sys-
tem, weir/baffle, and nutrient feed system. Aerobic mode
addition: oxygen source or preparation unit, pressurized
bubble contactor, and dilution chamber. Anoxic: supple-
mental carbon source feed system as needed.

A.5.7  Flow Diagram

Figure A-6.

A.5.8  Aerobic/GAC FBR Reactor Sizing

Figure A-7 provides a general sizing curve for BTEX
treatment in GAC/FBR based on flow rate,  at 35 mg/L
influent COD and 14-foot design bed height. The curve
would be different for other contaminants or COD levels.

A.5.9  Chemical Requirements

Aerobic process: nutrients (N or P) if not sufficient in the
ground water.

Anoxic process: external carbon source if needed.

A.5.10  Design Criteria

Maximum loading  Aerobic process: 400 Ib COD/1,000 ff/day
              Anoxic process: 300-500 Ib NO3-N/1,000 ff/day
Minimum HRT   5-10 minutes

A.5.11   Performance
Compound
Total BTEX
Total volatile
hydrocarbons
Influent
Range
(mg/L)
2.0-7.8
9.42
Removal
Range (%)
99-99+
99+
Reference
2-7
7
A.5.12  Residuals Generated

Aerobic process: 0.3-0.5 Ib sludge/lb COD removed at
about 1 to 2 percent solids concentration.
                                                 91

-------
                                                                Water Level
                                              Nutrient
                                               Feed
           Equalization
             Tank
                                           -R-
                                         Fluidization
                        Basket  Fluidization     Flow
                        Strainer    pumps      Contro1
                                           Valve
              0
           Produced
          Ground-Water
             Wells
Figure A-6. Aerobic fluldized bed biological reactor (1).
10,000 •
9,000 •
<2»
*g 8,000 •
^8j 7,000 •
j| 6,000 •
•g 5,OOO •
&
u. 4,000 •
5 3,000 '

1,000 •
n .


























































X









s








X








/








/
s







/
/







/
y







/
/







/
/







/









          2
                     Reactor Diameter (ft)

Figure A-7.  Fluid bed sizing curve, ground-water aerobic
           application (1).

Anoxic process: 0.6-0.8 Ib sludge/lb nitrate nitrogen re-
moved at about 1 to 2 percent solids concentration.

A.5.13  Process and Mechanical Reliability

Expected to have high process and mechanical reliabil-
ity. Single or dual reactor design provides on-line  reli-
ability and flexibility. GAG FBR offers the advantage of
stable performance under fluctuating loading conditions.
                                                                                          Effluent
                                                       A.5.14   Environmental Impact
                                                       Applying  oxygen enriching and predissolving mecha-
                                                       nism, GAC/FBR minimizes off-gas generation. In low-
                                                       strength ground-water application, only nominal carbon
                                                       replacement is needed to compensate for physical loss.

                                                       A.5.15   Major Cost Elements

                                                       Capital costs (as shown in Figure A-8) include all gen-
                                                       eral equipment listed above plus carbon media, general
                                                       engineering, and startup cost. The costs do not include
                                                       intake and  discharge piping, sludge dewatering, and
                                                       building. Estimation is based on 35 mg/L influent COD
                                                       and bed height of 14 feet (4.3 m).

                                                       Energy cost (as shown in  Figure A-9) is based on the
                                                       electrical  power consumption for fluidization pumps, in-
                                                       ternal growth control system, air compressor and prepa-
                                                       ration systems, and control system.
                                                       Labor cost is estimated at 0.5 to 1.5 full-time operator
                                                       and chemist. Duties include daily maintenance checkup,
                                                       sampling, and routine analysis.

                                                       A.5.16   References
                                                       1. Envirex Design Criteria. 1994.
                                                   92

-------
   10.00.
   1.00
   0.10
        100
                              1,000
                      Feed Flow Rate (gal/min)
10,000
Figure A-8.   Granular activated carbon/fluid bed budgetary price,
             ground-water aerobic application (1).
  1,000.
   ,100
 LU
 "a
     10
      100
                              1,000
                        Influent Flow (gal/min)
10,000
Figure A-9.  Granular activated carbon/fluid bed energy require-
            ment, influent flow versus operational energy (1).
 2. Mueller, R.G., T.R. Sun, and W.G. Edmunds. 1990. Treatment of
   ground waters containing aromatic hydrocarbon in a GAG fluidized
   bed biological reactor. Presented at AlChE Summer National Meet-
   ing, San Diego, CA.

 3. Hickey, F.R., D. Wagner, and G. Mazewski. 1990. Combined bio-
   logical fluid bed-carbon adsorption system for BTEX-contaminated
   ground-water remediation. Presented at the 4th National Outdoor
   Action Conference on Aquifer Restoration, Ground-Water Monitor-
   ing, and Geophysical Methods, Las Vegas, NV.

 4. Perpich, W., Jr.,  and R. Laubacher R. 1992. Implementation of
   GAC fluidized bed reactor (GAC-FBR)  for treatment of petroleum
   hydrocarbons in ground water at two BP oil distribution terminals,
   pilot and full  scale. Presented at the International Symposium on
   the Implementation of Biotechnology and Industrial Waste Treat-
   ment and Bioremediation, Grand Rapids, Ml.

 5. Gerbasi, J.P., J.K. Smith, and J. Fillos.  1991. Biological treatment
   of petroleum hydrocarbons. Presented at the NWWA/API Petro-
   leum Hydrocarbons and Organic Chemicals in Ground Water Con-
   ference, Houston, TX.

 6. Laubacher, C.R.,  E.B. Blackburn, L. Rogozinski, and W. Perpich,
   Jr. 1993. Emissionless ground-water treatment using a biological
   fluidized bed  reactor (FBR). Presented at the API/National Ground
   Water Association Petroleum Hydrocarbon Conference, Houston,
   TX.

 7. Hickey, R., A. Sunday, D. Wagner, B. Heine, V. Grshko, D.T. Hayes,
   and  G. Mazewski. 1993. Applications of the GAC-FBR to gas in-
   dustry wastestreams. Presented at the 6th International IGT Sym-
   posium on Gas, Oil,  and Environmental Biotechnology, Colorado
   Springs, CO.

A.5.17   Additional Sources

 1. Envirex Report. 1992. GAC fluid bed skid-mounted  systems.
2. Mazewski, G., J. Tiffany, and S. Hanson. 1992. Experiences with
   GAC-fluid bed biorestoration of BTEX-contaminated ground wa-
   ters. Presented at the International Symposium on the Implemen-
   tation of  Biotechnology and  Industrial Waste Treatment  and
   Bioremediation, Grand Rapids, Ml.
3. McSherry, P.M., M.G.  Davis, and J.R. Falco.  1992. Measurement
   of VOC emissions from wastewater treatability units. Presented at
   the Air and Waste Management Association 85th Annual Meeting
   and Exhibition, Kansas City, MO.
                                                            93

-------
Physical/Chemical
A.6    Air Stripping

A.6.1  Technology Description
Stripping occurs when a gas, such as air or steam, is
introduced into a water containing volatile constituents.
Volatile organic compounds (VOCs) are released from
the water phase to the gas phase, proportional to the
differential in concentration of the volatile  constituent
between the two phases. The interphase transfer of a
VOC will continue until equilibrium is established. At
equilibrium, the concentration (or partial pressure) of, a
substance in the gas phase is proportional to its concen-
tration  in the liquid phase. This relationship is known as
Henry's Law, and is unique for each compound. Air
stripping involves optimization of Henry's Law to transfer
aqueous contaminants into an air phase. The contami-
nated air may be  released or can be treated by flaring
or other oxidation method, by activated carbon adsorp-
tion or by scrubbing. The air stream must be reduced to
between 40 and 50 percent humidity before entering the
carbon adsorption system.
The residual concentrations of volatile contaminants
that remain in the water phase depend in part on system
temperature, total pressure, and molecular interactions
occurring between  the dissolved contaminants) and water.
The rate of transfer of VOCs can be modeled using
Pick's Law:

TVOC = ~Ki.avoc  (C-Cs)i                           (')

where
  rvoc = rate of VOC mass transfer (ng/ft3 • h)
   Ki.a = overall VOC mass transfer coefficient (h'1)
    C = concentration of VOC in liquid dig/ft3)
    Cs = saturation concentration of VOC in
         liquid (ug/ft3)
Values for KLa  can be found in the literature for many
specific compounds.
The saturation concentration of the VOC, Cs, is a func-
tion of the partial pressure of the VOC in the gas phase
in contact with the wastewater. This relationship is given
by Henry's Law as
             Typically, Henry's Law constants (H) are tabulated in
             units of volume x pressure/mole. A value of H0 is then
             calculated from
7^ = no.
Cs
where
  Cg = concentration of VOC in gas phase (u.g/ft3)
  HO = Henry's Law constant (unitless)
                                               (2)
LJ  _ ' j_
HC-RT,
                                                            (3)
             where R is the  ideal gas law constant and T is  the
             absolute temperature.

             A.6.2  Process Flow Diagram
             A schematic of an air stripper is shown in Figure A-10.
             Contaminated water is pumped to a storage tank (Point
             1) along with  any recycle from the air stripper. Water
             from the storage tank is then fed to the air stripper (Point
             3) at ambient temperature, although in some cases the
             feed stream may be heated in a heat exchanger (Point
             2). If required, the liquid effluent from the air stripping
             tower is further treated (Point 4) with carbon adsorption
             or other appropriate technologies. The off-gas can also
             be treated (Points), using gas phase carbon adsorption,
             thermal incineration, or catalytic oxidation (1).

             A.6.3   Pretreatment Requirements
             To avoid fouling column  packing,  obtain uniform flow,
             and maintain evenly distributed contaminant concentra-
             tions, influent ground water or leachate may be pre-
             treated using the following unit operations:
             • Hydraulic and/or waste strength equalization, to ad-
                just for variable flow and contaminant concentrations
                (2).
             • TSS  removal by settling, filtration, skimming, etc.
             « Separation of immiscible liquids  (LNAPL, DNAPL) by
                gravity separation  or flotation.
             • Iron/manganese or hardness removal by precipitation
                or ion exchange.
             • Dissolved heavy metals removal  by  precipitation or
                ion exchange.
             • pH adjustment to minimize precipitation of dissolved
                metals, biological fouling, and corrosion, and possibly
                enhance system performance.

             • Disposal of TSS and chemical precipitation treatment
                sludges, LNAPL, DNAPL, and any other waste pre-
                treatment residuals.

             A.6.4    Parameters of Interest
             Several significant parameters for design and process
             control, in addition to flow, are listed in Table A-1.
           94

-------
                                                 Off-Gas Treatment
                                                       (5)
                                                                          | Stripper
                                                                          I Off-Gas
                                                                            	Gas

                                                                            	 Liquid
                                                             Inlet Water
Contaminated
Ground Water
or 	 .
Surface Water
Pre-
treatment
Storage
Tanks
.(1)


Feed


Heat
Exchangers
(Optional)


Support
ci naie
Air
Stripper
(3)
MMpflJtl — Water
JKfelM Distribution
\ / Packing
/\ ~| — Media
JB^JI Air
[ Effluent Water
                      Recycle (Optional)
                                                                Treated Liquid
Figure A-10.  Air stripping system.

Table A-1.  Significant Treatment Parameters for Design of Air
          Stripping Units
Parameter
Rationale
Contaminants       Only VOCs and some SVOCs with
present            H^O.003 can be removed by air stripping.
                  Other dissolved chemicals can degrade
                  effectiveness of stripper by fouling or
                  precipitating on packing material.

Contaminant        For given operating conditions, an air
concentration       stripper provides a fixed chemical-
                  dependent removal efficiency. The variation
                  in the influent concentration must be known
                  to determine the maximum target removal
                  efficiency for the chemical chosen.

Temperature        Temperature is an important determinant of
                  removal efficiency. Henry's Law constants
                  depend on the water temperature. Freezing
                  conditions may foul packing.

Composition        Some naturally occurring constituents, such
                  as iron or calcium carbonate, can foul or
                  plug air stripper media.

Water pH           Precipitation of certain metals depends
                  strongly on the solution pH.

Target effluent       For this technology, a suitable VOC  with a
concentration       target removal efficiency can be selected as
                  the  basis for designing  an air stripper.
A.6.5   Applications and Design Considerations

The design of air strippers is  based  on the type of
contaminant present,  the contaminant concentration,
the required effluent concentration, water temperature,
and water flow rate. Major design variables include gas
pressure drop, air-to-water ratio, hydraulic loading rate,
and type of packing (1). Example design parameters (3)
are listed in Table A-2 for several common ground-water
organic contaminants.

Goodrich  et al. (4) have presented several example
applications of air stripping for ground water using  a
packed tower (see Table A-3). Table A-3 compares influ-
ent concentrations versus several design parameters.
Air stripping applications for leachates that contain high
VOC concentrations have also been recommended (5).

A second type of stripping device  is a "low profile"
stripping unit.  Low profile  tray  air strippers  have
smaller  dimensions than  the conventional packed
tower. One example configuration is a modular design
in. which the  trays  are inside  a fitted rectangular
shaped  tower,  shown  schematically in  Figure A-11.
The trays are  made  of sheet metal (aluminum or
steel). The tower  itself is less than 6 feet tall. Low
profile strippers have been used with liquid flow rates
of 600 to 1,600 ft3/min. Because these  systems use
high air-to-water ratios, they are best suited for treat-
ment of water containing highly volatile organic com-
pounds. Several advantages include lower pressure
pumps,  better liquid distribution  characteristics, low
maintenance, resistance to fouling, lower buildings for
enclosure, increased retention time, and portability.
One disadvantage may be the higher operating costs
associated with the high  blower power  needed to
overcome the high static head of moving air through
layers of water.

A.6.6    Major Cost Elements

Figures A-12 and A-13  present estimated capital costs
and annual O&M costs associated with 99 percent re-
moval of several VOCs and radon using packed tower
air stripping. The costs presented are a function of daily
flow, in millions of gallons per day.

A.6.7   Residuals Generated

The  primary residual generated  by  an  air stripping
process itself is  the contaminated off-gas stream. VOC
                                                     95

-------
                Table A-2. Typical Air Stripping Design Parameters for Removal of 12 Commonly Occurring
                          Volatile Organic Chemicals9 (3)




Henrv's Law Air-to-Water













Compound
Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Chlorobenzene
1 ,2-Dichlorobenzene
1,2-DIchloroethylene
cls-1 ,2-Dtohloroethylene
Dichloromethane
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
1,1,1 -Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
m-Xylene
Constant
0.106
0.556
0.069
0.090
0.023
0.093
0.048
0.295
0.117
0.172
0.116
0.093
Ratio
32.7
6.2
50.3
38.7
150.6
37.1
71.6
11.8
29.6
20.1
29.9
37.3

Air Stripper
Height ft (m)
36.2 (10.9)
44.9 (13.5)
37.6 (11.3)
40.4 (12.1)
33.5 (10.0)
34.9 (10.5)
28.6 (8.6)
43.8 (13.1)
39.0 (11.7)
40.1 (12.0)
38.0 (11.4)
40.5 (12.1)
a Water flow rate, 2.16 million gal/day (8.17 x 106 L/day); inlet water concentration,
treatment objective, 1.0 ng/L; air stripper temperature, 50°F (10°C); air stripper
drop, 50.0 (N/m2)/m packing; air stripper packing, 3-in. plastic saddles.
Diameter of
Packed
Column ft (m)
8.4 (2.5)
5.0(1.5)
22.7 (6.8)
8.9 (2.7)
14.9 (4.5)
8.7 (2.6)
11.1 (3.3)
6.0(1.8)
8.1 (2.4)
7.1 (2.1)
8.1 (2.4)
18.3 (5.5)
100.0 ng/L; water
packing pressure
















Table A-3. Applications of Packed Tower Aeration (4)
Location
(Number of
Towers)
Hartland, Wl (1)
Schoefield, Wl (1)

Rothschild, Wl (2)

Wausau, Wla (2)
Elkhart. IN* (3)

Total Influent
Flow (million
gal/day)
1.4
1.1

4

8
10

Contaminants
TCE, PCE, DOE
TCE, PCE, DOE,
TCA
TCE, PCE, DCE,
benzene
TCE, PCE, DCE
TCE, carbon
tetrachloride
Concentration
(H9/L)








170
100

100

200
100

Tower Air-
to-Water
Ratio
50:1
28:1

40:1

35:1
30:1


Tower
Height (ft)
35
40

55

25
55

*Superfund site

emissions from a stripping tower are calculated with the
formula (3)

Emission rate (Ib/hr) = (C1-C2) * V * (5E-7),         (4)

where
 C1 = influent concentration of the VOC (ug/L)
 C2 3 effluent concentration of the VOC (ug/L)
   V = water flow rate (gal/min)

Often, off-gas treatment,  such as by dehumidification
followed by gas-phase carbon adsorption, is employed
to segregate contaminants from the off-gas stream.  Al-
ternatively, if the gas has a high BTU content, it may be
piped  to  a flare  or incinerated,  if properly  permitted.
Other options include catalytic oxidation and scrubbing.
A.6.8 References

1.  U.S. EPA. 1991. Air stripping of aqueous solutions. EPA/540/2-
   91/022. Washington, DC.
2.  Patterson, J.W., and J.P. Menez. 1984. Simultaneous wastewater
   concentration and flow rate equalization. Environ. Prog. 3:81-87.

3.'  U.S. EPA. 1990. Technologies for upgrading existing or designing
   new drinking water treatment facilities. EPA/625/4-89/023. Cincin-
   nati, OH.
4.  Goodrich, J.A., B.W. Lykins, Jr., R.M. Clark, and E. Timothy Oppelt.
   1991. Is remediated groundwater meeting SDWA requirements?
   JAWWA 83:55-62.
5.  Eckenfelder, W.W., Jr., and J.L Musterman. 1994. Leachate treat-
   ment technologies to meet alternative discharge requirements.
   Nashville, TN: Eckenfelder, Inc.
                                                        96

-------
                Influent.
                                     Off-gas
              Air
 Figure A-11.  Low-profile tray-type air stripper.
   100
    10
 to
 O
   0.1
  0.01
              	 Trichlorethylene
              	Vinyl Chloride/Radon
      0.1               1               10
                 System Capacity (million gal/day)
                                                    Effluent
100
Rgure A-12.  Capital cost curve for 99-percent removal of sev-
             eral VOCs and radon using packed tower aeration,
             in 1989 dollars (3).
                                                                   1,000
                                                                 I 100

                                                                 J
                                                                 5.
                                                                 •a
                                                                 8
                                                                 I  10
                                                                           	 Trichloroethylene
                                                                           	Vinyl Chloride/Radon
                                       .'  X
                                                                                                            X
                                                                                .'
                                                                          ,''  X
                                                                           X
                                                                        0.1
                                  1               10
                            System Capacity (million gal/day)
                                                                                                                       100
          Figure A-13.  O&M cost curve for 99-percent removal of several
                       VOCs and radon using packed tower aeration, in
                       1989 dollars (3).
                                                            97

-------
A.7  Activated Carbon

A.7.1   Technology Description

Activated carbon is effective in removing many contami-
nants from leachate and ground water. Removal is ac-
complished by adsorption, which is a phenomenon of
physical attraction of molecules to the surface of the
carbon. Activated carbon is made from coal, wood, coke,
or coconuts, and has over 100 m2 of surface area per
gram. Adsorption  capacities of 0.5 to  10 percent by
weight are typical, and the carbon can be regenerated
for reuse.
Activated carbon purifies ground water or leachate di-
rectly when the water is pumped through containers of
liquid-phase carbon. If air stripping or soil vapor extrac-
tion is used as the primary means of water purification,
activated carbon may be used to remove the contami-
nants from the air discharge. In this case, the off-gases
are passed through vapor-phase carbon.
Permanent carbon treatment systems use carbon  steel
vessels that are epoxy lined. Disposable carbon canis-
ters are also available. Drum sizes can contain from 150
to 2,400 Ib of carbon for liquid- or vapor-phase use. The
canisters are suitable for shipment and disposal, and are
easily handled by fork truck. Other types of  containers
are available with hopper bottoms  for removal of the
carbon  for regeneration. Carbon vendors will exchange
spent carbon with fresh carbon.  Large carbon vessels
are drained and refilled with bulk carbon from tank trucks
or on-site carbon storage  silos. On-site regeneration
may be cost-effective for large users of carbon.

A.7.2    Process Flow Diagram
Carbon canisters can be piped for upflow, downflow,
parallel, or series operation.  A typical carbon  process
flow diagram is presented in Figure A-14.

A. 7.3    Application
Many organic compounds and  some metals are re-
moved from contaminated  ground water and  leachate
by activated carbon.
  Contaminated
 Ground Watar or
    Loachata
                               4
                              Sample
                               Valve
igr
                                           To
                                           Discharge
                                                      A. 7A  Pretreatment Requirements

                                                      Water high in suspended solids (>50 mg/L) should be
                                                      filtered before activated carbon treatment (1). The car-
                                                      bon surface  provides an ideal condition for bacterial
                                                      growth. Jn some cases, growth of bacteria may become
                                                      excessive. In these cases, pretreatment is necessary to
                                                      minimize operating problems.

                                                      A. 7.5  Parameters of Interest

                                                      Some parameters of interest that  may assist in the
                                                      selection of activated carbon systems are shown below.
                                                      Contaminant data    Type and concentration of pollutants to be
                                                                        removed; required removal efficiency;
                                                                        suspended solids in feed stream.
                                                      Iodine number       Quantity of iodine adsorbed (mg) by 1 g of
                                                                        carbon, usually 900-1,100.
                                                      Carbon isotherm data Lab tests that predict the amount of
                                                                        specific contaminant adsorbed per gram of
                                                                        carbon.
                                                      Carbon selection     Bituminous, lignite, coconut, wood, etc.

                                                      A. 7.6   Design Considerations and Criteria

                                                       Breakthrough is defined as the volume of water that has
                                                      passed through  the carbon bed before the maximum
                                                      allowable concentration appears in the effluent. Provide
                                                       sample valves in the piping along the carbon vessels to
                                                       monitor for breakthrough. For canister applications, ar-
                                                       range piping, valves, and connections to allow replace-
                                                       ment of the primary  canister with the secondary canister
                                                       in a series arrangement. New canisters should always
                                                       replace the  secondary canister. Allow  space to  store
                                                       fresh and spent carbon, and for fork truck access. Other
                                                       design considerations are (2, 3):
                                                       Pressure drop

                                                       Total pressure

                                                       Empty bed contact
                                                       time (EBCT)
                                                       Volume of carbon


                                                       Hydraulic loading
                                                       rate
                                                        Adsorption capacity
          Pump   Filler


Figure A-14. Uquld-phase granular activated carbon process.
                                                        Impurity loading rate
2 to 15 in. H^Q per canister (air); 0.1 to
1 psi per canister (water).

Sum of strainers, cartridge filters,
canisters, piping; typically 5 to 15 psi

15 to 60 min typical for liquid systems;
determined from pilot tests or from carbon
supplier. Contact with vapor-phase carbon
results in nearly instantaneous removal.

Calculated from EBCT and flow rate.
Vol = flow rate x EBCT.

2-8 gal/min/ft2 common; used to
calculate area of carbon vessels.
Area required = flow rate divided by
loading rate (gal/min/fl?)

X/M = KC1/n, where
X = amount contaminant adsorbed (mg)
M = unit weight of carbon (g)
K, n = empirical constants
C = concentration of contaminant (mg/L)
Note: The above equation applies to
liquid- and vapor-phase carbon. Different
constants must be inserted.

Amount of contaminant adsorbed per
gram of carbon.
                                                     98

-------
Humidity


Temperature





Row direction





Backwash
Safety
Material of
construction
         Decreases vapor-phase carbon
         effectiveness. Curves available.

         Decreases vapor-phase carbon
         effectiveness, but will offset negative effect
         of humidity if air is preheated, for a net
         gain of carbon effectiveness. See supplier
         performance curves.

         Downflow mode is most common for liquid
         flow. Upflow variation used for high
         suspended solids waters. Series or
         parallel selection based on characteristics
         of adsorption wave front.

         Permanent carbon installations are
         normally equipped with a backwash
         system to purge entrapped suspended
         solids from the carbon bed. Air scour may
         be included to detach foulants or
         biological growth from the carbon.

         Consider dust when handling bulk carbon.
         Spontaneous combustion is possible at
         certain conditions of temperature and
         humidity.

         Use carbon steel vessels with epoxy
         coating.
A.7.7   Treatment Ranges

The effectiveness of activated carbon to adsorb con-
taminants varies inversely with contact time, contami-
nant concentration,  temperature,  and  humidity. See
Tables 4-3 to 4-22 for ranges of contaminant removal.

A.7.8    Major Cost Elements

Estimated costs for  liquid-phase  carbon  and vapor-
phase carbon adsorption are listed  as follows:

Liquid-Phase Carbon Costs

Nominal Flow Rate
 Gal/Min
 Million
Gal/Day
Capital
 Cost8
Annual
 O&M
 Cost"
Cost per
1,000 Gal
   10

   50

   100

   300
 0.014

 0.072

 0.144

 0.288
 $5,000

$13,000

$20,000

$39,000
 $7,100

$15,100

$22,300

$53,300
  $1.40

  $0.60

  $0.40

  $0.35
                                     Vapor-Phase Carbon Costs

                                     Nominal Flow Rate
Ft3/Min
100
500
1,000
3,000
Capital
Cost0
$6,000
$18,000
$36,000
$58,000
O&M
Cost11
$2.700
$9,800
$19,200
$47,800
Cost per
1,000 Gal8
$0.55
$0.40
$0.35
$0.30
a Capital cost estimated on the basis of two pressure vessels on a
  prepiped, prewired skid, no installation included.
  Based on $0.08/kWh power, $10/hour labor for 1 hour per day, 360
  days annual operation, 1 mg/L contaminant and 5 percent adsorp-
  tion by weight, $1.00/pound carbon, 5 percent of capital for main-
  tenance, and 5-yr life at 8 percent interest.
0 Capital cost basis is 2 to 4 skid-mounted, reusable carbon vessels
  with hose connections, initial fill of carbon, sizes of 400 Ib, 2,000 Ib,
  and 10,000 Ib as required for rated flow at 5-in, H2O pressure drop
  or less.                   .
  Operating cost based on 99+ percent removal of all VOCs from
  water with 1 mg/L VOC, 75:t air water ratio (volume based), 5
  percent adsorbency, $10.00/hr operator, 40 hr/yr changeover time,
  no  power, no freight, 5-yr life at 8 percent interest, 5 percent of
  capital for maintenance, and $1.00/lb regeneration or replacement
  carbon.
9 Costs per 1,000 gal correspond to flow rates for liquid-phase carbon,
  fr/min divided by 10 (i.e., 1,000 fr/min 10 = 100 gal/min).

A.7.9    Residuals Generated

Residuals consist of bulk spent carbon, disposable can-
isters (including spent carbon), or reusable vessels con-
taining spent carbon. If cartridge pre- and postfilters are
used, spent cartridge filter elements will be generated.
Carbon fines and backwash water are  generated  at
startup.

A.7.10   References

1. Hagar, D.G., J.L. Rizzo, and R.H. Zanistch. Advanced waste treat-
   ment design  seminar: Experience with activated carbon in treat-
   ment of textile industry wastewaters. U.S. EPA Technology Transfer
   Seminar Series.

2. Calgon Carbon Corporation. Adsorption handbook. Pittsburgh, PA.
3. U.S. EPA. No date. Process design manual for carbon adsorption.
   Technology Transfer Series.

A.7.11    Additional Source

1. Carbtrol Corporation. 1990.  Technical information data sheets.
   Westport, CT.
                                                         99

-------
A.8    Ion Exchange

A.8.1    Technology Description

Ion exchange is an adsorption process that uses a resin
media to remove contaminants from  ground water or
leachate. Cation resins adsorb metals, while anion res-
ins adsorb such contaminants as nitrate and sulfate.
Some resins are designed to adsorb only specific metals
and are used for the recovery of metals in electroplating
and metal finishing operations. Chelating  resins are se-
lective in adsorbing toxic metals such as copper, nickel,
mercury, and lead.
Ion exchange systems consist of pressure vessels con-
taining beds of  resin pellets and strainer systems to
retain the pellets. The most common mode of operation
is continuous downflow using a fixed bed. Other operat-
ing modes include batch and fluidized  bed. The method
of resin bed regeneration can be cocurrent or counter-
current. In cocurrent regeneration, the regeneration so-
lution flows downward through the resin bed, in a similar
manner as the liquid being treated. In countercurrent
regeneration, solution flows upward, opposite the direc-
tion of water flow, which scours the bed and regenerates
the resin with less solution.
A single batch mode ion exchange vessel may be ade-
quate for contaminant removal if continuous operation
is not required. Regeneration will, however, require tem-
porary interruption of water treatment. A process flow
diagram for a single ion exchange system is shown in
Figure A-15. Additional tanks and pumps are required

                                    Feed to System
                        10-mm
                       Cartridge
                        Filter
     for regeneration, chemical feed, and collection of spent
     solution. Clean water is also required to flush the regen-
     eration  solution from the resin  bed before resuming
     operation.

     Ion exchange equipment configurations include parallel
     and series vessel arrangements. In a parallel ion ex-
     change system, two or more vessels each treat a frac-
     tion of the total flow. Any one of the parallel flow vessels
     may be regenerated  while the others remain  on line.
     Series configuration systems  have two vessels, each
     sized for 100 percent of the flow. After the lead vessel is
     regenerated, it becomes the lag vessel. The series con-
     figuration assures passage  of  contaminated water
     through at least one bed of freshly regenerated resin.

     A.8.2  Application

     Ion exchange is useful  for removing and recovering
     metals. This process can also remove sulfates, nitrates,
     and radionuclides from water.

     A.8,3   Pretreatment Requirements

     Minimum pretreatment  is 10-(j.m  cartridge  filtration.
     Other pretreatment may be required, including:
     Carbon adsorption    Removes large organic molecules that foul
                       strong base resins.
      Dechlorination
Avoid prechlorination or neutralize chlorine.
      Aeration,           Remove iron and manganese, which coat
      precipitation, filtration  resin pellets.
Cocurrent  >
  Ion
Exchange
 Vessel
                                                                       Backwash Water

                                                                       Effluent to Discharge
                      Strong Acid
                      Regenerate
                       Feed Tank
                                  To Further
                                  Processing
                                  or Disposal
 Figure A-15.  Typical cocurrent ion exchange system.
                                                   100

-------
A.8.4   Parameters of Interest

The following parameters are important for successful
ion exchange operation:

Parameter of       Basis of Interest
Interest

Type of contaminant  Basis for selection of resin.

                   Determines equipment size and frequency
                   of regeneration.

                   Determines materials of construction,
                   regeneration chemicals.

                   Volume of bed and area of vessel(s)
                   depend on flow rate. Bed depth ranges from
                   2 to 5 feet.

                   Breakthrough curves for water with single
                   metal contamination are available from
                   vendors. Complex matrices require bench or
                   pilot breakthrough test to determine impact
                   of other contaminants.

                   Sufficient to flush suspended solids from
                   resin bed. Depends on  resin density.
                   Provide flow adjustment or consult resin
                   supplier.

                   Volume required, contact time, flow rate,
                   storage capacity.

                   IDS, conductivity, pH, flow rate.
Concentration of
contaminant

Resin selection
(acid or base resin)

Row rate
Capacity of resin





Backwash rate




Regeneration


Instrumentation
Resin volume
Cross-sectional area
A.8.5   Design Considerations and Criteria

The following design information serves as a guide for
evaluation and preliminary ion exchange design (1):

                    Provide resin bed volume that will result in
                    a service flow of 2 to 4 gal/min/ft3.

                    Pressure vessel diameter should provide a
                    cross-sectional area resulting in 5 to 8
                    gal/min/ft2.

Backwash rate        Needs to be sufficient to fluidize bed to 50
                    to 75 percent more than original depth.

Regeneration         Acid or caustic, as required, 1-5N solution:
                     Contact t'me: 30 min
                     Flow rate (volume based): 0.25 to 0.5
                      gal/min/ft4
                     Flow rate (area based): 1 to 2 gal/min/ft2

Rinse               Flush at rapid rate. Provide storage for 50
                    to 100 gal/ft3 resin volume.

Materials of          Tanks—Epoxy coating or rubber lined
construction          Pipes—PVC for water, stainless steel or
                    plastic lined steel for acids
                    Pumps—316 stainless steel for acid,
                    carbon steel for caustic, cast iron or plastic
                    for water
A.8.6    Treatment Ranges

Many contaminants, especially metals, can be removed
by ion exchange. High  concentrations of contaminants
result in shorter runs before regeneration is  required.
Treatment ranges for many contaminants are listed in
Chapter 4.

A.8.7    Major Cost  Elements

Nominal Flow Rate
Gal/Min
10
50
100
300
Million
Gal/Day
0.014
0.072
0.144
0.432
Capital
Cost3
$31,000
$81,000
$123,000
$237,000
Annual
O&M
Cost"
$26,000
$75,000
$128,000
$330,000
Cost per
1,000 Galc
$5.20
$3.00
$2.60
$2.20
a Based on quotation for dual-bed system (anion and cation ex-
 change), completely assembled on a skid, no site work included.
 Single-bed systems cost approximately one-third as much.
 Cost based on one regeneration per day, 2 hours operator attention
 per day  @ $10/hour,  5 percent  of capital cost for maintenance,
 $0.08 per kWh power,  and 5-year life at 8 percent capital recovery
 factor. Acid and  caustic use at 5N, 30 minutes' detention time in
 resin bed. Annual operation of 360 days.
0 Cost based on annual  operation of 360 days, 23 hours per day.

A.8.8    Residuals Generated

The rate of generating  residuals is,proportional to the
concentration of contaminants in the Jeachate or ground
water. Residuals generated by ion exchange  include:

• Spent chemicals:  acid and/or caustic soda

• Backwash water:   dilute acid or basic solution

• Filters:  spent cartridges

• Resin: fouled resin granules

A.8.9    Reference

1. Rohm and Haas Company. Technical bulletins: Ion exchange and
  fluid process. Philadelphia, PA.
                                                        101

-------
A.9    Reverse Osmosis

A.9.1    Technology Description

Reverse osmosis (RO) is a separation process that uses
selective semipermeable  membranes  to remove dis-
solved solids, such as metal salts, from water. A high-
pressure pump forces the water through a membrane,
overcoming the natural osmotic pressure, to divide the
water into a dilute (product) stream and a concentrated
(brine) stream. Molecules of water pass through the
membrane while contaminants are flushed along the
surface of the membrane  and exit as brine.

The most commonly used materials for membranes are
cellulose acetate,  aromatic  poiyamide, and thin-film
composites.  RO membranes (or modules)  are config-
ured into tubular, spiral wound, hollow fiber, pr plate-
and-frame modules. The modules are inserted into long
pressure vessels that can  contain one or more modules.
RO systems consist of a pretreatment pump, a high-
pressure feed pump, one or more pressure vessels,
controls, and instrumentation.

Membranes have a limited life of approximately 2 years.
When  product water production declines, the mem-
branes must be restored with a cleaning solution. Tubu-
lar and plate and frame membranes can be physically
scrubbed with  a brush. All membranes can  be cleaned
chemically by recirculating the cleaning solution through
the membranes to  restore performance. Membranes
can also be  removed from the RO system and sent to
cleaning centers for flushing  and  rejuvenation. When
cleaning is no longer effective, the membranes must be
replaced.
Theoretically, 100 percent of the water pumped into a
RO system could be recovered as product water, but the
module would soon be fouled beyond restoration. Some
brine must flow out of the module to remove concen-
trated contaminants.  This rejected flow may be signifi-
cant (15 to 25 percent of  the feed flow). This is one of
the disadvantages of the  RO process. To ensure ade-
quate flow of  brine over the membrane surface and
reduce  the volume of the reject, RO modules are ar-
ranged  in stages.  As the raw water  is converted  to
product, brine flow is reduced. Fewer modules in down-
stream stages maintain the minimum flow necessary for
flushing. A typical multistage RO system is shown in
Figure A-16.

A.9.2   Applications

Reverse osmosis is widely used for desalination  of
brackish water as a potable water source. Special mem-
branes have been developed for industrial uses and for
purifying wastewater. Metal compounds are readily re-
moved.  Reverse osmosis is  a commercially mature
process available for many special applications.

A.9.3    Pretreatment Requirements

Typical RO membrane pore sizes range from 5 to 20
Angstrom units (0.0005 to 0.002 u.m), while pressures
of 300 to 400  psi are  usually  encountered. Therefore,
RO feed water needs to be very low in turbidity (gener-
ally, less than  1.0 NTU). Pretreatment may be neces-
sary,  including chemical  addition,  clarification,  and
filtration. Final cartridge  filtration  using 5-u.m filters is
standard practice. Some RO membranes are sensitive
to chlorine. Activated carbon pretreatment is used when
needed to remove chlorine. Biofouling can be prevented
by chlorination and dechlorination of the feed water. Use
stainless steel and/or plastic piping to prevent iron foul-
ing from contact with steel pipes. Perform a Langelier
Index calculation to determine if the  water  tends to
corrode ferrous piping or if deposits and scale may form.
Adjust the pH with acid, if necessary, to maintain solu-
bility of metals such as calcium, magnesium,  and iron.
Chemical requirements are:
pH adjustment

Baotericide

Dechlorination

Chelating agents
 Sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid.

 Chlorine, sodium hypochlorite.

 Activated carbon.

 EDTA, proprietary solutions.
A.9.4   Membrane Maintenance

When RO membranes are not in use, they must not be
allowed to dry  out or freeze.  Fill with  recommended
preservative solution.  Flush before using RO system.
When cleaning becomes necessary, cleaning solution is
normally recycled through the RO system at high flow
with the bypass valve open.
Cleaning solution
Storage
EDTA, tripolyphosphate, citric acid,
acetic acid, proprietary cleaners.

Formaldehyde, glutahyde, sodium
metabisulphite, proprietary solutions.
A.9.5   Parameters of Interest

A thorough analysis of the water is necessary to deter-
mine the pretreatment requirements and values of oper-
ating parameters, which are:
Flux                Flow rate of product (permeate) per unit
                   of membrane area, gal/f^/day.
Product recovery       Ratio of product flow rate to feed flow rate.
Rejection            Percent removal of contaminant(s).

A.9.6   Design Considerations and Criteria

Membrane fouling  can be reduced by proper design,
based on analysis of ground water or leachate samples.
                                                  102

-------
                                                                    Cleaning
                                                                    Solution
                                                    Activated-
                                                     Carbon
                                                   (If Required)
                         pH
                      Adjust Tank
                      (If Required)
                     Booster
                      Pump
       Cartridge
        Filter
                                                                 Throttle
                                                           Feed   Valve
                                                           Pump
                       RO Module
                                                                         Bypass Valve
                  —»f RO Module
 Figure A-16.  Reverse osmosis process.

 Typical design parameters are (1):
                                      •M  RO Module
                                                            RO Module
s
J


1
' 1
: 	 J
                                                                7
                               Brine Reject

                           I Flow Meter
                                                                         Valve
                                             Product Manifold
                                                                                 Product
                                         Nominal Flow Rate
 Feed water quality
Suspended solids

Temperature

Product water flow

Recovery


Pressure

Rejection

Waste stream
Less than 50,000 mg/L total dissolved
solids. Minimum levels of iron, magnesium
sulfates, calcium carbonate, silicates,
chlorine, and biological organisms.

Remove colloids, silt with 5- to 10-um filters.

85°F to 120°F.

1 to 10 gal/ft/Vday.

5 to 6 percent per module; 50 to 90 percent
per system.

400 to 600 psi.

70 to 97 percent sodium chloride solution.

Brine flow rate of 10 to 50 percent of feed
flow rate.
Gal/Min
10
50
100
300
Million
Gal/Day
0.014
0.072
0.144
0.432
Capital
Cost
$20,000
$80,000
$175,000
$450,000
Annual
O&M
Cost
$15,100
$61,600
$112,500
$310,600
Cost per
1,000 Gal
$2.90
$2.40
$2.20
$2.00
A.9.7    Treatment Ranges

Treatment efficiency of RO is most sensitive to fouling
factors.  Pressure, temperature,  flow rate, and mem-
brane age also affect removals. See Tables 4-3 to 4-22
for a list of treatment ranges.

A.9.8    Major Cost Elements

Estimated costs for RO systems of various sizes are:
A.9.9    Residuals Generated

Brine  is the  primary residual,  with  concentrations of
dissolved  solids and contaminants  approaching  10
times that of  the feed water. Flow rate of brine ranges
from 10 to 50 percent of feed. Spent carbon and filter
cartridges are solid wastes. Batches of cleaning solu-
tion, 30 to 50 gal per cleaning  event. Spent modules,
2-year life expectancy.

A.9.10  Reference
1.  E.I. duPont de Nemours and Co. Permasep engineering manual.
  Permasep Products, Wilmington, DE.

A.9.11 Additional Source
1. UOP, Inc. Product bulletins. Fluid Systems Division, San  Diego,
  CA.
                                                      103

-------
A.10    Chemical Precipitation of Metals

A10.1    Technology Description

Chemical precipitation is a principle technology for re-
moving metals contaminants from contaminated ground
water.
In general,  metals can be precipitated to insoluble metal
hydroxides, suifides, carbonates,  or  other salts. The
chemical precipitation process involves several principle
mechanisms, including formation of the metal precipi-
tate species,  and coprecipitation  or adsorption. The
major process variables that influence precipitation re-
actions are treatment pH; type of treatment chemical(s)
and dosage; types of ligands present; wastewater vol-
ume and temperature; the number of treatment stages;
and the chemical speciation(s) of the pollutant(s) to be
precipitated. Each variable can directly influence the
degree of treatment performance and cost. Cost factors
to be considered include the type of treatment chemicals
employed  and the volume of sludge  generated. If the
residual waste (sludge) is deemed hazardous, the cost
of disposal can  increase by an  order of magnitude or
more (1).
Precipitation in the most narrow sense involves a shift
in chemical conditions to force a soluble species to form
an  insoluble (or precipitated) salt.  This could result, for
example, by the addition of sodium sulfide to a cadmium
wastewater to precipitate cadmium sulfide. Classically,
precipitation for heavy metals treatment is perceived to
result through pH adjustment and consequent precipita-
tion of the metal hydroxide. "Precipitation," however, is
now recognized to encompass a much broader range of
phenomena, including formation of mixed or transient
salts and adsorptive coprecipitation.  The latter results
from adsorption of one  metal species onto  the highly
reactive surface of a solid phase, typically formed in situ.
Coprecipitation may be induced,  for example, by the
addition  of an iron or alum coagulant, or incidental due
to the precipitation of a secondary species already pre-
sent within the  wastewater. The  consequence of this
broader range of chemical behavior is that residual met-
al  solubility levels far below the  theoretical solubility
limits of simple metal salts are commonly achieved.

Treatability studies are often needed to optimize treat-
ment variables, such that effluent limits are achieved
cost effectively. Volumes and handling characteristics of
precipitation treatment sludges frequently override other
economic  factors in selection or optimization of precipi-
tation treatment variables.

A. 10.2    Process Flow Diagram
Example precipitation sequences  are shown in Figures
A-17 and A-18. The physical/chemical system in Figure
A-17 includes the following unit processes: equalization,
coarse filtration, chemical oxidation, coprecipitation with
lime and ferric chloride, clarification (flocculation and
sedimentation), polishing filtration for clarifier super-
natant, and sludge dewatering. This sequence may be
representative of treatment for arsenic, where prepara-
tory oxidation of arsenite to arsenate enhances copre-
cipitation treatment efficiency. Chemical reduction, for
example, of hexavalent chromate anion to the trivalent
chromic cation, may be substituted in this treatment
scheme. Figure A-18 shows a treatment sequence em-
ploying simple direct precipitation,  flocculation, and
sedimentation.

A. 10.3   Pretreatment Requirements

Design data are needed for each stage of a precipitation
treatment sequence. A listing of sequence design ele-
ments is given in Table A-4.
Table A-4.  Design

Treatment Stage
Elements for Precipitation Treatment

  Design Elements
Equalization         Waste strength, flow, separate immiscible
                  liquids (LNAPL, DNAPL)

Chemical addition    pH control, type of chemicals used,
                  coprecipitant/adsorbent, reactor
                  design-rapid mix

Flocculation         Flow, flocculent aids, mixing regime,
                  flocculation basin residence time

Sedimentation       Flow, basin configuration, hydraulic loading,
                  precipitate settling characteristics

Effluent filtration      Flow, filter media, filter aids, number of
                  filter units

Sludge thickening    Sludge volume, conditioning chemicals,
and/or dewatering    dewatering unit type and size
 Precipitation processes have been identified for the ef-
 fective removal  of various metals  contaminants  in
 ground water (3,  4). Several example processes are
 given  in Table A-5. The effectiveness of chemical pre-
 cipitation treatment is limited. Nyer. (5) suggested that at
 low influent heavy metals concentration, ion exchange
 could be a more cost-effective treatment technique. This
 is especially true  at metals concentrations having dis-
 charge limits below the solubility limit. The impact of
 competing nontoxic ions such as calcium on  ion ex-
 change process efficiency and cost-effectiveness must
 be evaluated.

 A. 10.4    Parameters of Interest

 Significant parameters for design and process control
 are given in Table A-6.

 A. 10.5    Major Cost Elements
 Figures  A-19 and A-20 present  example construction
 costs  and operation and maintenance  costs  curves,
                                                    104

-------
                                                                                             Tertiary Treatment
                                                                                             i  Reverse Osmosis
   Well
   Pump
                                        Caustic +
                                         Oxidant
                                  Lime +
                               Ferric Chloride
Equalization
Pump
'
r
Filter
H
Coarse
Filter

*
Oxidation
             Discharge
 Activated
 Carbon

Ion Exchange
Discharge
Dischi
                                               Solids
 Figure A-17.  Physical chemical treatment process.

   Precipitating     Precipation                Flocculation
    Chemicals
   Flocculating
     Agents

   Inlet Liquid __
    Stream
                                                Sedimentation





..A




•>
	 "•



C
c
LP



I C
^ <
-0 Q-



l
-0











m~~zz***~-~- —

                                                                                   Outlet Liquid
                                                                                     Stream
                                                                      1 Sedimentation Basin

 Figure A-18.  Representative configuration employing precipitation, flocculation, and sedimentation (2).
 respectively, for a package water treatment plant for
 precipitation, flocculation, sedimentation, and filtration.

 A.10.6    Residuals Generated

 The quantity of sludge produced depends on the quality
 of the  water being treated and the type of treatment
 chemical  used  (e.g.,  lime, alum, or  iron  containing
 sludges).  The amount of sludge produced can be ap-
 proximated from the chemistry  and raw water quality
 (i.e.,  adding the suspended solids removed to the co-
 agulant added).  Better estimates, however, are obtained
 by treatability studies using the actual ground water or
 leachate to be treated.

A.10.7    References
 1. Patterson, J.W. 1985. Industrial wastewater treatment technology,
  2nd ed. Boston, MA:  Butterworth Publishers.
2. U.S. EPA. 1982.  Handbook for remedial action at waste disposal
  sites. EPA/625/6-82/006. Cincinnati, OH.
                                       3. U.S. EPA. 1990. Technologies for upgrading existing or designing
                                          new drinking water treatment facilities. EPA/625/4-89/023. Cincin-
                                          nati, OH.
                                       4. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) and American Water
                                          Works Association (AWWA). 1990. Water treatment plant design,
                                          2nd ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill.
                                       5. Nyer, E.K. 1992. Ground-water treatment technology. New York,
                                          NY: Van Nostrand Reinhold Company.
                                       6. U.S. EPA. 1978. Estimating costs for water treatment as a function
                                          of size and treatment  plant efficiency. EPA/600/2-78/182. Cincin-
                                          nati, OH.

                                       A.10.8 Additional Sources

                                       1. Dentel, S.K., B.M. Gucciardi, T.A. Sober, P.V. Shetty, and J.J. Re-
                                          sta. 1989. Procedures manual for polymer selection in water treat-
                                          ment plants. Prepared for AWWA Research Foundation, Denver,
                                          CO.
                                       2. Eckenfelder, W.W., Jr. 1989. Industrial water pollution control. New
                                          York, NY: McGraw-Hill.
                                                        105

-------
Table A-5.  Example Precipitation Treatment Methods for Metal Contaminants (1,4)

Contaminant                  Process                                      pH Range
                            Comments.
Arsente (+5)
Arsenic (+3)
Cadmium
Chromium (+3)
Chromium (+6)
Lead
Inorganic mercury
Selenium
Silver
Ferric sulfate coprecipitation
Alum coprecipitation
Lime softening
Ferric sulfate coprecipitation
Alum coprecipitation
Ume softening
"Hydroxide" precipitation
Ferric sulfate coprecipitation
Ume softening
"Hydroxide" precipitation
Ferric sulfate coprecipitation
Alum coprecipitation
Ume softening
Ferrous sulfate coprecipitation
"Hydroxide" precipitation
Ferric sulfate coprecipitation
Alum coprecipitation
Ume softening
Ferric sulfate coprecipitation
Ferric sulfate coprecipitation
Ferric sulfate coprecipitation
Alum coprecipitation
Ume softening
6-8
6-7
>10.5
6-8
6-7
>10.5
Varies
7-8
Varies
6-9
6-7
>10.5
7-9.5
Varies
6-9
5-7
7-8
6-7
7-9
6.2-6.4
— ' ;
Oxidation to As5+ by
chlorination required
before coprecipitation
Effective over full
lime-softening range
—
—
Effective over full
lime-softening range
—
—
•Effective over full
lime-softening range
   108
   104
                         2 gal/min/ft2
                                        5 gal/min/ft2
                              LlL.
                                         r •<   >  *  ' * •'
100        101        1Q2          1Q3
                  Capacity (gal/min)
                                                      104
                                                                 105
                                                                 104
                                                                                     2 gal/min/ft2
                                                                                                   5 gal/min/ft2
100        1Q1          1Q2     '    1Q3
                  Capacity (gal/min)
                                                                                                                    104
 Figure A-19.  Construction cost curves for package complete    Figure A-20.  O&M cost curves for package complete treatment
              treatment plants, In 1978 dollars (6).                             plants, in 1978 dollars (6).
                                                           106

-------
Table A-6.  Significant Treatment Variables for Precipitation

Treatment Variable                   Potential Effect(s)
Optimum pH
Treatment
chemical/dosage
Treatment chemical
coprecipitant/adsorbent
used

Wastewater volume
Treatment stages
Pollutant chemical
speciation
Other ions present
Wastewater temperature
Settling velocity and
settled sludge volume
Effectiveness of polymers
To achieve the necessary effluent limits, the optimal pH must be determined. pH control is a
function of the chemical(s) used to precipitate metals in the ground water. The treatment pH can
also affect the amount of sludge generated and its settieability. Figure A-21  shows the solubility of
various metal hydroxides as a function of pH.

The cost and type of treatment chemical used influences both the amount and type of sludge
produced. The use of sulfide, for example, may achieve the lowest effluent  residual metals
concentrations but make sludge generated hazardous (because of reactivity). Sodium hydroxide,
on the other hand, may generate less sludge, but the sludge can have poor settieability. Sodium
hydroxide is also expensive. Lime is relatively inexpensive, and the sludge generated has
generally good settling characteristics. Lime usually generates a large volume of sludge, however,
which affects the cost of disposal.

Typically, ferric iron salts are used to effect coprecipitation/adsorption of trace metals from solution.
Ferrous iron salts and alum, however, have also been investigated and are widely used (1).


The volume of water to  be treated affects the amount of chemical used and sludge produced.
Patterson (1) reported that approximately 4 percent of the wastewater volume treated becomes
sludge.

Often multiple^stage precipitation processes.enhance metals removals. Dividing precipitation,
coprecipitation, and adsorption into several discrete processes allows each  to be optimized for a
given pollutant(s). This could reduce the amount of sludge produced because each pollutant is
removed at  its "optimal" chemical dosage, chemical type, and pH. Further, the sludge produced in
each step may have reclamation possibilities versus disposal, and sludge volume versus
settieability.

The chemical speciation of the pollutant to be removed directly affects the degree of removal. For
example, arsenate is readily coprecipitated by lime-ferric chloride  addition, but arsenite is not (1).
Hence additional treatment steps are required. In this case, chemical oxidation could be used to
convert arsenite  to arsenate.

The presence of other ions may or may not enhance the precipitation, coprecipitation, and
adsorption process. Ions such as sulfate and carbonate may increase chemical demand by
reacting with the treatment chemical(s). Ions such as chloride may compete with metals for surface
sites on the precipitate or may form other, more soluble metal complexes. Hardness also
influences the treatment effectiveness.

High lime  plus ferric chloride could be required to coprecipitate or adsorb the micropollutant
concentrations of metals present to achieve water quality based effluent limits (WQBEL). Hardness
as CaCO3 could offset the quantity of lime (CaO) required, for example. The quantity of sludge
produced, however, would remain constant.

Wastewater temperature may affect the minimum solubility of the  metals present. Generally, as the
temperature is increased, the solubility is increased and the soluble metals in the wastewater are
not precipitated to their optimal residual concentrations.

A design criteria in the design of sedimentation tank is for the overflow rate  to be less than the
settling velocity of the feed solids. The manner in which the suspended solids settle depends on
the nature of the solids present. The settling  of activated sludge and flocculated chemical
suspensions usually takes place in the hindered settling regime (6).

This type of settling is characterized by the formation of a distinct interface between the clear
water (supernatant) and the particles in the settling region. Discrete, flocculant, and hindered
settling have different settling characteristics and require different  methods of settling velocity
determination. The settled sludge volume  is the volume of sludge collected at the bottom of a test
cylinder after quiescent settling for a given period, normally 30 minutes to 1  hour. It provides
information on the expected volume of sludge that will be generated in a  settling basin.

Polymers act to promote particle aggregation by either reducing charge, bridging, or
coagulation-bridging. Polymers may be used either as primary coagulants, in which case they are
typically low molecular weight or positively charged, or as coagulant aids, in which case they  have
a higher molecular weight and a positive,  negative, or neutral charge (7).  Chemical  characteristics
of polymers  and  laboratory (jar) test of polymer performance provide the information that
determines the best polymer to use and the optimal dosage  level.
                                                              107

-------
   0.001
 50.0005  -
       "4        6         8        10       12






Figure A-21.  Solubilities of metal hydroxides at various phis.
                                                            108

-------
 A.11  Chemical Oxidation

 A. 11.1    Technology Description

 Oxidation—reduction or "redox" reactions—can play an
 important role in the treatment of a contaminated ground
 water. The chemical behavior of compounds containing
 carbon, nitrogen, sulfur, iron, and manganese, for exam-
 ple, are largely influenced by redox reactions. Often,
 redox reactions are employed to facilitate the removal
 of a pollutant from a given wastewater. For instance, the
 reduction of hexavalent chromium to the trivalent ion
 facilitates the removal of chromium by precipitation. Oxi-
 dation of arsenite to arsenate can enhance the efficiency
 of certain arsenic treatment technologies. Similarly, cya-
 nide can be oxidized, using sodium hypochlorite, to
 carbon dioxide and nitrogen at elevated pH (1).

 Chemical oxidation involves the loss of  one or more
 electrons by the element oxidized.  The electron ac-
 ceptor may be another element,  including an oxygen
 molecule, or it may be a chemical species containing
 oxygen, such as hydrogen peroxide and chlorine dioxide
 or some other electron acceptor.  Oxidation processes
 for some organic compounds may be too slow to com-
 pletely oxidize the constituents to CO2 and water. Weber
 and Smith (2) categorized organic compounds' amena-
 bility to oxidation. For example,  high reactivity  com-
 pounds include phenols, aldehydes, aromatic amines,
 certain organic  sulfur  compounds;  medium reactivity
 compounds include alcohols, alkyl-substituted aromat-
 ics,   nitro-substituted  aromatics,  unsaturated  alkyl
 groups, carbohydrates, aliphatic ketones, acids, esters,
 and amines; and low reactivity compounds include ha-
 logenated  hydrocarbons,  saturated  aliphatic  com-
 pounds, and benzene.

 Chemical oxidation is a potential treatment option for the
 removal of certain organic pollutants from a  ground
 water or leachate. The amount of oxidant required in
 practice is generally greater than the theoretical mass
 calculated. The reasons for this are numerous and in-
 clude incomplete oxidant consumption and oxidant de-
 mand  caused  by  other species in solution. Often,
 oxidation reactions are pH dependent, hence pH control
 may be an  important design variable. Economics of
 treatment  and treatability of a  specific pollutant also
 govern the degree of oxidation. For example, partial
 oxidation of dichlorophenol in a contaminated  ground
 water may be employed to facilitate subsequent removal
 by activated carbon. Partial oxidation followed by addi-
 tional treatment options may be more efficient and cost
 effective than  using  a complete  oxidation  treatment
 scheme alone. An increase in the biodegradability of
 refractory organics due to chemical oxidation has been
 reported (3).  Examples of common  oxidants include
ozone, chlorine, hydrogen peroxide, and  UV radiation.
The use of chlorine to oxidize organic compounds must
 be closely evaluated due to the potential formation of
 toxic chlorinated reaction byproducts.

 A. 11.2   Process Flow Diagram

 A simple oxidation treatment schematic, which might be
 applicable to arsenic, is  shown in Figure A-22. This
 treatment sequence consists of equalization, coarse fil-
 tration, the oxidation step, coprecipitation, flocculation,
 and a polishing step using filtration.

 A. 11.3    Design Considerations and Criteria

 Chemical oxidants such as hydrogen peroxide, chlorine,
 and ozone  are  commonly employed in ground-water
 and leachate treatment. The use of these chemicals is
 briefly described below.

 A.11.3.1   Ozonation Systems

 Ozone is an allotrope of oxygen. It is relatively unstable,
 having a half-life of less  than  30  minutes in distilled
 water at 20°C (4). Ozonation systems have four major
 components:  air preparation  or  pure oxygen feed,
 ozone generation, ozone  contacting, and  off-gas de-
 struction (5).

 Ozone is produced by passing  air  between oppositely
 charged plates or through tubes in which a core and the
 tube walls serve as the oppositely charged surfaces.  Air
 is refrigerated to below the dew point to condense out
 atmospheric humidity. The air is then passed through a
 silica gel or activated alumina to further lower the dew
 point to  minus 40 to 60°C. The use of dry,  clean  air
 results in lower ozone generator maintenance require-
 ments, long-life units, and more ozone produced per unit
 of power added.

 If pure oxygen gas is used as the feed to the ozonator,
 it should have a purity greater than 95 percent and a
 dew point lower  than -60°C. Oxygen feed can also  be
 produced on site by either pressure  swing adsorption of
 oxygen from air or cryogenic production from air. Pure
 oxygen feed is generally more cost effective than air  for
 ozonation systems that generate more than 3,500 Ib/day
 of ozone.
 Once produced,  ozone is bubbled through the ground
 water or leachate  using a diffusion system,  such  as
 two-chamber porous plate  diffusers, with a 15- to 24-ft
 water column. Ozone transfer occurs as fine bubbles
 containing ozone and air (or oxygen) rise slowly inside
 the column, contacting the contaminated water phase.
 The correct ozone dose to achieve oxidation must be
 determined by treatability studies. There are many site
 specific variables, such as ozone production efficiency
 and wastewater  quality, that must be  determined  to
 correlate ozone dosage and contaminant oxidation effi-
ciency. Table A-7 lists some example  removal efficien-
cies obtained by ozone treatment.
                                                 109

-------
                                        Caustic +
                                         Oxidant
                              Lime +
                            Ferric Chloride
  WeH
  Pump
                                           Effluent
                                                                                             Polymer
Figure A-22. Simple oxidation process.


Table A-7.  Removal Efficiencies by Ozone Oxidation (6)

                              Removal Efficiency

Organic Compounds
Ozone Oxidation at 2 to 6 ppm
AHcanas

Alkenes

Aromatfcs

Pesticides
           0-30

          30-100

          30-100

          30-100
Any ozone remaining in the off-gas from the diffusion
system must be destroyed before release to the atmos-
phere. It should be noted, however, that the ozone con-
tactor can be designed for 100 percent absorption. The
destruction of excess ozone from ozone contactor ex-
haust gases  can be accomplished thermally by heating
the off-gases to 300°C to 350°C for 3 seconds; catalyti-
cally by using metal catalysts or metal oxides;  or by
employing a combination of thermal and catalytic de-
struction (7).  It is generally more cost effective to destroy
ozone  in exhaust gases than  to recycle the gases
through the feed air preparation and ozone generation
systems.
Capital and O&M costs associated with ozone treatment
are given in Figures A-23 and A-24, respectively.

A.11.3.2   Hydrogen Peroxide

EPA (7) has reported  design criteria  for a  full-scale
ozone/hydrogen peroxide plant treating a ground water
contaminated with TCE and PCE. The design parame-
ters for this  system are  presented in Table A-8. One
economic advantage of oxidation over the use of packed
tower stripping for this ground water was the absence of
off-gas controls because the contaminants were  oxi-
dized, not merely stripped  from the water phase.  An-
other process for generating hydroxyl radical  is the
catalyzed decomposition of hydrogen peroxide by  iron
(II),  known as Fenton's reagent. The optimal pH  range
for the reaction is 3 to 5 (9).
                                                                       Solids
                              Table A-8. Design Parameters for Hydrogen Peroxide-Ozone
                                       Treatment Plant (7)
                              Parameter
                                                                         Value
Plant flow (gal/min)
TCE concentration (ug/L)
PCE concentration (u.g/L)

Reaction tank capacity (gal)
Hydraulic detention time (min)
Reaction tank stages (number)

Ozone dosage (mg/L)
Ozone generator capacity (Ib/day)
Peroxide dosage (mg/L)

Peroxide storage (gal at 50-percent
concentration)
2,000
 200

  20

6,000
   3
   1

   4
  100
   2

1,000
                              A. 11.3.3  Chlorine

                              Chlorination is widely used in waste treatment for disin-
                              fection. Aqueous chlorine owes its oxidizing power to
                              two chemical species: the hypochlorite ion  (OCI") and
                              hypochlorous acid  (HOCI). Chlorine can  oxidize both
                              inorganic and organic substances.

                              The destruction of cyanide  can be accomplished by
                              alkaline Chlorination. In this process, cyanide is oxidized
                              rapidly by hypochlorite (either as sodium hypochlorite or
                              produced by the reaction of chlorine with sodium hydrox-
                              ide) to cyanate at pH greater than 10 (1). Further oxida-
                              tion of cyanate by hypochlorite or chlorine results in the
                              formation of CO2 and N2. The recommended pH for this
                              second stage is 8.5. The reaction is complete within 1
                              hour(1).

                              The use of chlorine for oxidizing organic compounds can
                              result  in the formation of toxic chlorinated byproducts,
                              such as trihalomethanes. Thus, the use of alternative
                              oxidants such as ozone, hydrogen peroxide, and chlo-
                              rine dioxide may be preferred.
                                                    110

-------
     107
    106
 8
  c
  o
 t3

 "55

 I 105
    104
            '  ' ' ""'
       10°
                101
                          102
                                    103
                                              10"
                                                       105
                     Generation Rate (Ib/day)
 Figure A-23.  Construction cost curve for ozone generation sys-
              tems, updated to 1992 dollars (8).

 A. 11.4    References

 1. Patterson, J.W. 1985. Industrial wastewater treatment technology.
   Boston, MA: Butterworth Publishers.

 2. Weber, W.J., Jr., and E.H. Smith.  1986. Removing dissolved or-
   ganic contaminants from water. ES&T 20:970-979.

 3. Bowers, A.R., F.H. Cho, and A. Singh. 1992. Chemical oxidation
   of aromatic compounds:  Comparison of HaOa, KMnO4, and Oa for
   toxicity reduction and improvements in biodegradability. In:  Eck-
   enfelder, W.W., A.R. Bowers, and J.A. Roth, eds. Chemical oxida-
   tion. Lancaster, PA: Technomic Publishing Co. pp. 11-25.

4. Reynolds, T.D. 1982. Unit operations and processes in environ-
   mental engineering. Monterey, CA: Brooks/Cole Engineering Divi-
   sion.

5. Ferguson, D.W., J.T. Gramith, and M.J. McGuire. 1991. Applying
   ozone for organics control and disinfection: A utility perspective
   JAWWA 83:32-39.
                                                                    107
                                                                    106
    105
                                                                    104
                                                                    103
      10°      101       102       1Q3

                     Generation Rate (Ib/day)
                                                                                                             104
                                                                                                                      105
Figure A-24.  O&M cost curve for ozone generation systems
              updated to 1992 dollars (8).

6. Goodrich, J.A., B.W. Lykins, Jr., R.M. Clark, and E. Timothy Oppelt:
   1991. Is  remedial ground water meeting SWDA requirements?
   JAWWA 83:55-62.

7. U.S.  EPA, 1990. Technologies for upgrading existing or designing
   new drinking water treatment facilities. EPA/625/4-89/023 Cincin-
   nati, OH.

8. U.S. EPA. 1978. Estimating costs for water treatment as a function
   of size and treatment plant efficiency. EPA/600/2-78/182 Cincin-
   nati, OH.

9. Robinson, S.F., and R.M. Monsen. 1992. Hydrogen peroxide and
   environmental  immediate response. In: Eckenfelder, W.W,, A.R.
   Bowers, and J.A.  Roth, eds.  Chemical oxidation. Lancaster, PA:
   Technomic Publishing Co. pp. 51-67.

4,71.5    Additional Source

1. Eckenfelder, W.W., Jr. 1989. Industrial water pollution control. New
   York,  NY: McGraw-Hill.
                                                           111

-------
A.12    Chemically Assisted Clarification
         (Polymer Only)

A.12.1 Technology Description

Polyelectrolytes (polymers) are low or high molecular
weight organic compounds that are added to water as a
flocculant/coagulant solution to enhance the gravity set-
tling of colloids and suspended solids. Polymers are
available as  anionic, cationic, and nonionic types in
liquid  and dry  powder form. The  effectiveness of
polyelectrolytes in water treatment can be quite variable.
Polymers are effective  in flocculating suspensions of
inorganic materials  (clays,  soil, colloids,  metal salts,
etc.); however, they are usually not effective alone for
flocculating organic suspensions. Rather,  they can be
used to improve the performance of alum or ferric salts
in treating organic suspensions. Dry polymers cost less
to ship, but liquid polymers are easier to mix with water.
Polymer solutions are viscous and sticky. Special mixing
techniques and equipment  are necessary to prepare
polymer solutions in the field.
Package  polymer mixing systems are available with
mixers, tanks, dry polymer  hoppers, dry feeders, and
controls to automatically mix dry  polymer with water.
Other automatic package systems  continuously mix liq-
uid polymer with water in static mixers. The solution is
stored in a day tank for use until  another batch is re-
quired. All polymer systems require a wetting mecha-
nism, batch mix tank, mixer, holding tank, and metering
pump. Atypical polymer mixing system diagram is pre-
sented in Figure A-25. Electrical power and clean water
supplies are necessary for polymer solution preparation.
A.12.2   Application

Polymers are used with chemical precipitation and filtra-
tion treatment processes. Refer to Tables 4-3 to 4-22 for
compounds that are removed by the above processes.
Treatability studies should be performed to select the
proper type and dosage of polymer, or, at a  minimum,
the manufacturer should be consulted for recommenda-
tions.

A. 12.3    Pretreatment Requirements

The polymer manufacturer's instructions should be fol-
lowed closely for best results. An accurate  scale and
graduated mix tank are required for proportioning poly-
mer and water. The mixer should be of the low speed
type to minimize shear while mixing. An eductor and
pressurized water supply efficiently wet dry polymer
before mixing. Dry polymer can also be added manually
to water in a mix tank by slowly sprinkling the dry powder
into the mixer vortex until all powder is dissolved. A
separate feed tank is  required only if the treatment
process cannot be interrupted while polymer is mixing.

A.12.4    Parameters of Interest

The following parameters should be given consideration
for a successful polymer application:
Type of polymer  Select anionic, cationic, or nonionic based on a
               treatability study or vendor recommendations.
Dose          Jar tests will show by visual comparison which
               dose is appropriate. Poor settling can occur if
               polymer is overdosed or underdosed.
Temperature     Some polymers mix well in cold water, others
               require warm water for disoejsal. Nevor freeze
               polymer.
            Polymer
                     Preweighed
                     Dry Polymer
          Water
                               1
                               ^*^AZ*~+Z*^*~**~
                                          J
                                          %
                                   To
                                Rocculatton
                                  Basin
                                     Polymer
                                     Mix Tank
    Transfer
     Pump
  Polymer
Holding (Day)
   Tank
                                                                                          Polymer
                                                                                          Metering
                                                                                           Pump
 Figure A-25. Polymer mixing and feed system.
                                                    112

-------
 Feed            Most polymers must be diluted to 0.1 to 0.5
 concentration     percent at the injection point.

 Time            Mixing time (dilution) and flocculation detention
                 time are critical.

 Mixing shear     Overmixing and high speed mixers should be
                 avoided.


 A.12.S    Design Considerations and Criteria

 Polymer mixing and feed systems should be designed
 in  accordance with the following  considerations and
 criteria (1-4):

 Materials of        Use stainless steel or fiberglass. Avoid
 construction        rubber. PVC pipe is suitable.

 Storage volume    Mix batches that will be used in 2 to 3 days.
                  Solution shelf life is limited. Storage tank
                  should be 1.5 times mix tank volume.

 Stock mixer        Low speed  mixers are best. Power must be
 selection           sufficient to  prevent motor overload. Vendors
                  can select the most efficient mixer for each
                  application.  Provide tank size, power
                  available, type and concentration of polymer,
                  mixing time  requirement.

 Stock concentration Dilute with water'to 1  to 2 percent for
                  storage. Dilute to 0.1 to 0.5 percent in the
                  pipelines or in a tank before injection.

 Stock mix time      Mix for 15 to 30 minutes per manufacturer's
                  instructions. Let solution stand quietly 30 to
                  60 minutes  until all polymer is dissolved.

 Water             Clean, under 50 psi pressure desirable.
                  Plentiful supply.

 Polyelectrolyte addition
                                            Safety
                  Eye protection required. See MSDS. Spillage
                  causes slippery floors, falls. Rinse thoroughly,
                  provide nonslip surfaces
Dosage
Addition sequence
Flocculation
Settling
For dilute suspensions (say <100 mg/L
suspended solids), try 1 to 10 mg/L cationic
polymer or 0.5 to 5 mg/L anionic or nonionic
polymer. For concentrated suspensions
(>1,000 mg/L), try 1 to 300 mg/L cationic
polymer or 1 to 100 mg/L anionic or nonionic
polymer.

Slowly add polymers in dilute solutions
(usually 0.1  to 0.5 percent) to the water while
vigorously agitating for 1 to 2 minutes to
ensure dispersal.

Only enough agitation should be applied to
keep the developing floe from settling.
Flocculate about 5  to 10 minutes. If more
flocculation time is  needed, try using a higher
polymer dosage.

Polyelectrolytes produce a floe that settles
rapidly, usually 0.5 to 1.0 ft/min or  more. If
the settling rate is less than 0.5  ft/min,
increase the polymer dosage. Minimum
settling tank detention time should  be 4
minutes per foot of depth.
                                            A. 12.6    Treatment Ranges

                                            Polymer is used with chemical  precipitation and filtra-
                                            tion. Refer to Tables 4-3 to 4-22 for a range of chemicals
                                            removed  and  the removal  efficiencies for those two
                                            processes.

                                            A. 12.7    Major Cost Elements

                                            Major cost elements for polymer mix systems are the
                                            tanks, mixers, and pumps. Typical cost ranges are listed
                                            below (5):
                                            Nominal Flow Rate
Gal/Min
10
50
100
300
Million
Gal/Day
0.014
0.072
0.144
0.432
Capital
Cost3
$8,000
$9,000
$10,000
$16,000
Annual
O&M
Cost"
$4,400
$6,400
$8,900
$19,700
Cost per
1,000 Gal
$0.85
$0.25
$0.20
$0.15
  Cost is based on catalog prices for mixers, tanks, metering pumps,
  transfer pumps, and estimated assembly cost for each size.
  Based on 1 hour operator attention per 3 days, $2/pound polymer
  cost, $10/hour operator, 5 mg/L dose, $0.08/kWh, 360 days/year,
  24 hours/day operation.

A.12.9    Residuals Generated

The only residual from  polymer use is the empty ship-
ping  container. The  smallest commercial package  is
25 Ib; therefore, one empty container is generated for
every 25 Ib of polymer used unless larger  shipping
containers are ordered. Spillage and tank leftovers can
be drained to a sewer.

A.12.10   References

1. Allied Colloids, Inc. Polymer for water pollution control. Product
   Bulletins. Suffolk, VA.
2. American  Petroleum Institute. The chemistry and chemicals  of
   coagulation and flocculation. Committee on Refinery and Environ-
   mental Control.
3. Stockhausen, Inc. Clean Water Clean Environment Product Bulle-
   tins. Greensboro, NC.
4. U.S. EPA. 1979. Chemical aids manual for wastewater treatment
   facilities. EPA/430/9-79/018.
5. McMaster-Carr Catalog No. 100. P.O. Box 4355, Chicago,  IL
   60680.
                                                         113

-------
A.13    Filtration

A.13.1   Technology Description

The filtration process consists of a fixed or moving bed
of media that traps and removes suspended solids from
water passing through the media. Monomedia filters
usually contain sand, while multimedia filters  include
sand, anthracite, and possibly garnet. In multimedia
filters,  a layer of granular anthracite (coal) is provided
above the sand to trap large particles that would quickly
blind the  sand media. This results in extended runs
between backwash cycles. Garnet sand is very fine and
is commonly used as a final polishing media when ex-
tremely low turbidity effluent is  required. The garnet
rests on the support media below the sand layer.

Two types of fixed bed filters are available. Pressure
filters contain media in an enclosed, watertight pressure
vessel and require a feed  pump to force the water
through the media. A gravity filter operates on the basis
of differential pressure of a static head of water above
the media, which causes flow through the filter.

All fixed media filters have influent and effluent distribu-
tion systems consisting of pipes and fittings. Strainers
in the tank bottom are usually stainless steel screens.
Layers of uniformly sized gravel also serve as bottom
strainers and as a support for the sand. For both types
of filters, the bed builds up headless over time. When
the headloss becomes unacceptable, the filter needs to
be backwashed. Troughs are provided above the filter
media to  collect filtered particles during backwashing.
Filters are backwashed by reversing the  flow of water
(upward) from below the media. Sometimes air is dis-
persed into the sand bed to scour the media.
Fixed bed filters (see Figure A-26) can be automatically
backwashed when the differential pressure exceeds a
preset limit or when a timer starts the backwash cycle.
Powered  valves and a  backwash pump  are activated
and controlled by adjustable cam timers or electronic
programmable logic controllers to perform the baclcwash
function. A supply of clean backwash water is required.
Backwash water and trapped particles are commonly
discharged to an equalization tank upstream of  the
water treatment system's primary clarifier or screen for
removal. Backwash water may also be discharged to a
sanitary sewer if discharge criteria are met.
                                       r
Moving bed filters (shown in Figure A-27) use an air lift
pump  and draft tube to recirculate sand  from the filter
bottom to the top of the filter vessel, which is usually
open at the top. Dirty water entering the filter at the
bottom must  travel  upward, countercurrently,  through
the downward-moving fluidized sand bed. Particles are
strained from the rising water and carried downward with
the sand. Due to the difference in specific gravity, the
lighter particles  are  removed from  the filter when the
sand is recycled through a separation box at the top of
the filter or in a remote location. The heavier sand falls
back into the filter, while the lighter particles flow over a
weir to waste. Moving bed filters are continuously back-
washed and have a constant rate of effluent flow.

For waters having less than 10 mg/L suspended solids,
cartridge filters may be cost effective. Cartridge filters
have very low capital cost and can remove particles of
1 urn or larger size. Using two-stage cartridge filters
(coarse and fine) in series extends the life of the fine
cartridge. Disposable or backwashable bag filters are
also available and may be quite cost effective for certain
applications. For applications with high concentrations
of suspended solids or a  long duration, reusable filter
media should be investigated.

A.13.2    Applications

Filters are used to  remove suspended solids from the
effluent  upstream  of processes  such as  secondary
clarifiers of biological systems or gravity separators of
physical/chemical  treatment  systems.  Examples  of
compounds that can be removed by filtration are listed
in Tables 4-3 to 4-22. Generally, only those compounds
that are associated with suspended  solids or  colloids
are removed by filtration; dissolved compounds are not
removed.

A.13.3    Pretreatment Requirements

Dissolved compounds should be pretreated by biologi-
cal or chemical precipitation processes to convert the
compound to a solid particle before filtration. Metal pre-
cipitates form at elevated pH; therefore, filters may con-
tain water of high pH that has been treated with lime
(CaO) or caustic soda (NaOH). Polymers may have to
be injected into the filter feed piping downstream of feed
pumps to enhance flocculation of "pin floes" that may
escape an upstream clarifier. Pretreatment for  iron and
calcium may be required to prevent fouling and scaling.

A. 13.4    Parameters of Interest

The following' parameters apply to filtration:
 • Suspended solids concentration: 20 to 200 mg/L typical.

 • Particle size, distribution: 10 to 30 u,m typical.

 • Particle characteristics: variable, from hard  granular
   to gelatinous possible.
 • Pretreatment: high or low pH, temperature, corrosive-
   ness, fouling, scaling tendency.
 • Flow  rate: consider transportable  diameter, number
   of units required.
 • Type of feed water: oily, metal precipitate, biological,
   algae, mill scale, etc.
                                                   114

-------
                                                                Influent Distributor
                                                                     Backwash Trough


                                                                            Spent Backwash
                                                                        Anthracite
                                                                        Sand Media

                                                                        Gravel Under Drain
                               Backwash Inlet
                          -M-
                              Compressed
                                Air Scour
                                (Optional)
'YVVVYVYVYYV

JFiltered Effluent

*J^A~K^^K^^*~
Backwash
Storage Tank
^7
Efflu

Figure A-26.  Fixed bed filter.
                                                                        Backwash Pump
                                                                        Flow Meter
                                        Backwash Weir
                  Backwash With
               .  Suspended Solids
                                                                                        Filtered Effluent
                                                                                   Sand/Suspended Solids
                                                                                   Separation Chamber

                                                                                      Sand Return Port

                                                                                     Draft Tube
                                                                                      Air, Sand, Suspended
                                                                                      Solids Row Upward

                                                                                      Sand Flows Downward


                                                                                     Water Flows Upward




                                                                                       Suspended Solids
                                                                                       Sand
                                                                                       Air Bubbles
Figure A-27.  Moving bed filter.
                                                           115

-------
The above information is  necessary to determine the
hydraulic loading rate, type of filter, type of media, ma-
terials of construction, and need for air scour.

A. 13.5    Design Considerations and Criteria

The following design  information serves as a  guide for
evaluation and preliminary filtration design  (1,  2):
Hydraulic loading      2 to 10 gal/min/ft2 range; 4 to 6 gal/min/ft2
rate                  typical.
Transportable size      Limit diameter to 8 ft.
Backwash
requirement (fixed
bed)
 Power



 Bed depth



 Rlter height




 Pressure loss
—Use multiple filters for continuous flow
  unless interruptable flow is acceptable.
—Backwash at 10 to 15 gal/min/ft2.
—Provide effluent storage for 10 min at
  15 gal/min/ft2.
—Allow equalization tank size or disposal
  capacity for backwash at 8- to 36-hour
  intervals.
—Air scour, 5 tfVmin/ff2.
—Backwash flow 2 to 5 percent of feed
  water typical.
—Air requirement, 0.05 to 0.15 frvrnin/ft2.

See Table 3-4 for typical power required.
Add extra power for air compressors;
gravity filters and moving bed filters need
less power for feed pump.

Sand, 1 to 2 ft; anthracite, 1 to 2 ft;
garnet, 4 to 6 in. Allow 25 to 50 percent
for bed expansion.

8 to 16 ft; allow for handrails and access
above filter vessel. For large flows,
pressure filters with horizontally mounted
cylindrical tanks are common.

Moving bed,  1 to 2 ft; gravity filter, 2 to 10
ft; pressure filter, 5 to 40 psi; cartridge
filter, 5 to 50 psi.
 A. 13.6    Treatment Ranges

 The removal efficiency of filters depends on paniculate
 size, characteristics, loading rate, and media.  Elffluent
                                        quality deteriorates at high loading rates and long runs.
                                        See Tables 4-3 to 4-22 for removal efficiencies of filters
                                        for selected compounds.

                                        A. 13.7   Major Cost Elements

                                        Estimated costs  for filtration systems of various sizes
                                        are as follows:

                                        Nominal Flow Rate
Gal/Min
10
50
100
300
Million
Gal/Day
0.014
0.072
0.144
0.432
Capital
Cost3
$5,000
$13,000
$20,000
$39,000
Annual
O&M Cost"
$4,300
$7,300
$10,400
$21,200
Cost per
1,000 Gal
$0.85
$0.30
$0.20
$0.15
a Price  based on completely assembled  dual vessel, prewired,
 prepiped, skid-mounted system. Site work not included.
b Based on Va-hour operator per day at $10/hour, 5 percent of capital
 cost for maintenance, $0.08/kWh, capital recovery of 8 percent for
 5-year life, and 360 days of operation annually.

A.13.8    Residuals Generated

Residuals consist of backwash waste with suspended
solids:
Volume of backwash


Cartridge filters

Suspended solids
2 to 5 percent for fixed bed filter; 4 to 8
percent for moving bed filter.

Spent cartridges.

Calculate from removal efficiency.
A.13.9    References

1. U.S. EPA. 1975. Process design manual for suspended solids
   removal. Technology Transfer. EPA/625/1-75/003a.

2. U.S.  EPA. 1974. Wastewater filtration: Design considerations.
   Technology Transfer. July.
                                                          116

-------
                                               Radiation
 A.14  Ultraviolet Radiation

 A.14.1    Technology Description

 Ultraviolet  (UV) radiation technology can be used for
 oxidizing organic contaminants. Peroxide is sometimes
 used with UV radiation to catalyze the photolytic decom-
 position reaction. In this case, a reactive hydroxyl radical
 (OH°) is cleaved from the hydrogen peroxide molecule.
 The hydroxyl radical is  highly reactive  and facilitates
 oxidation. Ozone may also be used with UV.

 Alkalinity is a  key parameter in oxidation processes.
 Carbonate and, to a lesser extent, bicarbonate ions are
 excellent scavengers  for free radicals (1,  2).  Conse-
 quently, influent pH control may be necessary to shift the
 carbonate equilibrium toward carbonic acid (1, 3).

 This system has four major components:  the reactor
 module, the air compressor/ozone generator module,
 the hydrogen peroxide feed system, and the ozone de-
 composer unit (4).  Each  system requires that  pre-
 treatment steps be  employed to maximize treatment
 efficiency.

 Each major UV treatment application, i.e., UV/hydrogen
 peroxide, UV/ozone, and UV/hydrogen peroxide/ozone
 is described below.

 A.14.2   Applications

 A.14.2.1  UV/Hydrogen Peroxide/Ozone

 UV/hydrogen peroxide technology has been used to
 treat landfill leachate, ground water,  and industrial
 wastewater, all containing a variety of organic contami-
 nants  (3). The UV/hydrogen  peroxide/ozone system
 was also reported effective for volatile  organic com-
 pound oxidation, achieving  removals of better than 90
 percent.

 A.14.2.2  UV/Hydrogen Peroxide

 An evaluation of  70 full-scale UV/hydrogen peroxide
 systems  revealed that 30 percent were treating waste-
 waters with organic concentrations between 10 ppm and
 about 10,000 ppm, and 70 percent were being used to
 treat ground water (5). These systems have the follow-
 ing components: a chemical oxidation unit, a hydrogen
 peroxide feed module, a UV lamp drive, and a control
 panel (3). This  system is shown in Figure A-28. The
 UV/hydrogen peroxide system has been paired with
carbon adsorption, air stripping, or biological treatment,
depending on water  quality and treatment  objectives
(3,5).
 The contaminated water is dosed with hydrogen perox-
 ide before it enters the reactor. A splitter can be used,
 however, to add hydrogen peroxide before any of the six
 reactors within the oxidation unit. Acid may be added to
 lower the pH. Water  then  flows through  the  six UV
 reactors, which are separated by baffles to direct water
 flow. Each UV reactor contains one high-intensity, me-
 dium-pressure UV lamp mounted inside a  quartz  tube.
 The lamp and tube assembly are positioned perpendicu-
 lar to the side walls of the chamber. The combined UV
 lamp power intensity for reactors ranges from 10 to 720
 kW. Effluent pH adjustment, with sodium hydroxide, for
 instance, may be required to meet the permitted pH
 discharge criteria.

 A.14.2.3   UWOzone

 EPA (1) reported a typical contact time of 15 minutes for
 UV/ozone oxidation systems. The use of ozone is de-
 scribed in the technology summary on chemical oxidation.

 A.14.3    Pretreatment Requirements

 UV  radiation works best when  interferences, such as
 suspended solids or iron, are absent from the water to
 be treated. Typical pretreatment steps may include the
 following unit operations:

 •  Equalization, storage, recirculation to adjust for  vari-
   able flow.

 •  Separate immiscible liquid (LNAPL, DNAPL) by grav-
   ity separation or flotation.

 •  Remove suspended  solids by sedimentation  and/or
   filtration.

 •  Remove iron by oxidation and precipitation (iron can
   interfere with UV transmission).

 •  Remove as much  of  other nontarget dissolved
   species as  possible.  Other oxidizable substances,
   such as naturally present humic material, have an
   associated demand that competes with contaminant
   degradation.

 •  With hydrogen peroxide, adjust solution pH  to be-
  tween 4 and 6 if the influent carbonate plus bicarbon-
  ate concentration is greater than about 400 mg/L as
  equivalent calcium carbonate.  (Low and high pH  rap-
  idly decrease destruction efficiencies.)

• Disposal of total suspended solids, chemically pre-
  cipitated sludges, and LNAPL  or DNAPL.
                                                 117

-------
             To Discharge
              or Disposal
    Contaminated
        Water
                                Hydrogen
                                 Peroxide
                                  Splitter
                                                      Static Mixer
                      Oxidation Unit
Rgure A-28.  perox-pure UV oxidation treatment system (6).

A.14.4    Design Considerations
The UV reactor varies from 300 gal to 3,900 gal (7).
Ozone generators range from 10 to hundreds of pounds
per day. Hydrogen peroxide is either used in place of or
in combination with ozone. The optimal proportion of
oxidants for maximum removals, however, cannot be
predetermined, although the stoichiometry for hydroxyl
radical formation is predictable (4). Pilot-scale or treat-
ability tests, therefore, still need to be undertaken.
The performance of the Ultrox  system is influenced by
waste characteristics, operating parameters (e.g., hy-
draulic  retention time, ozone and  hydrogen peroxide
dose, UV lamp intensity, influent pH level, and  gas-to-
liquid flow rate ratio), and maintenance requirements.

An alternative chemical oxidation system typically con-
sists of a chemical oxidation unit (reactor chamber), a
hydrogen peroxide  feed module, a UV lamp drive, and
a control panel unit. Systems  capable of treating flow
rates varying from 5 gai/min to thousands of gallons per
minute have been built (3).
The principal operating parameters are hydrogen perox-
ide  dose, influent  pH,  and flow rate. Although  initial
values of these parameters can be estimated, treatabil-
ity studies are  necessary to accurately establish their
design values.

A. 14.5    Major Cost Elements
Figures A-29 and A-30 present estimated capital and
O&M costs associated with the UV/hydrogen perox-
ide/ozone system.  Figures A-31  and A-32 present esti-
mated capital costs and O&M costs for the UV/hydrogen
peroxide system.
A.14.6    Residuals Generated

UV/oxidation is claimed to be able to destroy organic
chemicals without creating a waste product. Oxidation
products include carbon dioxide, water, various salts, or
harmless organic acids. If the reactor off-gas contains
volatile compounds along with unreacted ozone, a cata-
lytic system can be employed to convert the organics to
mainly carbon  dioxide, water, and salts (7).

A.14.7    References
1. U.S. EPA. 1990. Technologies for upgrading existing or designing
   new drinking water treatment facilities. EPA/625/4-89/023. Cincin- '
   nati, OH.
2. Glaze, W.H., J.-W. Kang, and D.H. Chapin. 1987. The chemistry
   of water treatment processes involving ozone, hydrogen peroxide,
   and ultraviolet radiation. Ozone Sci. Engin. 9:335-352.
3. U.S. EPA. 1993. perox-pure chemical oxidation technology. Appli-
   cations analysis report. EPA/540/AR-93/501. Washington, DC.
4. U.S. EPA. 1990. Ultrox international ultraviolet radiation/oxidation
   technology: Applications analysis report. EPA/540/A5-89/012. Cin-
   cinnati, OH.
5. Froelich, E.M.  1992. Advanced chemical oxidation of organics us-
   ing the perox-pure oxidation system. Wat. Poll. Res. J. Canada
   27:169-183.
6. U.S. EPA. 1993.  perox-pure chemical  oxidation  treatment.
   EPA/540/MR-93/501. Washington, DC.
7. Ultrox. 1993. The Ultrox UV/oxidation process:  On-site destruc-
   tion of organics in water. Santa Ana, CA: Zimpro Environmental.
8. Schmidt, J.M. 1993.  Pump  and treat ground water.  In:
   NATO/CCMS.  Demonstration of remedial action technologies for
   contaminated  land and ground water. Final Report. EPA/600/R-
   930/012C. pp.  65-75.

A.14.8   Additional Source

 1. Kearney, PC., M.T. Muldoon, and C.J. Somich. 1987. UV/ozona-
   tion of eleven  major pesticides as a waste disposal pretreatment.
   Chemosphere 16:2,321-2,330.
                                                       118

-------
     1,000
  »
  3
  45

  I
      10
        0.01
                                 0.1
                   System Capacity (million gal/day)
 Figure A-29.  Capital cost  curve for UV/hydrogen  peroxide/
              ozone technology, in 1990 dollars (8).
 & 90,000

 I
 O
 c



 |  80,000






    70,000
                 TCE at 1,070 ng/L
                 PCEat108ng/L
                 Hydrogen Peroxide Dose
                   of 60 mg/L
                 Hydraulic Retention Time -
                   of 30 sec
20      40     60     80     100
     System Capacity (gal/min)
                                                       120
Figure A-31.  Construction cost curve for perox-pure technol-
             ogy, in 1993 dollars (3).
                                                                    1,000 r
                                                 08
                                                 o
                                                                      10
                                                                       0.01
                                                                                                0.1
                                                                                   System Capacity (million gal/day)
                                                Figure A-30.  O&M cost curve for UV/hydrogen peroxide/ozone
                                                             technology, in 1990 dollars (8).
 100,000


  90,000


  80,000


'•  70,000


  60,000


  50,000


  40,000


  30,000
TCE at 1,070 ng/L
PCEat108ng/L
Hydrogen Peroxide Dose
  of 60 mg/L
Hydraulic Retention Time
  of 30 sec
                                                                20      40     60     80     100
                                                                    System Capacity (gal/min)
                                                                                                                       120
                                                                Figure A-32.  O&M cost  curve for perox-pure technology, in
                                                                             1993 dollars (3).                          '
                                                           119
                                                    •A U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1996 760-001/41033

-------

-------